Vitronectin receptor antagonist pharmaceuticals

ABSTRACT

The present invention describes novel compounds of the formula: 
     
       
         (Q) d —L n —C h , 
       
     
     useful for the diagnosis and treatment of cancer, methods of imaging tumors in a patient, and methods of treating cancer in a patient. The present invention also provides novel compounds useful for monitoring therapeutic angiogenesis treatment and destruction of new angiogenic vasculature. The present invention also provides novel compounds useful for imaging atherosclerosis, restenosis, cardiac ischemia, and myocardial reperfusion injury. The present invention also provides novel compounds useful for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis. The pharmaceuticals are comprised of a targeting moiety that binds to a receptor that is upregulated during angiogenesis, an optional linking group, and a therapeutically effective radioisotope or diagnostically effective imageable moiety. The imageable moiety is a gamma ray or positron emitting radioisotope, a magnetic resonance imaging contrast agent, an X-ray contrast agent, or an ultrasound contrast agent.

This application claims benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No.60/112,829, filed on Dec. 18, 1998.

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

The present invention provides novel pharmaceuticals useful for thediagnosis and treatment of cancer, methods of imaging tumors in apatient, and methods of treating cancer in a patient. Thepharmaceuticals are comprised of a targeting moiety that binds to thevitronectin receptor that is expressed in tumor vasculature, an optionallinking group, and a therapeutically effective radioisotope ordiagnostically effective imageable moiety. The therapeutically effectiveradioisotope emits a gamma ray or alpha particle sufficient to becytotoxic. The imageable moiety is a gamma ray or positron emittingradioisotope, a magnetic resonance imaging contrast agent, an X-raycontrast agent, or an ultrasound contrast agent.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

Cancer is a major public health concern in the United States and aroundthe world. It is estimated that over 1 million new cases of invasivecancer will be diagnosed in the United States in 1998. The mostprevalent forms of the disease are solid tumors of the lung, breast,prostate, colon and rectum. Cancer is typically diagnosed by acombination of in vitro tests and imaging procedures. The imagingprocedures include X-ray computed tomography, magnetic resonanceimaging, ultrasound imaging and radionuclide scintigraphy. Frequently, acontrast agent is administered to the patient to enhance the imageobtained by X-ray CT, MRI and ultrasound, and the administration of aradiopharmaceutical that localizes in tumors is required forradionuclide scintigraphy.

Treatment of cancer typically involves the use of external beamradiation therapy and chemotherapy, either alone or in combination,depending on the type and extent of the disease. A number ofchemotherapeutic agents are available, but generally they all sufferfrom a lack of specificity for tumors versus normal tissues, resultingin considerable side-effects. The effectiveness of these treatmentmodalities is also limited, as evidenced by the high mortality rates fora number of cancer types, especially the more prevalent solid tumordiseases. More effective and specific treatment means continue to beneeded.

Despite the variety of imaging procedures available for the diagnosis ofcancer, there remains a need for improved methods. In particular,methods that can better differentiate between cancer and otherpathologic conditions or benign physiologic abnormalities are needed.One means of achieving this desired improvement would be to administerto the patient a metallopharmaceutical that localizes specifically inthe tumor by binding to a receptor expressed only in tumors or expressedto a significantly greater extent in tumors than in other tissue. Thelocation of the metallopharmaceutical could then be detected externallyeither by its imageable emission in the case of certainradiopharmaceuticals or by its effect on the relaxation rate of water inthe immediate vicinity in the case of magnetic resonance imagingcontrast agents.

This tumor specific metallopharmaceutical approach can also be used forthe treatment of cancer when the metallopharmaceutical is comprised of aparticle emitting radioisotope. The radioactive decay of the isotope atthe site of the tumor results in sufficient ionizing radiation to betoxic to the tumor cells. The specificity of this approach for tumorsminimizes the amount of normal tissue that is exposed to the cytotoxicagent and thus may provide more effective treatment with fewerside-effects.

Previous efforts to achieve these desired improvements in cancer imagingand treatment have centered on the use of radionuclide labeledmonoclonal antibodies, antibody fragments and other proteins orpolypeptides that bind to tumor cell surface receptors. The specificityof these radiopharmaceuticals is frequently very high, but they sufferfrom several disadvantages. First, because of their high molecularweight, they are generally cleared from the blood stream very slowly,resulting in a prolonged blood background in the images. Also, due totheir molecular weight they do not extravasate readily at the site ofthe tumor and then only slowly diffuse through the extravascular spaceto the tumor cell surface. This results in a very limited amount of theradiopharmaceutical reaching the receptors and thus very low signalintensity in imaging and insufficient cytotoxic effect for treatment.

Alternative approaches to cancer imaging and therapy have involved theuse of small molecules, such as peptides, that bind to tumor cellsurface receptors. An In-111 labeled somatostatin receptor bindingpeptide, In-111-DTPA-D-Phe¹-octeotide, is in clinical use in manycountries for imaging tumors that express the somatostatin receptor(Baker, et al. Life Sci., 1991, 49, 1583-91 and Krenning, et al., Eur.J. Nucl. Med., 1993, 20, 716-31). Higher doses of thisradiopharmaceutical have been investigated for potential treatment ofthese types of cancer (Krenning, et al., Digestion, 1996, 57, 57-61).Several groups are investigating the use of Tc-99m labeled ananlogs ofIn-111-DTPA-D-Phe¹-octeotide for imaging and Re-186 labeled analogs fortherapy (Flanagan, et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,556,939, Lyle, et al., U.S.Pat. No. 5,382,654, and Albert et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,650,134).

Angiogenesis is the process by which new blood vessels are formed frompre-existing capillaries or post capillary venules; it is an importantcomponent of a variety of physiological processes including ovulation,embryonic development, wound repair, and collateral vascular generationin the myocardium. It is also central to a number of pathologicalconditions such as tumor growth and metastasis, diabetic retinopathy,and macular degeneration. The process begins with the activation ofexisting vascular endothelial cells in response to a variety ofcytokines and growth factors. Tumor released cytokines or angiogenicfactors stimulate vascular endothelial cells by interacting withspecific cell surface receptors for the factors. The activatedendothelial cells secrete enzymes that degrade the basement membrane ofthe vessels. The endothelial cells then proliferate and invade into thetumor tissue. The endothelial cells differentiate to form lumens, makingnew vessel offshoots of pre-existing vessels. The new blood vessels thenprovide nutrients to the tumor permitting further growth and a route formetastasis.

Under normal conditions, endothelial cell proliferation is a very slowprocess, but it increases for a short period of time duringembryogenesis, ovulation and wound healing. This temporary increase incell turnover is governed by a combination of a number of growthstimulatory factors and growth suppressing factors. In pathologicalangiogenesis, this normal balance is disrupted resulting in continuedincreased endothelial cell proliferation. Some of the proangiogenicfactors that have been identified include basic fibroblast growth factor(bFGF), angiogenin, TGF-alpha, TGF-beta, and vascular endothelium growthfactor (VEGF). While interferon-alpha, interferon-beta andthrombospondin are examples of angiogenesis suppressors.

The proliferation and migration of endothelial cells in theextracellular matrix is mediated by interaction with a variety of celladhesion molecules (Folkman, J., Nature Medicine, 1995, 1, 27-31).Integrins are a diverse family of heterodimeric cell surface receptorsby which endothelial cells attach to the extracellular matrix, eachother and other cells. The integrin α_(ν)β₃ is a receptor for a widevariety for a wide variety of extracellular matrix proteins with anexposed tripeptide Arg-Gly-Asp moiety and mediates cellular adhesion toits ligand: vitronectin, fibronectin, and fibrinogen, among others. Theintegrin α_(ν)β₃ is minimally expressed on normal blood vessels, but issignificantly upregulated on vascular cells within a variety of humantumors. The role of the α_(ν)β₃ receptors is to mediate the interactionof the endothelial cells and the extracellular matrix and facilitate themigration of the cells in the direction of the angiogenic signal, thetumor cell population. Angiogenesis induced by bFGF or TNF-alpha dependon the agency of the integrin α_(ν)β₃, while angiogenesis induced byVEGF depends on the integrin α_(ν)β₃ (Cheresh et. al., Science, 1955,270, 1500-2). Induction of expression of the integrins α₁β₁ and α₂β₁ onthe endothelial cell surface is another important mechanism by whichVEGF promotes angiogenesis (Senger, et. al., Proc. Natl. Acad, Sci USA,1997, 84, 13612-7).

Angiogenic factors interact with endothelial cell surface receptors suchas the receptor tyrosine kinases EGFR, FGFR, PDGFR, Flk-1/KDR, Flt-1,Tek, tie, neuropilin-1, endoglin, endosialin, and Axl. The receptorsFlk-1/KDR, neuropilin-1, and Flt-1 recognize VEGF and these interactionsplay key roles in VEGF-induced angiogenesis. The Tie subfamily ofreceptor tyrosine kinases are also expressed prominently during bloodvessel formation.

Because of the importance of angiogenesis to tumor growth andmetastasis, a number of chemotherapeutic approaches are being developedto interfere with or prevent this process. One of these approaches,involves the use of anti-angiogenic proteins such as angiostatin andendostatin. Angiostatin is a 38 kDa fragment of plasminogen that hasbeen shown in animal models to be a potent inhibitor of endothelial cellproliferation. (O'Reilly et. al., Cell, 1994, 79, 315-328) Endostatin isa 20 kDa C-terminal fragment of collagen XVIII that has also been shownto be a potent inhibitor. (O'Reilly et. al., Cell, 1997, 88, 277-285)Systemic therapy with endostatin has been shown to result in stronganti-tumor activity in animal models. However, human clinical trials ofthese two chemotherapeutic agents of biological origin have beenhampered by lack of availability.

Another approach to anti-angiogenic therapy is to use targeting moietiesthat interact with endothelial cell surface receptors expressed in theangiogenic vasculature to which are attached chemotherapeutic agents.Burrows and Thorpe (Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci, USA, 1993, 90, 8996-9000)described the use of an antibody-immunotoxin conjugate to eradicatetumors in a mouse model by destroying the tumor vasculature. Theantibody was raised against an endothelial cell class II antigen of themajor histocompatibility complex and was then conjugated with thecytotoxic agent, deglycosylated ricin A chain. The same group (Clin.Can. Res., 1995, 1, 1623-1634) investigated the use of antibodies raisedagainst the endothelial cell surface receptor, endoglin, conjugated todeglycosylated ricin A chain. Both of these conjugates exhibited potentanti-tumor activity in mouse models. However, both still sufferdrawbacks to routine human use. As with most antibodies or other large,foreign proteins, there is considerable risk of immunologic toxicitywhich could limit or preclude administration to humans. Also, while thevasculature targeting may improve the local concentration of theattached chemotherapeutic agents, the agents still must be cleaved fromthe antibody carrier and be transported or diffuse into the cells to becytotoxic.

Thus, it is desirable to provide anti-angiogenic pharmaceuticals andtumor or new vasculature imaging agents which do not suffer from poordiffusion or transportation, possible immunologic toxicity, limitedavailability, and/or a lack of specificity.

Another application of anti-angiogenic therapy is in treating rheumatoidarthritis (RA). In RA, the ingrowth of a highly vascularized pannus iscaused by the excessive production of angiogenic factors by theinfiltrating macrophages, immune cells, or inflammatory cells.Therefore, it is desirable to have new pharmaceuticals to destroy thehighly vascularized pannus that results and thus treat the disease.

There is also a growing interest in therapeutic angiogenesis to improveblood flow in regions of the body that have become ischemic or poorlyperfused. Several investigators are using growth factors administeredlocally to cause new vasculature to form either in the limbs or theheart. The growth factors VEGF and bFGF are the most common for thisapplication. Recent publications include: Takeshita, S., et. al., J.Clin. Invest., 1994, 93, 662-670; and Schaper, W. and Schaper, J.,Collateral Circulation: Heart, Brain, Kidney, Limbs, Kluwer AcademicPublishers, Boston, 1993. The main applications that are underinvestigation in a number of laboratories are for improving cardiacblood flow and in improving peripheral vessal blood flow in the limbs.For example, Henry, T. et. al. (J. Amer. College Cardiology, 1998, 31,65A) describe the use of recombinant human VEGF in patients forimproving myocardial perfusion by therapeutic angiogenesis. Patientsreceived infusions of rhVEGF and were monitored by nuclear perfusionimaging 30 and 60 days post treatment to determine improvement inmyocardial perfusion. About 50% of patients showed improvement bynuclear perfusion imaging whereas 5/7 showed new collatoralization byangiography. Thus, it is desirable to discover a method of monitoringimproved cardiac blood flow which is targeted to new collateral vesselsthemselves and not, as in nuclear perfusion imaging, a regionalconsequence of new collatoral vessels.

The detection, imaging and diagnosis of a number of cardiovasculardiseases need to be improved, including restenosis, atherosclerosis,myocardial reperfusion injury, and myocardial ischemia, stunning orinfarction. It has recently been determined that in all of these diseaseconditions, the integrin receptor α_(ν)β₃ plays an important role.

For example, in the restenosis complication that occurs in ˜30-50% ofpatients having undergone angioplasty or stent placement, neointimalhyperplasia and ultimate reocclusion is caused by aggressivelyproliferating vascular smooth muscle cells that express α_(ν)β₃.(Cardiovascular Res., 1997, 36, 408-428; DDT, 1997, 2, 187-199; CurrentPharm. Design, 1997, 3, 545-584).

Atherosclerosis proceeds from an intial endothelial damage that resultsin the recruitment and subintimal migration of monocytes at the site ofthe injury. Growth factors are released which induce medial smoothmuscle cells to proliferate and migrate to the intimal layer. Themigrating smooth muscle cells express α_(ν)β₃.

In reperfusion injury, neutrophil transmigration is integrin dependentand the integrins moderate initial infiltration into the viable borderzone. The induction of α₅β₁, α₄β₁ and α_(ν)β₅ in infiltratingneutrophils occurs within 3 to 5 hours after reperfusion as neutrophilsmove from the border zone to the area of necrosis. (Circulation, 1999,100, I-275).

Acute or chronic occlusion of a coronary artery is known to result inangiogenesis in the heart as native collateral vessels are recruited toattempt to relieve the ischemia. However, even a gradual occlusionusually results in areas of infarction as the resulting angiogenesis isnot sufficient to prevent damage. Cardiac angiogenesis has beenassociated with increased expression of the growth factors VEGF and FGFand the upregulation of the growth factor receptors flt-1 and flk-1/KDR.(Drugs, 1999, 58, 391-396).

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

It is one object of the present invention to provide improvedanti-angiogenic pharmaceuticals, comprised of a targeting moiety thatbinds to the vitronectin receptor that is expressed in tumorneovasculature, an optional linking group, and a radioisotope. Thevitronectin receptor binding compounds target the radioisotope to thetumor neovasculature. The beta or alpha-particle emitting radioisotopeemits a cytotoxic amount of ionizing radiation which results in celldeath. The penetrating ability of radiation obviates the requirementthat the cytotoxic agent diffuse or be transported into the cell to becytotoxic.

It is another object of the present invention to provide pharmaceuticalsto treat rheumatoid arthritis. These pharmaceuticals comprise atargeting moiety that binds to a receptor that is upregulated duringangiogenesis, an optional linking group, and a radioisotope that emitscytotoxic radiation (i.e., beta particles, alpha particles and Auger orCoster-Kronig electrons). In rheumatoid arthritis, the ingrowth of ahighly vascularized pannus is caused by the excessive production ofangiogenic factors by the infiltrating macrophages, immune cells, orinflammatory cells. Therefore, the radiopharmaceuticals of the presentinvention that emit cytotoxic radiation could be used to destroy the newangiogenic vasculature that results and thus treat the disease.

It is another object of the present invention to provide imaging agents,comprised of vitronectin receptor binding compounds conjugated to animageable moiety, such as a gamma ray or positron emitting radioisotope,a magnetic resonance imaging contrast agent, an X-ray contrast agent, oran ultrasound contrast agent. These imaging agents are useful forimaging tumor neovasculature, therapeutic angiogenesis interventions inthe heart, natural angiogenic processes in response to acute or chroniccoronary vessel occlusion, restenosis post-angioplasty, atherosclerosisand plaque formation, and reperfusion injury.

It is another object of the present invention to provide compoundsuseful for preparing the pharmaceuticals of the present invention. Thesecompounds are comprised of a non-peptide indazole containing targetingmoiety that binds to a receptor that is upregulated during angiogenesisor during cardiovascular diseases, Q, an optional linking group, L_(n),and a metal chelator or bonding moiety, C_(h). The compounds may haveone or more protecting groups attached to the metal chelator or bondingmoiety. The protecting groups provide improved stability to the reagentsfor long-term storage and are removed either immediately prior to orconcurrent with the synthesis of the radiopharmaceuticals.Alternatively, the compounds of the present invention are comprised of apeptide or peptidomimetic targeting moiety that binds to a receptor thatis upregulated during angiogenesis or during cardiovascular diseases, Q,an optional linking group, L_(n), and a surfactant, S_(f).

The pharmaceuticals of the present invention may be used for diagnosticand/or therapeutic purposes. Diagnostic radiopharmaceuticals of thepresent invention are pharmaceuticals comprised of a diagnosticallyuseful radionuclide (i.e., a radioactive metal ion that has imageablegamma ray or positron emissions). Therapeutic radiopharmaceuticals ofthe present invention are pharmaceuticals comprised of a therapeuticallyuseful radionuclide, a radioactive metal ion that emits ionizingradiation such as beta particles, alpha particles and Auger orCoster-Kronig electrons.

The pharmaceuticals comprising a gamma ray or positron emittingradioactive metal ion are useful for imaging tumors and by gammascintigraphy or positron emission tomography. The pharmaceuticalscomprising a gamma ray or positron emitting radioactive metal ion arealso useful for imaging therapeutic angiogenesis, natural angiogenicprocesses in response to acute or chronic coronary vessel occlusion,restenosis post-angioplasty, atherosclerosis and plaque formation, andreperfusion injury by gamma scintigraphy or positron emissiontomography. The pharmaceuticals comprising a particle emittingradioactive metal ion are useful for treating cancer by delivering acytotoxic dose of radiation to the tumors. The pharmaceuticalscomprising a particle emitting radioactive metal ion are also useful fortreating rheumatoid arthritis by destroying the formation of angiogenicvasculature. The pharmaceuticals comprising a paramagnetic metal ion areuseful as magnetic resonance imaging contrast agents. Thepharmaceuticals comprising one or more X-ray absorbing or “heavy” atomsof atomic number 20 or greater are useful as X-ray contrast agents. Thepharmaceuticals comprising a microbubble of a biocompatible gas, aliquid carrier, and a surfactant microsphere, are useful as ultrasoundcontrast agents.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

Thus, in a first embodiment, the present invention provides a novelcompound, comprising: a targeting moiety and a chelator, wherein thetargeting moiety is bound to the chelator, is a indazole nonpeptide, andbinds to a receptor that is upregulated during angiogenesis and thecompound has 0-1 linking groups between the targeting moiety andchelator.

In a preferred embodiment, the receptor is the integrin □_(ν)□₃ or□_(ν)□₅ and the compound is of the formula:

(Q)_(d)—L_(n)—C_(h) or (Q)_(d)—L_(n)—(C_(h))_(d′)

wherein,

Q is independently a compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib):

 including stereoisomeric forms thereof, or mixtures of stereoisomericforms thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug formsthereof wherein:

X^(1d) is N, CH, C—W^(d)—X^(d)—Y^(d), or C—L_(n);

X^(2d) is N, CH, or C—W^(d)—X^(d)—Y^(d);

X^(3d) is N, CR^(11d), or C—W^(d)—X^(d)—Y^(d);

X^(4d) is N or CR^(11d);

provided that when R^(1d) is R^(1de) then one of X^(1d) and X^(2d) isC—W^(d)—X^(d)—Y^(d), and when R^(10d) is R^(1de) then X^(3d) isC—W^(d)—X^(d)—Y^(d);

R^(1d) is selected from: R^(1de), C₁-C₆ alkyl substituted with 0-1R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), C₃-C₆ alkenyl substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or0-1 R^(21d), C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-1R^(21d), C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-1R^(21d), aryl substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-2 R^(11d) or 0-1R^(21d), and aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-2R^(11d) or 0-1 R^(21d);

R^(1de) is selected from:

A^(d) and B^(d) are independently —CH₂—, —O—, —N(R^(2d))—, or —C(═O)—;

A^(1d) and B^(1d) are independently —CH₂— or —N(R^(3d))—;

D^(d) is —N(R^(2d))—, —O—, —S—, —C(═O)— or —SO₂—;

E^(d)-F^(d) is —C(R^(4d))═C(R^(5d))—, —N═C(R^(4d))—, —C(R^(4d))═N—, or—C(R^(4d))₂C(R^(5d))₂—;

J^(d), K^(d), L^(d) and M^(d) are independently selected from—C(R^(4d))—, —C(R^(5d))— and —N—, provided that at least one of J^(d),K^(d), L^(d) and M^(d) is not —N—;

R^(2d) is selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, (C₁-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl, (C₁-C₆alkoxy)carbonyl; (C₁-C₆ alkyl)aminocarbonyl, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₇cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)carbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, (C₁-C₆alkyl)carbonyl-, arylcarbonyl, C₁-C₆ alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl,aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)sulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, heteroaryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)sulfonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, and aryl(C₁-C₆ alkoxy)carbonyl, whereinsaid aryl groups are substituted with 0-2 substituents selected from thegroup: C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, halo, CF₃, and nitro;

R^(3d) is selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, and heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-;

R^(4d) and R^(5d) are independently selected from: H, C₁-C₄ alkoxy,NR^(2d)R^(3d), halogen, NO₂, CN, CF₃, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₇cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, (C₁-C₆alkyl)carbonyl, (C₁-C₆ alkoxy)carbonyl, and arylcarbonyl, or

alternatively, when substituents on adjacent atoms, R^(4d) and R^(5d)can be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attachedto form a 5-7 membered carbocyclic or 5-7 membered heterocyclic aromaticor non-aromatic ring system, said carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring beingoptionally substituted with 0-2 groups selected from: C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄alkoxy, halo, cyano, amino, CF₃, and NO₂;

U^(d) is selected from: —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n)^(d)(CR^(7d)═CR^(8d))(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)(C═C)(CH₂)_(m)^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(t) ^(d)Q(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)O(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—,—(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)N(R^(6d))(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)C(═O)(CH₂)_(m)^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)(C═O)N(R^(6d))(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n)^(d)N(R^(6d))(C═O)(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—, and —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)S(O)_(p)^(d)(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—;

wherein one or more of the methylene groups in U^(d) is optionallysubstituted with R^(7d);

Q^(d) is selected from 1,2-cycloalkylene, 1,2-phenylene, 1,3-phenylene,1,4phenylene, 2,3-pyridinylene, 3,4-pyridinylene, 2,4-pyridinylene, and3,4-pyridazinylene;

R^(6d) is selected from: H, C₁-C₄ alkyl, and benzyl;

R^(7d) and R^(8d) are independently selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₇cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, andheteroaryl(C₀-C₆ alkyl)-;

R^(10d) is selected from: H, R^(1de), C₁-C₄ alkoxy substituted with 0-1R^(21d), N(R^(6d))₂, halogen, NO₂, CN, CF₃, CO₂R^(17d), C(═O)R^(17d),CONR^(17d)R^(20d), —SO₂R^(17d), —SO₂NR^(17d)R^(20d), C₁-C₆ alkylsubstituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), C₃-C₆ alkenyl substitutedwith 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl substituted with 0-1R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl substituted with 0-1R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), aryl substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-2 R^(11d)or 0-1 R^(21d), and aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or0-2 R^(11d) or 0-1 R^(21d);

R^(10de) is selected from: H, C₁-C₄ alkoxy substituted with 0-1 R^(21d),N(R^(6d))₂, halogen, NO₂, CN, CF₃, CO₂R^(17d), C(═O)R^(17d),CONR^(17d)R^(20d), —SO₂R^(17d), —SO₂NR^(17d)R^(20d), C₁-C₆ alkylsubstituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), C₃-C₆ alkenyl substitutedwith 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl substituted with 0-1R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), C₁-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl substituted with 0-1R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), aryl substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-2 R^(11d)or 0-1 R^(21d), and aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or0-2 R^(11d) or 0-1 R^(21d);

R^(11d) is selected from H, halogen, CF₃, CN, NO₂, hydroxy,NR^(2d)R^(3d), C₁-C₄ alkyl substituted with 0-1 R^(21d), C₁-C₄ alkoxysubstituted with 0-1 R^(21d), aryl substituted with 0-1 R^(21d),aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- substituted with 0-1 R^(21d), (C₁-C₄ alkoxy)carbonylsubstituted with 0-1 R^(21d), (C₁-C₄ alkyl)carbonyl substituted with 0-1R^(21d), C₁-C₄ alkylsulfonyl substituted with 0-1 R^(21d), and C₁-C₄alkylaminosulfonyl substituted with 0-1 R^(21d);

W^(d) is selected from: —(C(R^(12d))₂)_(q) ^(d)C(═O)N(R^(13d))—, and—C(═O)—N(R^(13d))—(C(R^(12d))₂)_(q) ^(d)—;

X^(d) is —C(R^(12d))(R^(14d))—C(R^(12d))(R^(15d))—; or

alternatively, W^(d) and X^(d) can be taken together to be

R^(12d) is selected from H, halogen, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₀ cycloalkylalkyl, (C₁-C₄alkyl)carbonyl, aryl, and aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-;

R^(13d) is selected from H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkylmethyl, andaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-;

R^(14d) is selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkylthio(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, aryl(C₁-C₁₀alkylthioalkyl)-, aryl(C₁-C₁₀ alkoxyalkyl)-, C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, C₁-C₁₀alkoxyalkyl, C₁-C₆ hydroxyalkyl, C₂-C₁₀ alkenyl, C₂-C₁₀ alkynyl, C₃-C₁₀cycloalkyl, C₃-C₁₀ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, heteroaryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)-, aryl, heteroaryl, CO₂R^(17d), C(═O)R^(17d), andCONR^(17d)R^(20d), provided that any of the above alkyl, cycloalkyl,aryl or heteroaryl groups may be unsubstituted or substitutedindependently with 0-1 R^(16d) or 0-2 R^(11d);

R^(15d) is selected from: H, R^(16d), C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, C₁-C₁₀ alkoxyalkyl,C₁-C₁₀ alkylaminoalkyl, C₁-C₁₀ dialkylaminoalkyl, (C₁-C₁₀alkyl)carbonyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl, C₁-C₁₀ alkenyl, C₁-C₁₀alkynyl, C₃-C₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₃-C₁₀ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-,heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, aryl, heteroaryl, CO₂R^(17d), C(═O)R^(17d),CONR^(17d)R^(20d), SO₂R^(17d), and SO₂NR^(17d)R^(20d), provided that anyof the above alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl groups may beunsubstituted or substituted independently with 0-2 R^(11d);

Y^(d) is selected from: —COR^(19d), —SO₃H, —PO₃H, tetrazolyl,—CONHNHSO₂CF₃, —CONHSO₂R^(17d), —CONHSO₂NHR^(17d), —NHCOCF₃,—NHCONHSO₂R^(17d), —NHSO₂R^(17d), —OPO₃H₂, —OSO₃H, —PO₃H₂, —SO₃H,—SO₂NHCOR^(17d), —SO₂NHCO₂R^(17d),

R^(16d) is selected from: —N(R^(20d))—C(═O)—O—R^(17d),—N(R^(20d))—C(═O)—R^(17d), —N(R^(20d))—C(═O)—NH—R^(17d),—N(R^(20d))SO₂—R^(17d), and —N(R^(20d))SO₂—NR^(20d)R^(17d);

R^(17d) is selected from: C₁-C₁₀ alkyl optionally substituted with abond to L_(n), C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with a bond toL_(n), aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),(C₁-C₆ alkyl)aryl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),(C₁-C₆ alkyl)heteroaryl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),biaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),heteroaryl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), aryl optionallysubstituted with a bond to L_(n), biaryl optionally substituted with abond to L_(n), and a bond to L_(n), wherein said aryl, biaryl orheteroaryl groups are also optionally substituted with 0-3 substituentsselected from the group consisting of: C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, aryl,heteroaryl, halo, cyano, amino, CF₃, and NO₂;

R^(18d) is selected from: —H, —C(═O)—O—R^(17d), —C(═O)—R^(17d),—C(═O)—NH—R^(17d), —SO₂—R^(17d), and —SO₂—NR^(20d)R^(17d);

R^(19d) is selected from: hydroxy, C₁-C₁₀ alkyloxy, C₃-C₁₁cycloalkyloxy, aryloxy, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkoxy)-, C₃-C₁₀alkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₃-C₁₀ alkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₂-C₁₀alkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀ cycloalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀cycloalkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀ cycloalkoxycarbonylalkyloxy,C₇-C₁₁ aryloxycarbonylalkyloxy, C₈-C₁₂ aryloxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy,C₈-C₁₂ arylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀ alkoxyalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy,C₅-C₁₀ (5-alkyl-1,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)methyloxy, C₁₀-C₁₄(5-aryl-1,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)methyloxy, and(R^(11d))(R^(12d))N—(C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy)-;

R^(20d) is selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, and heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl);

R^(21d) is selected from: COOH and NR^(6d) ₂;

m^(d) is 0-4;

n^(d) is 0-4;

t^(d) is 0-4;

p^(d) is 0--2;

q^(d) is 0--2; and

r^(d) is 0--2;

 with the following provisos:

(1) t^(d), n^(d), m^(d) and q^(d) are chosen such that the number ofatoms connecting R^(1d) and Y^(d) is in the range of 10-14; and

(2) n^(d) and m^(d) are chosen such that the value of n^(d) plus m^(d)is greater than one unless U^(d) is —(CH₂)_(t) ^(d)Q^(d)(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—;

 or Q is a peptide selected from the group:

R¹ is L-valine, D-valine or L-lysine optionally substituted on the εamino group with a bond to L_(n);

R² is L-phenylalanine, D-phenylalanine, D-1-naphthylalanine,2-aminothiazole-4-acetic acid or tyrosine, the tyrosine optionallysubstituted on the hydroxy group with a bond to L_(n);

R³ is D-valine;

R⁴ is D-tyrosine substituted on the hydroxy group with a bond to L_(n);

provided that one of R¹ and R² in each Q is substituted with a bond toL_(n), and further provided that when R² is 2-aminothiazole-4-aceticacid, K is N-methylarginine;

provided that at least one Q is a compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib);

d is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

d′ is 1-100;

L_(n) is a linking group having the formula:

((W)_(h)—(CR⁶R⁷)_(g))_(x)—(Z)_(k)—((CR^(6a)R^(7a))_(g′)—(W)_(h′))_(x′);

W is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: O, S, NH,NHC(═O), C(═O)NH, NR⁸C(═O), C(═O)N R⁸, C(═O), C(═O)O, OC(═O), NHC(═S)NH,NHC(═O)NH, SO₂, SO₂NH, (OCH₂CH₂)_(s), (CH₂CH₂O)_(s′), (OCH₂CH₂CH₂)_(s″),(CH₂CH₂CH₂O)_(t), and (aa)_(t′);

aa is independently at each occurrence an amino acid;

Z is selected from the group: aryl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, C₃₋₁₀cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, and a 5-10 membered heterocyclicring system containing 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S,and O and substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰;

R⁶, R^(6a), R⁷, R^(7a), and R⁸ are independently selected at eachoccurrence from the group: H, ═O, COOH, SO₃H, PO₃H, C₁-C₅ alkylsubstituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, aryl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, benzylsubstituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, and C₁-C₅ alkoxy substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰,NHC(═O)R¹¹, C(═O)NHR¹¹, NHC(═O)NHR¹¹, NHR¹¹, R¹¹, and a bond to C_(h);

R¹⁰ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: a bondto C_(h), COOR¹¹, C(═O)NHR¹¹, NHC(═O)R¹¹, OH, NHR¹¹, SO₃H, PO₃H,—OPO₃H₂, —OSO₃H, aryl substituted with 0-3 R¹¹, C₁₋₅ alkyl substitutedwith 0-1 R¹², C₁₋₅ alkoxy substituted with 0-1 R¹², and a 5-10 memberedheterocyclic ring system containing 1-4 heteroatoms independentlyselected from N, S, and O and substituted with 0-3 R¹¹;

R¹¹ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: H,alkyl substituted with 0-1 R¹², aryl substituted with 0-1 R¹², a 5-10membered heterocyclic ring system containing 1-4 heteroatomsindependently selected from N, S, and O and substituted with 0-1 R¹²,C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl substituted with 0-1 R¹², polyalkylene glycolsubstituted with 0-1 R¹², carbohydrate substituted with 0-1 R¹²,cyclodextrin substituted with 0-1 R¹², amino acid substituted with 0-1R¹², polycarboxyalkyl substituted with 0-1 R¹², polyazaalkyl substitutedwith 0-1 R¹², and peptide substituted with 0-1 R¹², wherein the peptideis comprised of 2-10 amino acids, 3,6-O-disulfo-B-D-galactopyranosyl,bis(phosphonomethyl)glycine, and a bond to C_(h);

R¹² is a bond to C_(h);

k is selected from 0, 1, and 2;

h is selected from 0, 1, and 2;

h′ is selected from 0, 1, and 2;

g is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

g′ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

s is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

s′ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

s″ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

t is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

t′ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

x is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;

x′ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;

C_(h) is a metal bonding unit having a formula selected from the group:

A¹, A², A³, A⁴, A⁵, A⁶, A⁷, and A⁸ are independently selected at eachoccurrence from the group: NR¹³, NR¹³R¹⁴, S, SH, S(Pg), O, OH, PR¹³,PR¹³R¹⁴, P(O)R¹⁵R¹⁶, and a bond to L_(n);

E is a bond, CH, or a spacer group independently selected at eachoccurrence from the group: C₁-C₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, arylsubstituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷,heterocyclo-C₁₋₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, wherein theheterocyclo group is a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring system containing1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, and O, C₆₋₁₀aryl-C₁₋₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, C₁₋₁₀ alkyl-C₆₋₁₀ aryl-substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, and a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring systemcontaining 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, and O andsubstituted with 0-3 R¹⁷;

R¹³ and R¹⁴ are each independently selected from the group: a bond toL_(n), hydrogen, C₁-C₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, aryl substitutedwith 0-3 R¹⁷, C₁₋₁₀ cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷,heterocyclo-C₁₋₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, wherein theheterocyclo group is a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring system containing1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, and O, C₆₋₁₀aryl-C₁₋₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, C₁₋₁₀ alkyl-C₆₋₁₀ aryl-substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring systemcontaining 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, and O andsubstituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, and an electron, provided that when one of R¹³or R¹⁴ is an electron, then the other is also an electron;

alternatively, R¹³ and R¹⁴ combine to form ═C(R²⁰)(R²¹);

R¹⁵ and R¹⁶ are each independently selected from the group: a bond toL_(n), —OH, C₁-C₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, C₁-C₁₀ alkylsubstituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, aryl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, C₃₋₁₀cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, heterocyclo-C₁₋₁₀ alkyl substitutedwith 0-3 R¹⁷, wherein the heterocyclo group is a 5-10 memberedheterocyclic ring system containing 1-4 heteroatoms independentlyselected from N, S, and O, C₆₋₁₀ aryl-C₁₋₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-3R¹⁷, C₁₋₁₀ alkyl-C₆₋₁₀ aryl- substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, and a 5-10membered heterocyclic ring system containing 1-4 heteroatomsindependently selected from N, S, and O and substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷;

R¹⁷ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: a bondto L_(n), ═O, F, Cl, Br, I, —CF₃, —CN, —CO₂R¹⁸, —C(═O)R¹⁸,—C(═O)N(R¹⁸)₂, —CHO, —CH₂OR¹⁸, —OC(═O)R¹⁸, —OC(═O)OR^(18a), —OR¹⁸,—OC(═O)N(R¹⁸)₂, —NR¹⁹C(═O)R¹⁸, —NR¹⁹C(═O)OR^(18a), —NR¹⁹C(═O)N(R¹⁸)₂,—NR¹⁹SO₂N(R¹⁸)₂, —NR¹⁹SO₂R^(18a), —SO₃H, —SO₂R^(18a), —SR¹⁸,—S(═O)R^(18a), —SO₂N(R¹⁸)₂, —N(R¹⁸)₂, —NHC(═S)NHR¹⁸, ═NOR¹⁸, NO₂,—C(═O)NHOR¹⁸, —C(═O)NHNR¹⁸R^(18a), —OCH₂CO₂H, 2-(1-morpholino)ethoxy,C₁-C₅ alkyl, C₂-C₄ alkenyl, C₃-C₆ cycloalkyl, C₃-C₆ cycloalkylmethyl,C₂-C₆ alkoxyalkyl, aryl substituted with 0-2 R¹⁸, and a 5-10 memberedheterocyclic ring system containing 1-4 heteroatoms independentlyselected from N, S, and O;

R¹⁸, R^(18a), and R¹⁹ are independently selected at each occurrence fromthe group: a bond to L_(n), H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, C₁-C₆alkoxy, halide, nitro, cyano, and trifluoromethyl;

Pg is a thiol protecting group;

R²⁰ and R²¹ are independently selected from the group: H, C₁-C₁₀ alkyl,—CN, —CO₂R²⁵, —C(═O)R²⁵, —C(═O)N(R²⁵)₂, C₂-C₁₀ 1-alkene substituted with0-3 R²³, C₂-C₁₀ ₁-alkyne substituted with 0-3 R²³, aryl substituted with0-3 R²³, unsaturated 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring system containing1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, and O and substitutedwith 0-3 R²³, and unsaturated C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle substituted with 0-3 R²³;

alternatively, R²⁰ and R²¹, taken together with the divalent carbonradical to which they are attached form:

R²² and R²³ are independently selected from the group: H, R²⁴, C₁-C₁₀alkyl substituted with 0-3 R²⁴, C₂-C₁₀ alkenyl substituted with 0-3 R²⁴,C₂-C₁₀ alkynyl substituted with 0-3 R²⁴, aryl substituted with 0-3 R²⁴,a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring system containing 1-4 heteroatomsindependently selected from N, S, and O and substituted with 0-3 R²⁴,and C₃₋₁₀ carbocycle substituted with 0-3 R²⁴;

alternatively, R²², R²³ taken together form a fused aromatic or a 5-10membered heterocyclic ring system containing 1-4 heteroatomsindependently selected from N, S, and O;

a and b indicate the positions of optional double bonds and n is 0 or 1;

R²⁴ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: ═O, F,Cl, Br, I, —CF₃, —CN, —CO₂R²⁵, —C(═O)R²⁵, —C(═O)N(R²⁵)₂, —N(R²⁵)₃ ⁺,—CH₂OR²⁵, —OC(═O)R²⁵, —OC(═O)OR^(25a), —OR²⁵, —OC(═O)N(R²⁵)₂,—NR²⁶C(═O)R²⁵, —NR²⁶C(═O)OR^(25a), —NR²⁶C(═O)N(R²⁵)₂, —NR²⁶SO₂N(R²⁵)₂,—NR²⁶SO₂R^(25a), —SO₃H, —SO₂R^(25a), —SR²⁵, —S(═O)R^(25a), —SO₂N(R²⁵)₂,—N(R²⁵)₂, ═NOR²⁵, —C(═O)NHOR²⁵, —OCH₂CO₂H, and 2-(1-morpholino)ethoxy;and,

R²⁵, R^(25a), and R²⁶ are each independently selected at each occurrencefrom the group: hydrogen and C₁-C₆ alkyl.

In a more preferred embodiment, the present invention provides acompound wherein:

R^(1de) is selected from:

A^(d) and B^(d) are independently —CH₂—, —O—, —N(R^(2d))—, or —C(═O)—;

A^(1d) and B^(1d) are independently —CH₂— or —N(R^(3d))—;

D is —N(R^(2d))—, —O—, —S—, —C(═O)— or —SO₂—;

E^(d)—F^(d) is —C(R^(4d))═C(R^(5d))—, —N═C(R^(4d))—, —C(R^(4d))═N—, or—C(R^(4d))₂C(R^(5d))₂—;

J^(d), K^(d), L^(d) and M^(d) are independently selected from:C(R^(4d))—, —C(R^(5d))— and —N—, provided that at least one of J^(d),K^(d), L^(d) and M^(d) is not —N—;

R^(2d) is selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, (C₁-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl, (C₁-C₆alkoxy)carbonyl, C₁-C₆ alkylaminocarbonyl, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₇cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylaLkyl, aryl, heteroaryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)carbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, (C₁-C₆alkyl)carbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, aryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)sulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)sulfonyl,aryloxycarbonyl, and aryl(C₁-C₆ alkoxy)carbonyl, wherein said arylgroups are substituted with 0-2 substituents selected from the groupconsisting of C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, halo, CF₃, and nitro;

R^(3d) is selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, and heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-;

R^(4d) and R^(5d) are independently selected from: H, C₁-C₄ alkoxy,NR^(2d)R^(3d), halogen, NO₂, CN, CF₃, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₇cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, C₂-C₇alkylcarbonyl, and arylcarbonyl;

alternatively, when substituents on adjacent atoms, R^(4d) and R^(5d)can be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attachedto form a 5-7 membered carbocyclic or 5-7 membered heterocyclic aromaticor non-aromatic ring system, said carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring beingoptionally substituted with 0-2 groups selected from: C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄alkoxy, halo, cyano, amino, CF₃, or NO₂;

U^(d) is selected from: —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n)^(d)(CR^(7d)═CR^(8d))(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(t) ^(d)Q^(d)(CH₂)_(m)^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)O(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n)^(d)N(R^(6d))(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)C(═O)(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—, and—(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)S(O)_(p) ^(d)(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—;

wherein one or more of the methylene groups in U^(d) is optionallysubstituted with R^(7d);

Q^(d) is selected from 1,2-phenylene, 1,3-phenylene, 2,3-pyridinylene,3,4-pyridinylene, and 2,4-pyridinylene;

R^(6d) is selected from: H, C₁-C₄ alkyl, and benzyl;

R^(7d) and R^(8d) are independently selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₇cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, andheteroaryl(C₀-C₆ alkyl)-;

W^(d) is —C(═O)—N(R^(13d))—(C(R^(12d))₂)_(q) ^(d)—;

X^(d) is —C(R^(12d))(R^(14d))—C(R^(12d))(R^(15d))—;

alternatively, W^(d) and X^(d) can be taken together to be

R^(12d) is H or C₁-C₆ alkyl;

Y^(d) is selected from: —COR^(19d), —SO₃H,

d is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;

d′ is 1-50;

W is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: O, NH,NHC(═O), C(═O)NH, NR⁸C(═O), C(═O)N R⁸, C(═O), C(═O)O, OC(═O), NHC(═S)NH,NHC(═O)NH, SO₂, (OCH₂CH₂)_(s), (CH₂CH₂O)_(s′), (OCH₂CH₂CH₂)_(s″),(CH₂CH₂CH₂O)_(t), and (aa)_(t′);

aa is independently at each occurrence an amino acid;

Z is selected from the group: aryl substituted with 0-1 R¹⁰, C₃₋₁₀cycloalkyl substituted with 0-1 R¹⁰, and a 5-10 membered heterocyclicring system containing 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S,and O and substituted with 0-1 R¹⁰;

R⁶, R^(6a), R⁷, R^(7a), and R⁸ are independently selected at eachoccurrence from the group: H, ═O, COOH, SO₃H, C₁-C₅ alkyl substitutedwith 0-1 R¹⁰, aryl substituted with 0-1 R¹⁰, benzyl substituted with 0-1R¹⁰, and C₁-C₅ alkoxy substituted with 0-1 R¹⁰, NHC(═O)R¹¹, C(═O)NHR¹¹,NHC(═O)NHR¹¹, NHR¹¹, R¹¹, and a bond to C_(h);

k is 0 or 1;

s is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;

s′ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;

s″ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;

t is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;

A¹, A², A³, A⁴, A⁵, A⁶, A⁷, and A⁸ are independently selected at eachoccurrence from the group: NR¹³, NR¹³R¹⁴, S, SH, S(Pg), OH, and a bondto L_(n);

E is a bond, CH, or a spacer group independently selected at eachoccurrence from the group: C₁-C₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, arylsubstituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, anda 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring system containing 1-4 heteroatomsindependently selected from N, S, and O and substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷;

R¹³ and R¹⁴ are each independently selected from the group: a bond toL_(n), hydrogen, C₁-C₁₀ alkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁷, aryl substitutedwith 0-3 R¹⁷, a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring system containing 1-4heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, and O and substituted with0-3 R¹⁷, and an electron, provided that when one of R¹³ or R¹⁴ is anelectron, then the other is also an electron;

alternatively, R¹³ and R¹⁴ combine to form ═C(R²⁰)(R²¹);

R¹⁷ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: a bondto L_(n), ═O, F, Cl, Br, I, —CF₃, —CN, —CO₂R¹⁸, —C(═O)R¹⁸,—C(═O)N(R¹⁸)₂, —CH₂OR¹⁸, —OC(═O)R¹⁸, —OC(═O)OR^(18a), —OR¹⁸,—OC(═O)N(R¹⁸)₂, —NR¹⁹C(═O)R¹⁸, —NR¹⁹C(═O)OR^(18a), —NR¹⁹C(═O)N(R¹⁸)₂,—NR¹⁹SO₂N(R¹⁸)₂, —NR¹⁹SO₂R^(18a), —SO₃H, —SO₂R^(18a), —S(═O)R^(18a),—SO₂N(R¹⁸)₂, —N(R¹⁸)₂, —NHC(═S)NHR¹⁸, ═NOR¹⁸, —C(═O)NHNR¹⁸R^(18a),—OCH₂CO₂H, and 2-(1-morpholino)ethoxy;

R¹⁸, R^(18a), and R¹⁹ are independently selected at each occurrence fromthe group: a bond to L_(n), H, and C₁-C₆ alkyl;

R²⁰ and R²¹ are independently selected from the group: H, C₁-C₅ alkyl,—CO₂R²⁵, C₂-C₅ 1-alkene substituted with 0-3 R²³, C₂-C₅ 1-alkynesubstituted with 0-3 R²³, aryl substituted with 0-3 R²³, and unsaturated5-10 membered heterocyclic ring system containing 1-4 heteroatomsindependently selected from N, S, and O and substituted with 0-3 R²³;

alternatively, R²⁰ and R²¹, taken together with the divalent carbonradical to which they are attached form:

R²² and R²³ are independently selected from the group: H, and R²⁴;

alternatively, R²², R²³ taken together form a fused aromatic or a 5-10membered heterocyclic ring system containing 1-4 heteroatomsindependently selected from N, S, and O;

R²⁴ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group:—CO₂R²⁵, —C(═O)N(R²⁵)₂, —CH₂OR²⁵, —OC(═O)R²⁵, —OR²⁵, —SO₃H, —N(R²⁵)₂,and —OCH₂CO₂H; and,

R²⁵ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: H andC₁-C₃ alkyl.

In an even more preferred embodiment, the present invention provides acompound wherein:

R^(10de) is selected from:

wherein the above heterocycles are optionally substituted with 0-2substituents selected from the group: NH₂, halogen, NO₂, CN, CF₃, C₁-C₄alkoxy, C₁-C₆ alkyl, and C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl;

U^(d) is —(CH₂)_(n)—, —(CH₂)_(t) ^(d)Q^(d)(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)— or—C(═O)(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)−1—, wherein one of the methylene groups isoptionally substituted with R^(7d);

R^(7d) is selected from: C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl), heteroaryl, andheteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl);

R^(10d) is selected from: H, R^(1de), C₁-C₄ alkoxy substituted with 0-1R^(21d), halogen, CO₂R^(17d), CONR^(17d)R^(20d), C₁-C₆ alkyl substitutedwith 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl substituted with 0-1R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl substituted with 0-1R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), and aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- substituted with 0-1R^(15d) or 0-2 R^(11d) or 0-1 R^(21d);

R^(10de) is selected from: H, C₁-C₄ alkoxy substituted with 0-1 R^(21d),halogen, CO₂R^(17d), CONR^(17d)R^(20d), C₁-C₆ alkyl substituted with 0-1R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or0-1 R^(21d), C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-1R^(21d), and aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-2R^(11d) or 0-1 R^(21d);

W^(d) is —C(═O)—N(R^(13d))—;

X^(d) is —CH(R^(14d))—CH(R^(15d))—;

R^(13d) is H or CH₃;

R^(14d) is selected from: H, C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, whereinsaid aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted with 0-3substituents selected from the group consisting of: C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄alkoxy, aryl, halo, cyano, amino, CF₃, and NO₂;

R^(15d) is H or R^(16d);

Y^(d) is —COR^(19d);

R^(19d) is selected from: hydroxy, C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy,methylcarbonyloxymethoxy-, ethylcarbonyloxymethoxy-,t-butylcarbonyloxymethoxy-, cyclohexylcarbonyloxymethoxy-,1-(methylcarbonyloxy)ethoxy-, 1-(ethylcarbonyloxy)ethoxy-,1-(t-butylcarbonyloxy)ethoxy-, 1-(cyclohexylcarbonyloxy)ethoxy-,i-propyloxycarbonyloxymethoxy-, t-butyloxycarbonyloxymethoxy-,1-(i-propyloxycarbonyloxy)ethoxy-, 1-(cyclohexyloxycarbonyloxy)ethoxy-,1-(t-butyloxycarbonyloxy)ethoxy-, dimethylaminoethoxy-,diethylaminoethoxy-, (5-methyl-1,3-dioxacyclopenten-2-on-4-yl)methoxy-,(5-(t-butyl)-1,3-dioxacyclopenten-2-on-4-yl)methoxy-,(1,3-dioxa-5-phenyl-cyclopenten-2-on-4-yl)methoxy-, and1-(2-(2-methoxypropyl)carbonyloxy)ethoxy-;

R^(20d) is H or CH₃;

m^(d) is 0 or 1;

n^(d) is 1-4;

t^(d) is 0 or 1;

C_(h) is

A¹ is selected from the group: OH, and a bond to L_(n);

A², A⁴, and A⁶ are each N;

A³, A⁵, and A⁸ are each OH;

A⁷ is a bond to L_(n) or NH-bond to L_(n);

E is a C₂ alkyl substituted with 0-1 R¹⁷;

R¹⁷ is ═O;

alternatively, C_(h) is

A¹ is selected from the group: OH and a bond to L_(n);

A², A³ and A⁴ are each N;

A⁵, A⁶ and A⁸ are each OH;

A⁷ is a bond to L_(n);

E is a C₂ alkyl substituted with 0-1 R¹⁷;

R¹⁷ is ═O;

alternatively, C_(h) is

A¹ is NH₂ or N═C(R²⁰)(R²¹);

E is a bond;

A² is NHR¹³;

R¹³ is a heterocycle substituted with R¹⁷, the heterocycle beingselected from pyridine and pyrimidine;

R¹⁷ is selected from a bond to L_(n), C(═O)NHR¹⁸ and C(═O)R¹⁸;

R¹⁸ is a bond to L_(n);

R²⁴ is selected from the group: —CO₂R²⁵, —OR²⁵, —SO₃H, and —N(R²⁵)₂;and,

R²⁵ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group:hydrogen and methyl.

In another even more preferred embodiment, the present inventionprovides a compound wherein:

R^(1de) is selected from:

wherein the above heterocycles are optionally substituted with 0-2substituents selected from the group: NH₂, halogen, NO₂, CN, CF₃, C₁-C₄alkoxy, C₁-C₆ alkyl, and C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl.

In another preferred embodiment, the present invention provides acompound selected from the group:

2-(((4-(4-(((3-(2-(2-(3-((6-((1-aza-2-(2-sulfophenyl)vinyl)amino)(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazole-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid;

2-(2-aza-2-((5-(N-(1,3-bis(3-(2-(2-(3-(((4-(4-(((1-carboxy-2-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)ethyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propyl)carbamoyl)(2-pyridyl))amino)vinyl)benzenesulfonicacid;

2-((6-((1-aza-2-(sulfophenyl)vinyl)amino)(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino)-4-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(((4-(4-(((1-carboxy-2-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)ethyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)butanoicacid;

3-((1-(3-(imidazole-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)-2-(((4-(4-(((3-(2-(2-(3-(2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxyrnethyl)cyclododecyl)acetylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicacid;

2-(6-((6-((1-aza-2-(2-sulfophenyl)vinyl)-amino)(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino)hexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)-propanoicacid;

2-((6-((1-aza-2-(2-sulfophenyl)vinyl)-amino)(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid;

[2-[[[5-[carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]hydrazono]methyl]-benzenesulfonicacid]-Glu(2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylaminopropyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid)(2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid);

[2-[[[5-[carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]hydrazono]methyl]-benzenesulfonicacid]-Glu-bis-[Glu(2-(6-Aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid)(2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid)];

2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxyrnethyl)-1-cyclododecyl)acetyl-{2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid};

2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)-1-cyclododecyl)acetyl-Glu{2-(6-Aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid}{2-(6-Aminohexanoylamino)-3-(1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid};

2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecylacetylamino)-6aminohexanoylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamnoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propionicacid salt;

2-({[4-(3-{N-[2-((2R)-3-Sulfo-2-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino}propyl)ethyl]carbamoyl}propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl]sulfonyl}amino)(2S)-3-({1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)propanoicAcid;

2-[({4-[4-({[2-((2R)-3-Sulfo-2-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino}propyl)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)phenyl]phenyl}sulfonyl)amino](2S)-3-({1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)propanoicAcid;

(4S)-4-(N-{1-[N-(2-{4-[4-({[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-({1-[3-(2-pyridylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]-3-carboxypropyl}carbamoyl)-4-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino}butanoicacid;

(4S)-4-(N-{1-[N-(2-{4-[4-({[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-({1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]-3-carboxypropyl}carbamoyl)-4-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino}butanoicacid;

(4S)-4-{N-[(1S)-1-(N-{1,3-bis[N-(2-{4-[4-({[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-({1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]propyl}carbarnoyl)-3-carboxypropyl]carbamoyl}-4-(6-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino}hexanoylamino)butanoicacid;

(4S)-4-(N-{1-[N-(2-{4-[4-({[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-({1-[3-(3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]-3-carboxypropyl}carbamoyl)-4-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino}butanoicacid;

(4S)-4-(N-{1-[N-(2-{4-[4-({[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-({1-methyl-3-[3-2-3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-6-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]-3-carboxypropyl}carbamoyl)-4-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino}butanoicacid;

(4S)-4-(N-{(1S)-1-[N-(2-{4-[4-({[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-({1-[2-(2-3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridylamino)ethyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]-3-carboxypropyl}carbamoyl)-4-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino}butanoicacid;

(2S)-2-{[(2,6-dimethyl-4-{3-[N-(2-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]propoxy}phenyl)sulfonyl]amino}-3-({2-[2-(2-3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridylamino)ethyl](2-hydro-1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)propanoicacid;

(4S)-4-{N-[(1S)-1-(N-{2-[({4-[4-({[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-({1-[2-(2-3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridylamino)ethyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)phenyl]phenyl}sulfonyl)amino]ethyl}carbamoyl)-3-carboxypropyl]carbamoyl}-4-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxy-methyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino}butanoicacid;

(4S)-4-{N-[(1S)-1-(N-{2-[({4-[4-({[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-({1-[3-(3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)phenyl]phenyl}sulfonyl)amino]ethyl}carbamoyl)-3-carboxypropyl]carbamoyl}-4-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino)}butanoicacid;

(2S)-3-({3-[(imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl]-1-methyl(1H-indazol-6-yl)}carbonylamino)-2-({[4-(4-{[(2-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino}ethyl)amino]sulfonyl}phenyl)phenyl]sulfonyl}amino)propanoicacid;

3-[(7-{3-[(6-{[(1E)-1-aza-2-(2-sulfophenyl)vinyl]amino}(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino]propoxy}-1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl))-carbonylamino](2S)-2-{[(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl]-amino}propanoicacid; and

3-{[1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl]-7-(3-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]-acetylamino}propoxy)(1H-indazol-5-yl)]carbonylamino}-2-{[(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl]amino}propanoicacid;

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt form thereof.

In a further preferred embodiment, the present invention provides a kitcomprising a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt form thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

In another preferred embodiment, the kit further comprises one or moreancillary ligands and a reducing agent.

In yet another preferred embodiment, the ancillary ligands are tricineand TPPTS.

In another preferred embodiment, the reducing agent is tin(II).

In a second embodiment, the present invention provides a noveldiagnostic or therapeutic metallopharmaceutical composition, comprising:a metal, a chelator capable of chelating the metal and a targetingmoiety, wherein the targeting moiety is bound to the chelator, is anindazole nonpeptide and binds to a receptor that is upregulated duringangiogenesis and the compound has 0-1 linking groups between thetargeting moiety and chelator.

In a preferred embodiment, the metallopharmaceutical is a diagnosticradiopharmaceutical, the metal is a radioisotope selected from thegroup: ^(99m)Tc, ⁹⁵Tc, ¹¹¹In, ⁶²Cu, ⁶⁴Cu, ⁶⁷Ga, and ⁶⁸Ga, and thelinking group is present between the targeting moiety and chelator.

In another preferred embodiment, the targeting moiety is an indazole andthe receptor is α_(ν)β₃ or α_(ν)β₅.

In another preferred embodiment, the radioisotope is ^(99m)Tc or ⁹⁵Tc,the radiopharmaceutical further comprises a first ancillary ligand and asecond ancillary ligand capable of stabilizing the radiopharmaceutical.

In another preferred embodiment, the radioisotope is ^(99m)Tc.

In another preferred embodiment, the radiopharmaceutical is selectedfrom the group:

^(99m)Tc((((4-(4-(((3-(2-(2-(3-((6-(diazenido)(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazole-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid) (tricine)(TPPTS);

^(99m)Tc(2-(2-((5-(N-(1,3-bis(3-(2-(2-(3-(((4-(4-(((1-carboxy-2-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)ethyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propyl)carbamoyl)(2-pyridyl))2-diazenido)(tricine)(TPPTS);

^(99m)Tc(2-((6-(diazenido)(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino)-4-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(((4-(4-(((1-carboxy-2-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)ethyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)butanoicacid) (tricine)(TPPTS);

^(99m)Tc(2-(6-((6-(diazenido)(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino)hexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)-propanoicacid) (tricine)(TPPTS);

^(99m)Tc(2-((6-(diazenido)(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid (tricine)(TPPTS);

^(99m)Tc[2-[[[5-[carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]diazenido]-Glu(2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid)(2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid)) (tricine)(TPPTS);

^(99m)Tc([2-[[[5-[carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]diazenido]-Glu-bis-[Glu(2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid)(2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid)]) (tricine)(TPPTS);

In another preferred embodiment, the radioisotope is ¹¹¹In.

In another preferred embodiment, the radiopharmaceutical is selectedfrom the group:

In another preferred embodiment wherein the metallopharmaceutical is atherapeutic radiopharmaceutical, the metal is a radioisotope selectedfrom the group: ¹⁸⁶Re, ¹⁸⁸Re, ¹⁵³Sm, ¹⁶⁶Ho, ¹⁷⁷Lu, ¹⁴⁹Pm, ⁹⁰Y, ²¹²Bi,¹⁰³Pd, ¹⁰⁹Pd, ¹⁵⁹Gd, ¹⁴⁰La, ¹⁹⁸Au, ¹⁹⁹Au, ¹⁶⁹Yb, ¹⁷⁵Yb, ¹⁶⁵Dy, ¹⁶⁶Dy,⁶⁷Cu, ¹⁰⁵Rh, ¹¹¹Ag, and ¹⁹²Ir, the targeting moiety is an indazolenonpeptide and the linking group is present between the targeting moietyand chelator.

In another preferred embodiment, the targeting moiety is an indazole andthe receptor is α_(ν)β₃ or α_(ν)β₅.

In another preferred embodiment, the radioisotope is ¹⁵³Sm.

In another preferred embodiment, the radioisotope is ¹⁷⁷Lu.

In another preferred embodiment, the radiopharmaceutical is

In another preferred embodiment, the radioisotope is ⁹⁰Y.

In another preferred embodiment, the radiopharmaceutical is selectedfrom the group:

In another preferred embodiment wherein the metallopharmaceutical is aMRI contrast agent, the metal is a paramagnetic metal ion selected fromthe group: Gd(III), Dy(III), Fe(III), and Mn(II), the targeting moietyis an indazole nonpeptide and the linking group is present between thetargeting moiety and chelator.

In another preferred embodiment, the targeting moiety is an indazole andthe receptor is α_(ν)β₃ or α_(ν)β₅.

In another preferred embodiment, the metal ion is Gd(III).

In another preferred embodiment, the contrast agent is

In another preferred embodiment wherein the metallopharmaceutical is aX-ray contrast agent, the metal is selected from the group: Re, Sm, Ho,Lu, Pm, Y, Bi, Pd, Gd, La, Au, Au, Yb, Dy, Cu, Rh, Ag, and Ir, thetargeting moiety comprises an indazole, the receptor is α_(ν)β₃ orα_(ν)β₅, and the linking group is present between the targeting moietyand chelator.

In another preferred embodiment, the present invention provides a novelmethod of treating rheumatoid arthritis in a patient comprising:administering a therapeutic radiopharmaceutical comprising a noveldiagnostic or therapeutic metallopharmaceutical composition, comprising:a metal, a chelator capable of chelating the metal and a targetingmoiety, wherein the targeting moiety is bound to the chelator, is anindazole nonpeptide and binds to a receptor that is upregulated duringangiogenesis and the compound has 0-1 linking groups between thetargeting moiety and chelator, wherein the metallopharmaceutical is atherapeutic radiopharmaceutical, the metal is a radioisotope selectedfrom the group: ¹⁸⁶Re, ¹⁸⁸Re, ¹⁵³Sm, ¹⁶⁶Ho, ¹⁷⁷Lu, ¹⁴⁹Pm, ⁹⁰Y, ²¹²Bi,¹⁰³Pd, ¹⁰⁹Pd, ¹⁵⁹Gd, ¹⁴⁰La, ¹⁹⁸Au, ¹⁹⁹Au, ¹⁶⁹Yb, ¹⁷⁵Yb, ¹⁶⁵Dy, ¹⁶⁶Dy,⁶⁷Cu, ¹⁰⁵Rh, ¹¹¹Ag, and ¹⁹²Ir, the targeting moiety is an indazolenonpeptide and the linking group is present between the targeting moietyand chelator capable of localizing in new angiogenic vasculature to apatient by injection or infuision.

In another preferred embodiment, the present invention provides a novelmethod of treating cancer in a patient comprising: administering to apatient in need thereof a therapeutic radiopharmaceutical comprising anovel diagnostic or therapeutic metallopharmaceutical composition,comprising: a metal, a chelator capable of chelating the metal and atargeting moiety, wherein the targeting moiety is bound to the chelator,is an indazole nonpeptide and binds to a receptor that is upregulatedduring angiogenesis and the compound has 0-1 linking groups between thetargeting moiety and chelator, wherein the metallopharmaceutical is atherapeutic radiopharmaceutical, the metal is a radioisotope selectedfrom the group: ¹⁸⁶Re, ¹⁸⁸Re, ¹⁵³Sm, ¹⁶⁶Ho, ¹⁷⁷Lu, ¹⁴⁹Pm, ⁹⁰Y, ²¹²Bi,¹⁰³Pd, ¹⁰⁹Pd, ¹⁵⁹Gd, ¹⁴⁰La, ¹⁹⁸Au, ¹⁹⁹Au, ¹⁶⁹Yb, ¹⁷⁵Yb, ¹⁶⁵Dy, ¹⁶⁶Dy,⁶⁷Cu, ¹⁰⁵Rh, ¹¹¹Ag, and ¹⁹²Ir, the targeting moiety is an indazolenonpeptide and the linking group is present between the targeting moietyand chelator by injection or infusion.

In another preferred embodiment, the present invention provides a novelmethod of treating restenosis in a patient comprising: administering toa patient, either systemically or locally, a therapeuticradiopharmaceutical comprising a novel diagnostic or therapeuticmetallopharmaceutical composition, comprising: a metal, a chelatorcapable of chelating the metal and a targeting moiety, wherein thetargeting moiety is bound to the chelator, is an indazole nonpeptide andbinds to a receptor that is upregulated during angiogenesis and thecompound has 0-1 linking groups between the targeting moiety andchelator, wherein the metallopharrmaceutical is a therapeuticradiopharmaceutical, the metal is a radioisotope selected from thegroup: ¹⁸⁶Re, ¹⁸⁸Re, ¹⁵³Sm, ¹⁶⁶Ho, ¹⁷⁷Lu, ¹⁴⁹Pm, ⁹⁰Y, ²¹²Bi, ¹⁰³Pd,¹⁰⁹Pd, ¹⁵⁹Gd, ¹⁴⁰La, ¹⁹⁸Au, ¹⁹⁹Au, ¹⁶⁹Yb, ¹⁷⁵Yb, ¹⁶⁵Dy, ¹⁶⁶Dy, ⁶⁷Cu,¹⁰⁵Rh, ¹¹¹Ag, and ¹⁹²Ir, the targeting moiety is an indazole nonpeptideand the linking group is present between the targeting moiety andchelator capable of localizing in the restenotic area and delivering aneffective dose of radiation.

In another preferred embodiment, the present invention provides a novelmethod of imaging therapeutic angiogenesis in a patient comprising: (1)administering a diagnostic radiopharmaceutical, a MRI contrast agent, ora X-ray contrast agent comprising a novel diagnostic or therapeuticmetallopharmaceutical composition, comprising: a metal, a chelatorcapable of chelating the metal and a targeting moiety, wherein thetargeting moiety is bound to the chelator, is an indazole nonpeptide andbinds to a receptor that is upregulated during angiogenesis and thecompound has 0-1 linking groups between the targeting moiety andchelator to a patient by injection or infusion; (2) imaging the area ofthe patient wherein the desired formation of new blood vessels islocated.

In another preferred embodiment, the present invention provides a novelmethod of imaging atherosclerosis in a patient comprising: (1)administering a diagnostic radiopharrmaccutical, a MRI contrast agent,or a X-ray contrast agent comprising a novel diagnostic or therapeuticmetallopharmaceutical composition, comprising: a metal, a chelatorcapable of chelating the metal and a targeting moiety, wherein thetargeting moiety is bound to the chelator, is an indazole nonpeptide andbinds to a receptor that is upregulated during angiogenesis and thecompound has 0-1 linking groups between the targeting moiety andchelator to a patient by injection or infusion; (2) imaging the area ofthe patient wherein the atherosclerosis is located.

In another preferred embodiment, the present invention provides a novelmethod of imaging restenosis in a patient comprising: (1) administeringa diagnostic radiopharmaceutical, a MRI contrast agent, or a X-raycontrast agent comprising a novel diagnostic or therapeuticmetallopharmaceutical composition, comprising: a metal, a chelatorcapable of chelating the metal and a targeting moiety, wherein thetargeting moiety is bound to the chelator, is an indazole nonpeptide andbinds to a receptor that is upregulated during angiogenesis and thecompound has 0-1 linking groups between the targeting moiety andchelator to a patient by injection or infusion; (2) imaging the area ofthe patient wherein the restenosis is located.

In another preferred embodiment, the present invention provides a novelmethod of imaging cardiac ischemia in a patient comprising: (1)administering a diagnostic radiopharmaceutical, a MRI contrast agent, ora X-ray contrast agent comprising a novel diagnostic or therapeuticmetallopharmaceutical composition, comprising: a metal, a chelatorcapable of chelating the metal and a targeting moiety, wherein thetargeting moiety is bound to the chelator, is an indazole nonpeptide andbinds to a receptor that is upregulated during angiogenesis and thecompound has 0-1 linking groups between the targeting moiety andchelator to a patient by injection or infusion; (2) imaging the area ofthe myocardium wherein the ischemic region is located.

In another preferred embodiment, the present invention provides a novelmethod of imaging myocardial reperfusion injury in a patient comprising:(1) administering a diagnostic radiopharmaceutical, a MRI contrastagent, or a X-ray contrast agent comprising a novel diagnostic ortherapeutic metallopharmaceutical composition, comprising: a metal, achelator capable of chelating the metal and a targeting moiety, whereinthe targeting moiety is bound to the chelator, is an indazole nonpeptideand binds to a receptor that is upregulated during angiogenesis and thecompound has 0-1 linking groups between the targeting moiety andchelator to a patient by injection or infusion; (2) imaging the area ofmyocardium wherein the reperfusion injury is located.

In another preferred embodiment, the present invention provides a novelmethod of imaging cancer in a patient comprising: (1) administering adiagnostic radiopharmaceutical comprising a novel diagnostic ortherapeutic metallopharmaceutical composition, comprising: a metal, achelator capable of chelating the metal and a targeting moiety, whereinthe targeting moiety is bound to the chelator, is an indazole nonpeptideand binds to a receptor that is upregulated during angiogenesis and thecompound has 0-1 linking groups between the targeting moiety andchelator, wherein the metallopharmaceutical is a diagnosticradiopharmaceutical, the metal is a radioisotope selected from thegroup: ^(99m)Tc, ⁹⁵Tc, ¹¹¹In, ⁶²Cu, ⁶⁴Cu, ⁶⁷Ga, and ⁶⁸Ga, and thelinking group is present between the targeting moiety and chelator to apatient by injection or infusion; (2) imaging the patient using planaror SPECT gamma scintigraphy, or positron emission tomography.

In another preferred embodiment, the present invention provides a novelmethod of imaging cancer in a patient comprising: (1) administering aMRI contrast agent comprising a novel diagnostic or therapeuticmetallopharmaceutical composition, comprising: a metal, a chelatorcapable of chelating the metal and a targeting moiety, wherein thetargeting moiety is bound to the chelator, is an indazole nonpeptide andbinds to a receptor that is upregulated during angiogenesis and thecompound has 0-1 linking groups between the targeting moiety andchelator, wherein the metallopharmaceutical is a MRI contrast agent, themetal is a paramagnetic metal ion selected from the group: Gd(III),Dy(III), Fe(III), and Mn(II), the targeting moiety is an indazolenonpeptide and the linking group is present between the targeting moietyand chelator, and wherein the targeting moiety is an indazole and thereceptor is α_(ν)β₃ or α_(ν)β₅; and (2) imaging the patient usingmagnetic resonance imaging.

In another preferred embodiment, the present invention provides a novelmethod of imaging cancer in a patient comprising: (1) administering aX-ray contrast agent comprising a novel diagnostic or therapeuticmetallopharmaceutical composition, comprising: a metal, a chelatorcapable of chelating the metal and a targeting moiety, wherein thetargeting moiety is bound to the chelator, is an indazole nonpeptide andbinds to a receptor that is upregulated during angiogenesis and thecompound has 0-1 linking groups between the targeting moiety andchelator, wherein the metallopharmaceutical is a X-ray contrast agent,the metal is selected from the group: Re, Sm, Ho, Lu, Pm, Y, Bi, Pd, Gd,La, Au, Au, Yb, Dy, Cu, Rh, Ag, and Ir, the targeting moiety comprisesan indazole, the receptor is α_(ν)β₃ or α_(ν)β₅, and the linking groupis present between the targeting moiety and chelator; and (2) imagingthe patient using X-ray computed tomography.

In a third embodiment, the present invention provides a novel compound,comprising: a targeting moiety and a surfactant, wherein the targetingmoiety is bound to the surfactant, is an indazole nonpeptide, and bindsto a receptor that is upregulated during angiogenesis and the compoundhas 0-1 linking groups between the targeting moiety and surfactant.

In a preferred embodiment, the linking group is present between thetargeting moiety and surfactant.

In another preferred embodiment, the receptor is the integrin α_(ν)β₃ orα_(ν)β₅ and the compound is of the formula:

(Q)_(d)—L_(n)—S_(f)

wherein,

Q is a independently a compound of Formulae (Ia) or (Ib):

 including stereoisomeric forms thereof, or mixtures of stereoisomericforms thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug formsthereof wherein:

X^(1d) is N, CH, C—W^(d)—X^(d)—Y^(d), or C—L_(n);

X^(2d) is N, CH, or C—W^(d)—X^(d)—Y^(d);

X^(3d) is N, CR^(11d), or C—W^(d)—X^(d)—Y^(d);

X^(4d) is N or CR^(11d);

provided that when R^(1d) is R^(1de) then one of X^(1d) and X^(2d) isC—W^(d)—X^(d)—Y^(d), and when R^(10d) is R^(1de) then X^(3d) isC—W^(d)—X^(d)—Y^(d);

R^(1d) is selected from: R^(1de), C₁-C₆ alkyl substituted with 0-1R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), C₃-C₆ alkenyl substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or0-1 R^(21d), C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-1R^(21d), C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-1R^(21d), aryl substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-2 R^(11d) or 0-1R^(21d), and aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-2R^(11d) or 0-1 R^(21d);

R^(1de) is selected from:

A^(d) and B^(d) are independently —CH₂—, —O—, —N(R^(2d))—, or —C(═O)—;

A^(1d) and B^(1d) are independently —CH₂— or —N(R^(3d))—;

D^(d) is —N(R^(2d))—, —O—, —S—, —C(═O)— or —SO₂—;

E^(d)—F^(d) is —C(R^(4d))═C(R^(5d))—, —N═C(R^(4d))—, —C(R^(4d))═N—, or—C(R^(4d))₂C(R^(5d))₂—;

J^(d), K^(d), L^(d) and M^(d) are independently selected from:—C(R^(4d))—, —C(R^(5d))— and —N—, provided that at least one of J^(d),K^(d), L^(d) and M^(d) is not —N—;

R^(2d) is selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, (C₁-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl, (C₁-C₆alkoxy)carbonyl; (C₁-C₆ alkyl)aminocarbonyl, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₇cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)carbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, (C₁-C₆alkyl)carbonyl-, arylcarbonyl, C₁-C₆ alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl,aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)sulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, heteroaryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)sulfonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, and aryl(C₁-C₆ alkoxy)carbonyl, whereinsaid aryl groups are substituted with 0-2 substituents selected from thegroup consisting of C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, halo, CF₃, and nitro;

R^(3d) is selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, and heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-;

R^(4d) and R^(5d) are independently selected from: H, C₁-C₄ alkoxy,NR^(2d)R^(3d), halogen, NO₂, CN, CF₃, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₇cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, (C₁-C₆alkyl)carbonyl, (C₁-C₆ alkoxy)carbonyl, arylcarbonyl, or

alternatively, when substituents on adjacent atoms, R^(4d) and R^(5d)can be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attachedto form a 5-7 membered carbocyclic or 5-7 membered heterocyclic aromaticor non-aromatic ring system, said carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring beingoptionally substituted with 0-2 groups selected from: C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄alkoxy, halo, cyano, amino, CF₃, and NO₂;

U^(d) is selected from: —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n)^(d)(CR^(7d)═CR^(8d))(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)(C≡C)(CH₂)_(m)^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(t) ^(d)Q(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)O(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—,—(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)N(R^(6d))(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)C(═O)(CH₂)_(m)^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)(C═O)N(R^(6d))(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n)^(d)N(R^(6d))(C═O)(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—, and —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)S(O)_(p)^(d)(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—;

wherein one or more of the methylene groups in U^(d) is optionallysubstituted with R^(7d);

Q^(d) is selected from 1,2-cycloalkylene, 1,2-phenylene, 1,3-phenylene,1,4-phenylene, 2,3-pyridinylene, 3,4-pyridinylene, 2,4-pyridinylene, and3,4-pyridazinylene;

R^(6d) is selected from: H, C₁-C₄ alkyl, or benzyl;

R^(7d) and R^(8d) are independently selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₇cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, andheteroaryl(C₀-C₆ alkyl)-;

R^(10d) is selected from: H, R^(1de), C₁-C₄ alkoxy substituted with 0-1R^(21d), N(R^(6d))₂, halogen, NO₂, CN, CF₃, CO₂R^(17d), C(═O)R^(17d),CONR^(17d)R^(20d), —SO₂R^(17d), —SO₂NR^(17d)R^(20d), C₁-C₆ alkylsubstituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), C₃-C₆ alkenyl substitutedwith 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl substituted with 0-1R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl substituted with 0-1R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), aryl substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-2 R^(11d)or 0-1 R^(21d), and aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or0-2 R^(11d) or 0-1 R^(21d);

R^(10de) is selected from: H, C₁-C₄ alkoxy substituted with 0-1 R^(21d),N(R^(6d))₂, halogen, NO₂, CN, CF₃, CO₂R^(17d), C(═O)R^(17d),CONR^(17d)R^(20d), —SO₂R^(17d), —SO₂NR^(17d)R^(20d), C₁-C₆ alkylsubstituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), C₃-C₆ alkenyl substitutedwith 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl substituted with 0-1R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl substituted with 0-1R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), aryl substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-2 R^(11d)or 0-1 R^(21d), and aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or0-2 R^(11d) or 0-1 R^(21d);

R^(11d) is selected from H, halogen, CF₃, CN, NO₂, hydroxy,NR^(2d)R^(3d), C₁-C₄ alkyl substituted with 0-1 R^(21d), C₁-C₄ alkoxysubstituted with 0-1 R^(21d), aryl substituted with 0-1 R^(21d),aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- substituted with 0-1 R^(21d), (C₁-C₄ alkoxy)carbonylsubstituted with 0-1 R^(21d), (C₁-C₄ alkyl)carbonyl substituted with 0-1R^(21d), C₁-C₄ alkylsulfonyl substituted with 0-1 R^(21d), and C₁-C₄alkylaminosulfonyl substituted with 0-1 R^(21d);

W^(d) is selected from: —(C(R^(12d))₂)_(q) ^(d)C(═O)N(R^(13d))—, and—C(═O)—N(R^(13d))—(C(R^(12d))₂)_(q) ^(d)—;

X^(d) is —C(R^(12d))(R^(14d))—C(R^(12d))(R^(15d))—; or

alternatively, W^(d) and X^(d) can be taken together to be

R^(12d) is selected from H, halogen, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₀ cycloalkylalkyl, (C₁-C₄alkyl)carbonyl, aryl, and aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-;

R^(13d) is selected from H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkylmethyl, andaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-;

R^(14d) is selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkylthio(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, aryl(C₁-C₁₀alkylthioalkyl), aryl(C₁-C₁₀ alkoxyalkyl)-, C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, C₁-C₁₀alkoxyalkyl, C₁-C₆ hydroxyalkyl, C₂-C₁₀ alkenyl, C₂-C₁₀ alkynyl, C₃-C₁₀cycloalkyl, C₃-C₁₀ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, heteroaryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)-, aryl, heteroaryl, CO₂R^(17d), C(═O)R^(17d), andCONR^(17d)R^(20d), provided that any of the above alkyl, cycloalkyl,aryl or heteroaryl groups may be unsubstituted or substitutedindependently with 0-1 R^(16d) or 0-2 R^(11d);

R^(15d) is selected from: H, R^(16d), C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, C₁-C₁₀ alkoxyalkyl,C₁-C₁₀ alkylaminoalkyl, C₁-C₁₀ dialkylaminoalkyl, (C₁-C₁₀alkyl)carbonyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl, C₁-C₁₀ alkenyl, C₁-C₁₀alkynyl, C₃-C₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₃-C₁₀ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-,heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, aryl, heteroaryl, CO₂R^(17d), C(═O)R^(17d),CONR^(17d)R^(20d), SO₂R^(17d), and SO₂NR^(17d)R^(20d), provided that anyof the above alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl groups may beunsubstituted or substituted independently with 0-2 R^(11d);

Y^(d) is selected from: —COR^(19d), —SO₃H, —PO₃H, tetrazolyl,—CONHNHSO₂CF₃, —CONHSO₂R^(17d), —CONHSO₂NHR^(17d), —NHCOCF₃,—NHCONHSO₂R^(17d), —NHSO₂R^(17d), —OPO₃H₂, —OSO₃H, —PO₃H₂, —SO₃H,—SO₂NHCOR^(17d), —SO₂NHCO₂R^(17d),

R^(16d) is selected from: —N(R^(20d))—C(═O)—O—R^(17d),—N(R^(20d))—C(═O)—R^(17d), —N(R^(20d))—C(═O)—NH—R^(17d),—N(R^(20d))SO₂—R^(17d), and —N(R^(20d))SO₂—NR^(20d)R^(17d);

R^(17d) is selected from: C₁-C₁₀ alkyl optionally substituted with abond to L_(n), C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with a bond toL_(n), aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),(C₁-C₆ alkyl)aryl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),(C₁-C₆ alkyl)heteroaryl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),biaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),heteroaryl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), aryl optionallysubstituted with a bond to L_(n), biaryl optionally substituted with abond to L_(n), and a bond to L_(n), wherein said aryl, biaryl orheteroaryl groups are also optionally substituted with 0-3 substituentsselected from the group: C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl,halo, cyano, amino, CF₃, and NO₂;

R^(18d) is selected from: —H, —C(═O)—O—R^(17d), —C(═O)—R^(17d),—C(═O)—NH—R^(17d), —SO₂—R^(17d), and —SO₂—NR^(20d)R^(17d);

R^(19d) is selected from: hydroxy, C₁-C₁₀ alkyloxy, C₃-C₁₁cycloalkyloxy, aryloxy, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkoxy)-, C₃-C₁₀alkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₃-C₁₀ alkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₂-C₁₀alkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀ cycloalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀cycloalkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀ cycloalkoxycarbonylalkyloxy,C₇-C₁₁ aryloxycarbonylalkyloxy, C₈-C₁₂ aryloxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy,C₈-C₁₂ arylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀ alkoxyalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy,C₅-C₁₀ (5-alkyl-1,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)methyloxy, C₁₀-C₁₄(5-aryl-1,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)methyloxy, and(R^(11d))(R^(12d))N—(C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy)-;

R^(20d) is selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, and heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl);

R^(21d) is selected from: COOH and NR^(6d) ₂;

m^(d) is 0-4;

n^(d) is 0-4;

t^(d) is 0-4;

p^(d) is 0-2;

q^(d) is 0-2; and

r^(d) is 0-2;

 with the following provisos:

(1) t^(d), n^(d), m^(d) and q^(d) are chosen such that the number ofatoms connecting R^(1d) and Y^(d) is in the range of 10-14; and

(2) n^(d) and m^(d) are chosen such that the value of n^(d) and m^(d) isgreater than one unless U^(d) is —(CH₂)_(t) ^(d)Q^(d)(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—;

 or Q is a peptide selected from the group:

R¹ is L-valine, D-valine or L-lysine optionally substituted on the □amino group with a bond to L_(n);

R² is L-phenylalanine, D-phenylalanine, D-1-naphthylalanine,2-aminothiazole-4-acetic acid or tyrosine, the tyrosine optionallysubstituted on the hydroxy group with a bond to L_(n);

R³ is D-valine;

R⁴ is D-tyrosine substituted on the hydroxy group with a bond to L_(n);

provided that one of R¹ and R² in each Q is substituted with a bond toL_(n), and further provided that when R² is 2-aminothiazole-4-aceticacid, K is N-methylarginine;

provided that at least one Q is a compound of Formula Ia or Ib;

d is selected from 1, 2, 3,4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

L_(n) is a linking group having the formula:

((W)_(h)—(CR⁶R⁷)_(g))_(x)—(Z)_(k)—((CR^(6a)R^(7a))_(g′)—(W)_(h′))_(x′);

W is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: O, S, NH,NHC(═O), C(═O)NH, NR⁸C(═O), C(═O)N R⁸, C(═O), C(═O)O, OC(═O), NHC(═S)NH,NHC(═O)NH, SO₂, SO₂NH, (OCH₂CH₂)₂₀₋₂₀₀, (CH₂CH₂₀)₂₀₋₂₀₀,(OCH₂CH₂CH₂)₂₀₋₂₀₀, (CH₂CH₂CH₂O)₂₀₋₂₀₀, and (aa)_(t′);

aa is independently at each occurrence an amino acid;

Z is selected from the group: aryl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, C₃₋₁₀cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, and a 5-10 membered heterocyclicring system containing 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S,and O and substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰;

R⁶, R^(6a), R⁷, R^(7a), and R⁸ are independently selected at eachoccurrence from the group: H, ═O, COOH, SO₃H, PO₃H, C₁-C₅ alkylsubstituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, aryl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, benzylsubstituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, and C₁-C₅ alkoxy substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰,NHC(═O)R¹¹, C(═O)NHR¹¹, NHC(═O)NHR¹¹, NHR¹¹, R¹¹, and a bond to S_(f);

R¹⁰ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: a bondto S_(f), COOR¹¹, C(═O)NHR¹¹, NHC(═O)R¹¹, OH, NHR¹¹, SO₃H, PO₃H,—OPO₃H₂, —OSO₃H, aryl substituted with 0-3 R¹¹, C₁₋₅ alkyl substitutedwith 0-1 R¹², C₁₋₅ alkoxy substituted with 0-1 R¹², and a 5-10 memberedheterocyclic ring system containing 1-4 heteroatoms independentlyselected from N, S, and O and substituted with 0-3 R¹¹;

R¹¹ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: H,alkyl substituted with 0-1 R¹², aryl substituted with 0-1 R¹², a 5-10membered heterocyclic ring system containing 1-4 heteroatomsindependently selected from N, S, and O and substituted with 0-1 R¹²,C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl substituted with 0-1 R¹², and a bond to S_(f);

R¹² is a bond to S_(f);

k is selected from 0, 1, and 2;

h is selected from 0, 1, and 2;

h′ is selected from 0, 1, and 2;

g is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

g′ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

t′ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

x is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;

x′ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;

S_(f) is a surfactant which is a lipid or a compound of the formula:

A⁹ is selected from the group: OH and OR²⁷;

A¹⁰ is OR²⁷;

R²⁷ is C(═O)C₁₋₂₀ alkyl;

E¹ is C₁₋₁₀ alkylene substituted with 1-3 R²⁸;

R²⁸ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: R³⁰,—PO₃H—R³⁰, ═O, —CO₂R²⁹, —C(═O)R²⁹, —C(═O)N(R²⁹)₂, —CH₂OR²⁹, —OR²⁹,—N(R²⁹)₂, C₁-C₅ alkyl, and C₂-C₄ alkenyl;

R²⁹ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: R³⁰, H,C₁-C₆ alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, and trifluoromethyl;

R³⁰ is a bond to L_(n);

and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In another preferred embodiment, the compound is of the formula:

Q—L_(n)—S_(f)

wherein:

Q is a compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib):

R^(1de) is selected from:

A^(d) and B^(d) are independently —CH₂—, —O—, —N(R^(2d))—, or —C(═O)—;

A^(1d) and B^(1d) are independently —CH₂— or —N(R^(3d))—;

D^(d) is —N(R^(2d))—, —O—, —S—, —C(═O)— or —SO₂—;

E^(d)—F^(d) is —C(R^(4d))═C(R^(1d))—, —N═C(R^(4d))—, —C(R^(4d))═N—, or—C(R^(4d))₂C(R^(5d))₂—;

J^(d), K^(d), L^(d) and M^(d) are independently selected from:—C(R^(4d))—, —C(R^(5d))— and —N—, provided that at least one of J^(d),K^(d), L^(d) and M^(d) is not —N—;

R^(2d) is selected from: H, C₁—C₆ alkyl, (C₁—C₆ alkyl)carbonyl, (C₁-C₆alkoxy)carbonyl, C₁-C₆ alkylaminocarbonyl, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₇cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)carbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, (C₁-C₆alkyl)carbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, aryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)sulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)sulfonyl,aryloxycarbonyl, and aryl(C₁-C₆ alkoxy)carbonyl, wherein said arylgroups are substituted with 0-2 substituents selected from the group:C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, halo, CF₃, and nitro;

R^(3d) is selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, and heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-;

R^(4d) and R^(5d) are independently selected from: H, C₁-C₄ alkoxy,NR^(2d)R^(3d), halogen, NO₂, CN, CF₃, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₇cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, C₂-C₇alkylcarbonyl, and arylcarbonyl or

alternatively, when substituents on adjacent atoms, R^(4d) and R^(5d)can be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attachedto form a 5-7 membered carbocyclic or 5-7 membered heterocyclic aromaticor non-aromatic ring system, said carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring beingoptionally substituted with 0-2 groups selected from: C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄alkoxy, halo, cyano, amino, CF₃, and NO₂;

U^(d) is selected from: —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n)^(d)(CR^(7d)═CR^(8d))(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(t) ^(d)Q^(d)(CH₂)_(m)^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)O(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)N(^(6d))(CH₂)_(m)^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)C(═O)(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—, and —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)S(O)_(p)^(d)(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—;

wherein one or more of the methylene groups in U^(d) is optionallysubstituted with R^(7d);

Q^(d) is selected from 1,2-phenylene, 1,3-phenylene, 2,3-pyridinylene,3,4-pyridinylene, and 2,4-pyridinylene;

R^(6d) is selected from: H, C₁-C₄ alkyl, and benzyl;

R^(7d) and R^(8d) are independently selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₇cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, andheteroaryl(C₀-C₆ alkyl)-;

W^(d) is —C(═O)—N(R^(13d))—(C(R^(12d))₂)_(q) ^(d)—;

X^(d) is —C(R^(12d))(R^(14d))C(R^(12d))(R^(15d))—;

alternatively, W^(d) and X^(d) can be taken together to be

R^(12d) is H or C₁-C₆ alkyl;

Y^(d) is selected from: —COR^(19d), —SO₃H,

Z is selected from the group: aryl substituted with 0-1 R¹⁰, C₃₋₁₀cycloalkyl substituted with 0-1 R¹⁰, and a 5-10 membered heterocyclicring system containing 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S,and O and substituted with 0-1 R¹⁰;

R⁶, R^(6a), R⁷, R^(7a), and R⁸ are independently selected at eachoccurrence from the group: H, ═O, COOH, SO₃H, C₁-C₅ alkyl substitutedwith 0-1 R¹⁰, aryl substituted with 0-1 R¹⁰, benzyl substituted with 0-1R¹⁰, and C₁-C₅ alkoxy substituted with 0-1 R¹⁰, NHC(═O)R¹¹, C(═O)NHR¹¹,NHC(═O)NHR¹¹, NHR¹¹, R¹¹, and a bond to S_(f);

k is 0 or 1;

S_(f) is a surfactant which is a lipid or a compound of the formula:

A⁹ is OR²⁷;

A¹⁰ is OR²⁷;

R²⁷ is C(═O)C₁₋₁₅ alkyl;

E¹ is C₁₋₄ alkylene substituted with 1-3 R²⁸;

R²⁸ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: R³⁰,—PO₃H—R³⁰, ═O, —CO₂R²⁹, —C(═O)R²⁹, —CH₂OR²⁹, —OR²⁹, and C₁-C₅ alkyl;

R²⁹ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: R³⁰, H,C₁-C₆ alkyl, phenyl, and benzyl;

R³⁰ is a bond to L_(n);

and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In another preferred embodiment, the present invention provides acompound selected from the group:

DPPE-2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid-dodecanoate conjugate;

ω-amino-PEG₃₄₀₀-2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid; and

ω-amino-PEG₃₄₀₀-Glu-(2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)-propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid)₂.

In another more preferred embodiment, the present invention provides anovel ultrasound contrast agent composition, comprising:

(a) a compound comprising: a targeting moiety and a surfactant, whereinthe targeting moiety is bound to the surfactant, is an indazolenonpeptide, and binds to a receptor that is upregulated duringangiogenesis and the compound has 0-1 linking groups between thetargeting moiety and surfactant, wherein the linking group is presentbetween the targeting moiety and surfactant, and the receptor is theintegrin α_(ν)β₃ or α_(ν)β₅ and the compound is of the formula:

(Q)_(d)—L_(n)—S_(f)

wherein,

Q is a independently a compound of Formulae (Ia) or (Ib):

 including stereoisomeric forms thereof, or mixtures of stereoisomericforms thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug formsthereof wherein:

X^(1d) is N, CH, C—W^(d)—X^(d)—Y^(d), or C—L_(n);

X^(2d) is N, CH, or C—W^(d)—X^(d)—Y^(d);

X^(3d) is N, CR^(11d), or C—W^(d)—X^(d)—Y^(d);

X^(4d) is N or CR^(11d);

provided that when R^(1d) is R^(1de) then one of X^(1d) and X^(2d) isC—W^(d)—X^(d)—Y^(d), and when R^(10d) is R^(1de) then X^(3d) isC—W^(d)—X^(d)—Y^(d);

R^(1d) is selected from: R^(1de), C₁-C₆ alkyl substituted with 0-1R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), C₃-C₆ alkenyl substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or0-1 R^(21d), C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-1R^(21d), C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-1R^(21d), aryl substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-2 R^(11d) or 0-1R^(21d), and aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-2R^(11d) or 0-1 R^(21d);

R^(1de) is selected from:

A^(d) and B^(d) are independently —CH₂—, —O—, —N(R^(2d))—, or —C(═O)—;

A^(1d) and B^(1d) are independently —CH₂— or —N(R^(3d))—;

D^(d) is —N(R^(2d))—, —O—, —S—, —C(═O)— or —SO₂—;

E^(d)—F^(d) is —C(R^(4d))═C(R^(5d))—, —N═C(R^(4d))—, —C(R^(4d))═N—, or—CR^(4d))₂C(R^(5d))₂—;

J^(d), K^(d), L^(d) and M^(d) are independently selected from:—C(R^(4d))—, —C(R^(5d))— and —N—, provided that at least one of J^(d),K^(d), L^(d) and M^(d) is not —N—;

R^(2d) is selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, (C₁-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl, (C₁-C₆alkoxy)carbonyl; (C₁-C₆ alkyl)aminocarbonyl, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₇cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)carbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, (C₁-C₆alkyl)carbonyl-, arylcarbonyl, C₁-C₆ alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl,aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)sulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, heteroaryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)sulfonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, and aryl(C₁-C₆ alkoxy)carbonyl, whereinsaid aryl groups are substituted with 0-2 substituents selected from thegroup consisting of C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, halo, CF₃, and nitro;

R^(3d) is selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, and heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-;

R^(4d) and R^(5d) are independently selected from: H, C₁-C₄ alkoxy,NR^(2d)R^(3d), halogen, NO₂, CN, CF₃, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₇cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, (C₁-C₆alkyl)carbonyl, (C₁-C₆ alkoxy)carbonyl, arylcarbonyl, or

alternatively, when substituents on adjacent atoms, R^(4d) and R^(5d)can be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attachedto form a 5-7 membered carbocyclic or 5-7 membered heterocyclic aromaticor non-aromatic ring system, said carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring beingoptionally substituted with 0-2 groups selected from: C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄alkoxy, halo, cyano, amino, CF₃, and NO₂;

U^(d) is selected from: —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n)^(d)(CR^(7d)═CR^(8d))(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)(C≡C)(CH₂)_(m)^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(t) ^(d)Q(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)O(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—,—(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)N(R^(6d))(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)C(═O)(CH₂)_(m)^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)(C═O)N(R^(6d))(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n)^(d)N(R^(6d))(C═O)(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—, and —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)S(O)_(p)^(d)(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—;

wherein one or more of the methylene groups in U^(d) is optionallysubstituted with R^(7d);

Q^(d) is selected from 1,2-cycloalkylene, 1,2-phenylene, 1,3-phenylene,1,4-phenylene, 2,3-pyridinylene, 3,4-pyridinylene, 2,4pyridinylene, and3,4-pyridazinylene;

R^(6d) is selected from: H, C₁-C₄ alkyl, or benzyl;

R^(7d) and R^(8d) are independently selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₇cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, andheteroaryl(C₀-C₆ alkyl)-;

R^(10d) is selected from: H, R^(1de), C₁-C₄ alkoxy substituted with 0-1R^(21d), N(R^(6d))₂, halogen, NO₂, CN, CF₃, CO₂R^(17d), C(═O)R^(17d),CONR^(17d)R^(20d), —SO₂R^(17d), —SO₂NR^(17d)R^(20d), C₁-C₆ alkylsubstituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), C₃-C₆ alkenyl substitutedwith 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl substituted with 0-1R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl substituted with 0-1R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), aryl substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-2 R^(11d)or 0-1 R^(21d), and aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or0-2 R^(11d) or 0-1 R^(21d);

R^(10de) is selected from: H, C₁-C₄ alkoxy substituted with 0-1 R^(21d),N(R^(6d))₂, halogen, NO₂, CN, CF₃, CO₂R^(17d), C(═O)R^(17d),CONR^(17d)R^(20d), —SO₂R^(17d), —SO₂NR^(17d)R^(20d), C₁-C₆ alkylsubstituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), C₃-C₆ alkenyl substitutedwith 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl substituted with 0-1R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl substituted with 0-1R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), aryl substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-2 R^(11d)or 0-1 R^(21d), and aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or0-2 R^(11d) or 0-1 R^(21d);

R^(11d) is selected from H, halogen, CF₃, CN, NO₂, hydroxy,NR^(2d)R^(3d), C₁-C₄ alkyl substituted with 0-1 R^(21d), C₁-C₄ alkoxysubstituted with 0-1 R^(21d), aryl substituted with 0-1 R^(21d),aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- substituted with 0-1 R^(21d), (C₁-C₄ alkoxy)carbonylsubstituted with 0-1 R^(21d), (C₁-C₄ alkyl)carbonyl substituted with 0-1R^(21d), C₁-C₄ alkylsulfonyl substituted with 0-1 R^(21d), and C₁-C₄alkylaminosulfonyl substituted with 0-1 R^(21d);

W^(d) is selected from: —(C(R^(12d))₂)_(q) ^(d)C(═O)N(R^(13d))—, and—C(═O)—N(R^(13d))—(C(R^(12d))₂)_(q) ^(d)—;

X^(d) is C(R^(12d))(R^(14d))—C(R^(12d))(R^(15d))—; or

alternatively, W^(d) and X^(d) can be taken together to be

R^(12d) is selected from H, halogen, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₀ cycloalkylalkyl, (C₁-C₄alkyl)carbonyl, aryl, and aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-;

R^(13d) is selected from H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkylmethyl, andaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-;

R^(14d) is selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkylthio(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, aryl(C₁-C₁₀alkylthioalkyl)-, aryl(C₁-C₁₀ alkoxyalkyl)-, C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, C₁-C₁₀alkoxyalkyl, C₁-C₆ hydroxyalkyl, C₂-C₁₀ alkenyl, C₂-C₁₀ alkynyl, C₃-C₁₀cycloalkyl, C₃-C₁₀ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, heteroaryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)-, aryl, heteroaryl, CO₂R^(17d), C(═O)R^(17d), andCONR^(17d)R^(20d), provided that any of the above alkyl, cycloalkyl,aryl or heteroaryl groups may be unsubstituted or substitutedindependently with 0-1 R^(16d) or 0-2 R^(11d);

R^(15d) is selected from: H, R^(16d), C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, C₁-C₁₀ alkoxyalkyl,C₁-C₁₀ alkylaminoalkyl, C₁-C₁₀ dialkylaminoalkyl, (C₁-C₁₀alkyl)carbonyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl, C₁-C₁₀ alkenyl, C₁-C₁₀alkynyl, C₃-C₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₃-C₁₀ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-,heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, aryl, heteroaryl, CO₂R^(17d), C(═O)R^(17d),CONR^(17d)R^(20d), SO₂R^(17d), and SO₂NR^(17d)R^(20d), provided that anyof the above alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl groups may beunsubstituted or substituted independently with 0-2 R^(11d);

Y^(d) is selected from: —COR^(19d), —SO₃H, —PO₃H, tetrazolyl,—CONHNHSO₂CF₃, —CONHSO₂R^(17d), —CONHSO₂NHR^(17d), —NHCOCF₃,—NHCONHSO₂R^(17d), —NHSO₂R^(17d), —OPO₃H₂, —OSO₃H, —PO₃H₂, —SO₃H,—SO₂NHCOR^(17d), —SO₂NHCO₂R^(17d),

R^(16d) is selected from: —N(R^(20d))—C(═O)—O—R^(17d),—N(R^(20d))—C(═O)—R^(17d), —N(R^(20d))—C(═O)—NH—R^(17d),—N(R^(20d))SO₂—R^(17d), and —N(R^(20d))SO₂—NR^(20d)R^(17d);

R^(17d) is selected from: C₁-C₁₀ alkyl optionally substituted with abond to L_(n), C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with a bond toL_(n), aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),(C₁-C₆ alkyl)aryl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),(C₁-C₆ alkyl)heteroaryl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),biaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),heteroaryl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), aryl optionallysubstituted with a bond to L_(n), biaryl optionally substituted with abond to L_(n), and a bond to L_(n), wherein said aryl, biaryl orheteroaryl groups are also optionally substituted with 0-3 substituentsselected from the group: C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl,halo, cyano, amino, CF₃, and NO₂;

R^(18d) is selected from: —H, —C(═O)—O—R^(17d), —C(═O)—R^(17d),—C(═O)—NH—R^(17d), —SO₂—R^(17d), and —SO₂—NR^(20d)R^(17d);

R^(19d) is selected from: hydroxy, C₁-C₁₀ alkyloxy, C₃-C₁₁cycloalkyloxy, aryloxy, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkoxy)-, C₃-C₁₀alkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₃-C₁₀ alkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₂-C₁₀alkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀ cycloalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀cycloalkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀ cycloalkoxycarbonylalkyloxy,C₇-C₁₁ aryloxycarbonylalkyloxy, C₈-C₁₂ aryloxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy,C₈-C₁₂ arylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀ alkoxyalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy,C₅-C₁₀ (5-alkyl-1,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)methyloxy, C₁₀-C₁₄(5-aryl-1,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)methyloxy, and(R^(11d))(R^(12d))N—(C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy)-;

R^(20d) is selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, and heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-;

R^(21d) is selected from: COOH and NR^(6d) ₂;

m^(d) is 0-4;

n^(d) is 0-4;

t^(d) is 0-4;

p^(d) is 0-2;

q^(d) is 0-2; and

r^(d) is 0-2;

 with the following provisos:

(1) t^(d), n^(d), m^(d) and q^(d) are chosen such that the number ofatoms connecting R^(1d) and Y^(d) is in the range of 10-14; and

(2) n^(d) and m^(d) are chosen such that the value of n^(d) and m^(d) isgreater than one unless U^(d) is —(CH₂)_(t) ^(d)Q^(d)(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—;

 or Q is a peptide selected from the group:

R¹ is L-valine, D-valine or L-lysine optionally substituted on the □amino group with a bond to L_(n);

R² is L-phenylalanine, D-phenylalanine, D-1-naphthylalanine,2-aminothiazole-4-acetic acid or tyrosine, the tyrosine optionallysubstituted on the hydroxy group with a bond to L_(n);

R³ is D-valine;

R⁴ is D-tyrosine substituted on the hydroxy group with a bond to L_(n);

provided that one of R¹ and R² in each Q is substituted with a bond toL_(n), and further provided that when R² is 2-aminothiazole-4-aceticacid, K is N-methylarginine;

provided that at least one Q is a compound of Formula Ia or Ib;

d is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

L_(n) is a linking group having the formula:

((W)_(h)—(CR⁶R⁷)_(g))_(x)—(Z)_(k)—((CR^(6a)R^(7a))_(g′)—(W)_(h′))_(x′);

W is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: O, S, NH,NHC(═O), C(═O)NH, NR⁸C(═O), C(═O)N R⁸, C(═O), C(═O)O, OC(═O), NHC(═S)NH,NHC(═O)NH, SO₂, SO₂NH, (OCH₂CH₂)₂₀₋₂₀₀, (CH₂CH₂O)₂₀₋₂₀₀,(OCH₂CH₂CH₂)₂₀₋₂₀₀, (CH₂CH₂CH₂O)₂₀₋₂₀₀, and (aa)_(t′);

aa is independently at each occurrence an amino acid;

Z is selected from the group: aryl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, C₃₋₁₀cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, and a 5-10 membered heterocyclicring system containing 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S,and O and substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰;

R⁶, R^(6a), R⁷, R^(7a), and R⁸ are independently selected at eachoccurrence from the group: H, ═O, COOH, SO₃H, PO₃H, C₁-C₅ alkylsubstituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, aryl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, benzylsubstituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, and C₁-C₅ alkoxy substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰,NHC(═O)R¹¹, C(═O)NHR¹¹, NHC(═O)NHR¹¹, NHR¹¹, R¹¹, and a bond to S_(f);

R¹⁰ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: a bondto S_(f), COOR¹¹, C(═O)NHR¹¹, NHC(═O)R¹¹, OH, NHR¹¹, SO₃H, PO₃H,—OPO₃H₂, —OSO₃H, aryl substituted with 0-3 R¹¹, C₁₋₅ alkyl substitutedwith 0-1 R¹², C₁₋₅ alkoxy substituted with 0-1 R¹², and a 5-10 memberedheterocyclic ring system containing 1-4 heteroatoms independentlyselected from N, S, and O and substituted with 0-3 R¹¹;

R¹¹ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: H,alkyl substituted with 0-1 R¹², aryl substituted with 0-1 R¹², a 5-10membered heterocyclic ring system containing 1-4 heteroatomsindependently selected from N, S, and O and substituted with 0-1 R¹²,C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl substituted with 0-1 R¹², and a bond to S_(f);

R¹² is a bond to S_(f);

k is selected from 0, 1, and 2;

h is selected from 0, 1, and 2;

h′ is selected from 0, 1, and 2;

g is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

g′ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

t′ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

x is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;

x′ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;

S_(f) is a surfactant which is a lipid or a compound of the formula:

A⁹ is selected from the group: OH and OR²⁷;

A¹⁰ is OR²⁷;

R²⁷ is C(═O)C₁₋₂₀ alkyl;

E¹ is C₁₋₁₀ alkylene substituted with 1-3 R²⁸;

R²⁸ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: R³⁰,—PO₃H—R³⁰, ═O, —CO₂R²⁹, —C(═O)R²⁹, —C(═O)N(R²⁹)₂, —CH₂OR²⁹, —OR²⁹,—N(R²⁹)₂, C₁-C₅ alkyl, and C₂-C₄ alkenyl;

R²⁹ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: R³⁰, H,C₁-C₆ alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, and trifluoromethyl;

R³⁰ is a bond to L_(n);

and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, comprising: an indazolethat binds to the integrin α_(ν)β₃ or α_(ν)β₅ a surfactant and a linkinggroup between the indazole and the surfactant;

(b) a parenterally acceptable carrier; and,

(c) an echogenic gas.

In another preferred embodiment, the present invention provides a novelultrasound contrast agent composition, further comprising:1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphatidic acid,1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphatidylcholine, andN-(methoxypolyethylene glycol 5000carbamoyl)-1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphatidylethanolamine.

In another preferred embodiment, the echogenic gas is a C₂₋₅perfluorocarbon.

In another preferred embodiment, the present invention provides a methodof imaging cancer in a patient comprising: (1) administering, byinjection or infusion, a ultrasound contrast agent compositioncomprising: a targeting moiety and a surfactant, wherein the targetingmoiety is bound to the surfactant, is an indazole nonpeptide, and bindsto a receptor that is upregulated during angiogenesis and the compoundhas 0-1 linking groups between the targeting moiety and surfactant,wherein the linking group is present between the targeting moiety andsurfactant, and the receptor is the integrin α_(ν)β₃ or α_(ν)β₅ and thecompound is of the formula:

(Q)_(d)—L_(n)—S_(f)

wherein,

Q is a independently a compound of Formulae (Ia) or (Ib):

 including stereoisomeric forms thereof, or mixtures of stereoisomericforms thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug formsthereof wherein:

X^(1d) is N, CH, C—W^(d)—X^(d)—Y^(d), or C—L_(n);

X^(2d) is N, CH, or C—W^(d)—X^(d)—Y^(d);

X^(3d) is N, CR^(11d), or C—W^(d)—X^(d)—Y^(d);

X^(4d) is N or CR^(11d);

provided that when R^(1d) is R^(1de) then one of X^(1d) and X^(2d) isC—W^(d)—X^(d)—Y^(d), and when R^(10d) is R^(1de) then X^(3d) isC—W^(d)—X^(d)—Y^(d);

R^(1d) is selected from: R^(1de), C₁-C₆ alkyl substituted with 0-1R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), C₃-C₆ alkenyl substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or0-1 R^(21d), C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-1R^(21d), C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-1R^(21d), aryl substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-2 R^(11d) or 0-1R^(21d), and aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-2R^(11d) or 0-1 R^(21d);

R^(1de) is selected from:

A^(d) and B^(d) are independently —CH₂—, —O—, —N(R^(2d))—, or —C(═O)—;

A^(1d) and B^(1d) are independently —CH₂— or —N(R^(3d))—;

D^(d) is N(R^(2d))—, —O—, —S—, —C(═O)— or —SO₂—;

E^(d)—F^(d) is —C(R^(4d))═C(R^(5d))—, —N═C(R^(4d)), —C(R^(4d))═N—, or—C(R^(4d))₂C(R^(5d))₂—;

J^(d), K^(d), L^(d) and M^(d) are independently selected from:—C(R^(4d))—, —C(R^(5d))— and —N—, provided that at least one of J^(d),K^(d), L^(d) and M^(d) is not —N—;

R^(2d) is selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, (C₁-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl, (C₁-C₆alkoxy)carbonyl; (C₁-C₆ alkyl)aminocarbonyl, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₇cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)carbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, (C₁-C₆alkyl)carbonyl-, arylcarbonyl, C₁-C₆ alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl,aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)sulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, heteroaryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)sulfonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, and aryl(C₁-C₆ alkoxy)carbonyl, whereinsaid aryl groups are substituted with 0-2 substituents selected from thegroup consisting of C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, halo, CF₃, and nitro;

R^(3d) is selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, and heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-;

R^(4d) and R^(5d) are independently selected from: H, C₁-C₄ alkoxy,NR^(2d)R^(3d), halogen, NO₂, CN, CF₃, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₇cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, (C₁-C₆alkyl)carbonyl, (C₁-C₆ alkoxy)carbonyl, arylcarbonyl, or

alternatively, when substituents on adjacent atoms, R^(4d) and R^(5d)can be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attachedto form a 5-7 membered carbocyclic or 5-7 membered heterocyclic aromaticor non-aromatic ring system, said carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring beingoptionally substituted with 0-2 groups selected from: C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄alkoxy, halo, cyano, amino, CF₃, and NO₂;

U^(d) is selected from: —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d), —(CH₂)_(n)^(d)(CR^(7d)═CR^(8d))(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)(C≡C)(CH₂)_(m)^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(t) ^(d)Q(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)O(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—,—(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)N(R^(6d))(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)C(═O)(CH₂)_(m)^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)(C═O)N(R^(6d))(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n)^(d)N(R^(6d))(C═O)(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—, and —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)S(O)_(p)^(d)(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—;

wherein one or more of the methylene groups in U^(d) is optionallysubstituted with R^(7d);

Q^(d) is selected from 1,2-cycloalkylene, 1,2-phenylene, 1,3-phenylene,1,4phenylene, 2,3-pyridinylene, 3,4-pyridinylene, 2,4-pyridinylene, and3,4-pyridazinylene;

R^(6d) is selected from: H, C₁-C₄ alkyl, or benzyl;

R^(7d) and R^(8d) are independently selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₇cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, andheteroaryl(C₀-C₆ alkyl)-;

R^(10d) is selected from: H, R^(1de), C₁-C₄ alkoxy substituted with 0-1R^(21d), N(R^(6d))₂, halogen, NO₂, CN, CF₃, CO₂R^(17d), C(═O)R^(17d),CONR^(17d)R^(20d), —SO₂R^(17d), —SO₂NR^(17d)R^(20d), C₁-C₆ alkylsubstituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), C₃-C₆ alkenyl substitutedwith 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl substituted with 0-1R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl substituted with 0-1R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), aryl substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-2 R^(11d)or 0-1 R^(21d), and aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or0-2 R^(11d) or 0-1 R^(21d);

R^(10de) is selected from: H, C₁-C₄ alkoxy substituted with 0-1 R^(21d),N(R^(6d))₂, halogen, NO₂, CN, CF₃, CO₂R^(17d), C(═O)R^(17d),CONR^(17d)R^(20d), —SO₂R^(17d), —SO₂NR^(17d)R^(20d), C₁-C₆ alkylsubstituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), C₃-C₆ alkenyl substitutedwith 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl substituted with 0-1R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl substituted with 0-1R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), aryl substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-2 R^(11d)or 0-1 R^(21d), and aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or0-2 R^(11d) or 0-1 R^(21d);

R^(11d) is selected from H, halogen, CF₃, CN, NO₂, hydroxy,NR^(2d)R^(3d), C₁-C₄ alkyl substituted with 0-1 R^(21d), C₁-C₄ alkoxysubstituted with 0-1 R^(21d), aryl substituted with 0-1 R^(21d),aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- substituted with 0-1 R^(21d), (C₁-C₄ alkoxy)carbonylsubstituted with 0-1 R^(21d), (C₁-C₄ alkyl)carbonyl substituted with 0-1R^(21d), C₁-C₄ alkylsulfonyl substituted with 0-1 R^(21d), and C₁-C₄alkylaminosulfonyl substituted with 0-1 R^(21d);

W^(d) is selected from: —(C(R^(12d))₂)_(q) ^(d)C(═O)N(R^(13d))—, and—C(═O)—N(R^(13d))—(C(R^(12d))₂)_(q) ^(d);

X^(d) is —C(R^(12d))(R^(14d))—C(R^(12d))(R^(15d))—; or

alternatively, W^(d) and X^(d) can be taken together to be

R^(12d) is selected from H, halogen, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₀ cycloalkylalkyl, (C₁-C₄alkyl)carbonyl, aryl, and aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-;

R^(13d) is selected from H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkylmethyl, andaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-;

R^(14d) is selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkylthio(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, aryl(C₁-C₁₀alkylthioalkyl)-, aryl(C₁-C₁₀ alkoxyalkyl)-, C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, C₁-C₁₀alkoxyalkyl, C₁-C₆ hydroxyalkyl, C₂-C₁₀ alkenyl, C₂-C₁₀ alkynyl, C₃-C₁₀cycloalkyl, C₃-C₁₀ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, heteroaryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)-, aryl, heteroaryl, CO₂R^(17d), C(═O)R^(17d), andCONR^(17d)R^(20d), provided that any of the above alkyl, cycloalkyl,aryl or heteroaryl groups may be unsubstituted or substitutedindependently with 0-1 R^(16d) or 0-2 R^(11d);

R^(15d) is selected from: H, R^(16d), C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, C₁-C₁₀ alkoxyalkyl,C₁-C₁₀ alkylaminoalkyl, C₁-C₁₀ dialkylaminoalkyl, (C₁-C₁₀alkyl)carbonyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl, C₁-C₁₀ alkenyl, C₁-C₁₀alkynyl, C₃-C₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₃-C₁₀ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-,heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, aryl, heteroaryl, CO₂R^(17d), C(═O)R^(17d),CONR^(17d)R^(20d), SO₂R^(17d), and SO₂NR^(17d)R^(20d), provided that anyof the above alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl groups may beunsubstituted or substituted independently with 0-2 R^(11d);

Y^(d) is selected from: —COR^(19d), —SO₃H, —PO₃H, tetrazolyl,—CONHNHSO₂CF₃, —CONHSO₂R^(17d), —CONHSO₂NHR^(17d), —NHCOCF₃,—NHCONHSO₂R^(17d), —NHSO₂R^(17d), —OPO₃H₂, —OSO₃H, —PO₃H₂, —SO₃H,—SO₂NHCOR^(17d), —SO₂NHCO₂R^(17d),

R^(16d) is selected from: —N(R^(20d))—C(═O)—O—R^(17d),—N(R^(20d))—C(═O)—R^(17d), —N(R^(20d))—C(═O)—NH—R^(17d),—N(R^(20d))SO₂—R^(17d), and —N(R^(20d))SO₂—NR^(20d)R^(17d);

R^(17d) is selected from: C₁-C₁₀ alkyl optionally substituted with abond to L_(n), C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with a bond toL_(n), aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),(C₁-C₆ alkyl)aryl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),(C₁-C₆ alkyl)heteroaryl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),biaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),heteroaryl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), aryl optionallysubstituted with a bond to L_(n), biaryl optionally substituted with abond to L_(n), and a bond to L_(n), wherein said aryl, biaryl orheteroaryl groups are also optionally substituted with 0-3 substituentsselected from the group: C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl,halo, cyano, amino, CF₃, and NO₂;

R^(18d) is selected from: —H, —C(═O)—O—R^(17d), —C(═O)—R^(17d),—C(═O)—NH—R^(17d), —SO₂—R^(17d), and —SO₂—NR^(20d)R^(17d);

R^(19d) is selected from: hydroxy, C₁-C₁₀ alkyloxy, C₃-C₁₁cycloalkyloxy, aryloxy, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkoxy)-, C₃-C₁₀alkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₃-C₁₀ alkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₂-C₁₀alkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀ cycloalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀cycloalkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀ cycloalkoxycarbonylalkyloxy,C₇-C₁₁ aryloxycarbonylalkyloxy, C₈-C₁₂ aryloxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy,C₈-C₁₂ arylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀ alkoxyalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy,C₅-C₁₀ (5-alkyl-1,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)methyloxy, C₁₀-C₁₄(5-aryl-1,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)methyloxy, and(R^(11d))(R^(12d))N—(C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy)-;

R^(20d) is selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, and heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-;

R^(21d) is selected from: COOH and NR^(6d) ₂;

m^(d) is 0-4;

n^(d) is 0-4;

t^(d) is 0-4;

p^(d) is 0-2;

q^(d) is 0-2; and

r^(d) is 0-2;

 with the following provisos:

(1) t^(d), n^(d), m^(d) and q^(d) are chosen such that the number ofatoms connecting R^(1d) and Y^(d) is in the range of 10-14; and

(2) n^(d) and m^(d) are chosen such that the value of n^(d) and m^(d) isgreater than one unless U^(d) is —(CH₂)_(t) ^(d)Q^(d)(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—;

 or Q is a peptide selected from the group:

R¹ is L-valine, D-valine or L-lysine optionally substituted on the □amino group with a bond to L_(n);

R² is L-phenylalanine, D-phenylalanine, D-1-naphthylalanine,2-aminothiazole-4-acetic acid or tyrosine, the tyrosine optionallysubstituted on the hydroxy group with a bond to L_(n);

R³ is D-valine;

R⁴ is D-tyrosine substituted on the hydroxy group with a bond to L_(n);

provided that one of R¹ and R² in each Q is substituted with a bond toL_(n), and further provided that when R² is 2-aminothiazole-4-aceticacid, K is N-methylarginine;

provided that at least one Q is a compound of Formula Ia or Ib;

d is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

L_(n) is a linking group having the formula:

((W)_(h)—(CR⁶R⁷)_(g))_(x)—(Z)_(k)—((CR^(6a)R^(7a))_(g′)—(W)_(h′))_(x′);

W is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: O, S, NH,NHC(═O), C(═O)NH, NR⁸C(═O), C(═O)N R⁸, C(═O), C(═O)O, OC(═O), NHC(═S)NH,NHC(═O)NH, SO₂, SO₂NH, (OCH₂CH₂)₂₀₋₂₀₀, (CH₂CH₂O)₂₀₋₂₀₀,(OCH₂CH₂CH₂)₂₀₋₂₀₀, (CH₂CH₂CH₂O)₂₀₋₂₀₀, and (aa)_(t′);

aa is independently at each occurrence an amino acid;

Z is selected from the group: aryl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, C₃₋₁₀cycloalkyl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, and a 5-10 membered heterocyclicring system containing 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S,and O and substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰;

R⁶, R^(6a), R⁷, R^(7a), and R⁸ are independently selected at eachoccurrence from the group: H, ═O, COOH, SO₃H, PO₃H, C₁-C₅ alkylsubstituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, aryl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, benzylsubstituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, and C₁-C₅ alkoxy substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰,NHC(═O)R¹¹, C(═O)NHR¹¹, NHC(═O)NHR¹¹, NHR¹¹, R¹¹, and a bond to S_(f);

R¹⁰ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: a bondto S_(f), COOR¹¹, C(═O)NHR¹¹, NHC(═O)R¹¹, OH, NHR¹¹, SO₃H, PO₃H,—OPO₃H₂, —OSO₃H, aryl substituted with 0-3 R¹¹, C₁₋₅ alkyl substitutedwith 0-1 R¹², C₁₋₅ alkoxy substituted with 0-1 R¹², and a 5-10 memberedheterocyclic ring system containing 1-4 heteroatoms independentlyselected from N, S, and O and substituted with 0-3 R¹¹;

R¹¹ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: H,alkyl substituted with 0-1 R¹², aryl substituted with 0-1 R¹², a 5-10membered heterocyclic ring system containing 1-4 heteroatomsindependently selected from N, S, and O and substituted with 0-1 R¹²,C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl substituted with 0-1 R¹², and a bond to S_(f);

R¹² is a bond to S_(f);

k is selected from 0, 1, and 2;

h is selected from 0, 1, and 2;

h′ is selected from 0, 1, and 2;

g is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

g′ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

t′ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10;

x is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;

x′ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5;

S_(f) is a surfactant which is a lipid or a compound of the formula:

A⁹ is selected from the group: OH and OR²⁷;

A¹⁰ is OR²⁷;

R²⁷ is C(═O)C₁₋₂₀ alkyl;

E¹ is C₁₋₁₀ alkylene substituted with 1-3 R²⁸;

R²⁸ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: R³⁰,—PO₃H—R³⁰, ═O, —CO₂R²⁹, —C(═O)R²⁹, —C(═O)N(R²⁹)₂, —CH₂OR²⁹, —OR²⁹,—N(R²⁹)₂, C₁-C₅ alkyl, and C₂-C₄ alkenyl;

R²⁹ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: R³⁰, H,C₁-C₆ alkyl, phenyl, benzyl, and trifluoromethyl;

R³⁰ is a bond to L_(n);

and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a patient; and (2)imaging the patient using sonography.

In another preferred embodiment, the present invention provides a methodof imaging therapeutic angiogenesis in a patient comprising: (1)administering, by injection or infusion, an ultrasound contrast agentcomposition comprising: a targeting moiety and a surfactant, wherein thetargeting moiety is bound to the surfactant, is an indazole nonpeptide,and binds to a receptor that is upregulated during angiogenesis and thecompound has 0-1 linking groups between the targeting moiety andsurfactant, wherein the linking group is present between the targetingmoiety and surfactant to a patient; (2) imaging the area of the patientwherein the desired formation of new blood vessels is located.

In another preferred embodiment, the present invention provides a methodof imaging atherosclerosis in a patient comprising: (1) administering,by injection or infusion, an ultrasound contrast agent compositioncomprising: a targeting moiety and a surfactant, wherein the targetingmoiety is bound to the surfactant, is an indazole nonpeptide, and bindsto a receptor that is upregulated during angiogenesis and the compoundhas 0-1 linking groups between the targeting moiety and surfactant,wherein the linking group is present between the targeting moiety andsurfactant to a patient; (2) imaging the area of the patient wherein theatherosclerosis is located.

In another preferred embodiment, the present invention provides a methodof imaging restenosis in a patient comprising: (1) administering, byinjection or infusion, an ultrasound contrast agent compositioncomprising: a targeting moiety and a surfactant, wherein the targetingmoiety is bound to the surfactant, is an indazole nonpeptide, and bindsto a receptor that is upregulated during angiogenesis and the compoundhas 0-1 linking groups between the targeting moiety and surfactant,wherein the linking group is present between the targeting moiety andsurfactant to a patient; (2) imaging the area of the patient wherein therestenosis is located.

In another preferred embodiment, the present invention provides a methodof imaging cardiac ischemia in a patient comprising: (1) administering,by injection or infusion, an ultrasound contrast agent compositioncomprising: a targeting moiety and a surfactant, wherein the targetingmoiety is bound to the surfactant, is an indazole nonpeptide, and bindsto a receptor that is upregulated during angiogenesis and the compoundhas 0-1 linking groups between the targeting moiety and surfactant,wherein the linking group is present between the targeting moiety andsurfactant to a patient; (2) imaging the area of the myocardium whereinthe ischemic region is located.

In another preferred embodiment, the present invention provides a methodof imaging myocardial reperfusion injury in a patient comprising: (1)administering, by injection or infusion, an ultrasound contrast agentcomposition comprising: a targeting moiety and a surfactant, wherein thetargeting moiety is bound to the surfactant, is an indazole nonpeptide,and binds to a receptor that is upregulated during angiogenesis and thecompound has 0-1 linking groups between the targeting moiety andsurfactant, wherein the linking group is present between the targetingmoiety and surfactant to a patient; (2) imaging the area of myocardiumwherein the reperfiusion injury is located.

In another preferred embodiment, the present invention provides a noveltherapeutic radiopharmaceutical composition, comprising:

(a) a therapeutic radiopharmaceutical comprising a novel diagnostic ortherapeutic metallopharmaceutical composition, comprising: a metal, achelator capable of chelating the metal and a targeting moiety, whereinthe targeting moiety is bound to the chelator, is an indazole nonpeptideand binds to a receptor that is upregulated during angiogenesis and thecompound has 0-1 linking groups between the targeting moiety andchelator, wherein the metallopharmnaceutical is a therapeuticradiopharmaceutical, the metal is a radioisotope selected from thegroup: ¹⁸⁶Re, ¹⁸⁸Re, ¹⁵³Sm, ¹⁶⁶Ho, ¹⁷⁷Lu, ¹⁴⁹Pm, ⁹⁰Y, ²¹²Bi, ¹⁰³Pd,¹⁰⁹Pd, ¹⁵⁹Gd, ¹⁴⁰La, ¹⁹⁸Au, ¹⁹⁹Au, ¹⁶⁹Yb, ¹⁷⁵Yb, ¹⁶⁵Dy, ¹⁶⁶Dy, ⁶⁷Cu,¹⁰⁵Rh, ¹¹¹Ag, and ¹⁹²Ir, the targeting moiety is an indazole nonpeptideand the linking group is present between the targeting moiety andchelator; and,

(b) a parenterally acceptable carrier.

In another preferred embodiment, the present invention provides a noveldiagnostic pharmaceutical composition, comprising:

(a) a diagnostic radiopharmaceutical, a MRI contrast agent, or a X-raycontrast agent comprising a novel diagnostic or therapeuticmetallopharmaceutical composition, comprising: a metal, a chelatorcapable of chelating the metal and a targeting moiety, wherein thetargeting moiety is bound to the chelator, is an indazole nonpeptide andbinds to a receptor that is upregulated during angiogenesis and thecompound has 0-1 linking groups between the targeting moiety andchelator; and,

(b) a parenterally acceptable carrier.

Another embodiment of the present invention is diagnostic kits for thepreparation of radiopharmaceuticals useful as imaging agents for canceror imaging agents for imaging formation of new blood vessels. Diagnostickits of the present invention comprise one or more vials containing thesterile, non-pyrogenic, formulation comprised of a predetermined amountof a reagent of the present invention, and optionally other componentssuch as one or two ancillary ligands, reducing agents, transfer ligands,buffers, lyophilization aids, stabilization aids, solubilization aidsand bacteriostats. The inclusion of one or more optional components inthe formulation will frequently improve the ease of synthesis of theradiopharmaceutical by the practicing end user, the ease ofmanufacturing the kit, the shelf-life of the kit, or the stability andshelf-life of the radiopharmaceutical. The inclusion of one or twoancillary ligands is required for diagnostic kits comprising reagentcomprising a hydrazine or hydrazone bonding moiety. The one or morevials that contain all or part of the formulation can independently bein the form of a sterile solution or a lyophilized solid.

Another aspect of the present invention are diagnostic kits for thepreparation of radiopharmaceuticals useful as imaging agents for cancer.Diagnostic kits of the present invention comprise one or more vialscontaining the sterile, non-pyrogenic, formulation comprised of apredetermined amount of a reagent of the present invention, andoptionally other components such as one or two ancillary ligands,reducing agents, transfer ligands, buffers, lyophilization aids,stabilization aids, solubilization aids and bacteriostats. The inclusionof one or more optional components in the formulation will frequentlyimprove the ease of synthesis of the radiopharmaceutical by thepracticing end user, the ease of manufacturing the kit, the shelf-lifeof the kit, or the stability and shelf-life of the radiopharmaceutical.The inclusion of one or two ancillary ligands is required for diagnostickits comprising reagent comprising a hydrazine or hydrazone bondingmoiety. The one or more vials that contain all or part of theformulation can independently be in the form of a sterile solution or alyophilized solid.

Another aspect of the present invention contemplates a method of imagingcancer in a patient involving: (1) synthesizing a diagnosticradiopharmaceutical of the present invention, using a reagent of thepresent invention, capable of localizing in tumors; (2) administeringsaid radiopharmaceutical to a patient by injection or infusion; (3)imaging the patient using planar or SPECT gamma scintigraphy, orpositron emission tomography.

Another aspect of the present invention contemplates a method of imagingcancer in a patient involving: (1) administering a paramagneticmetallopharmaceutical of the present invention capable of localizing intumors to a patient by injection or infusion; and (2) imaging thepatient using magnetic resonance imaging.

Another aspect of the present invention contemplates a method of imagingcancer in a patient involving: (1) administering a X-ray contrast agentof the present invention capable of localizing in tumors to a patient byinjection or infusion; and (2) imaging the patient using X-ray computedtomography.

Another aspect of the present invention contemplates a method of imagingcancer in a patient involving: (1) administering a ultrasound contrastagent of the present invention capable of localizing in tumors to apatient by injection or infusion; and (2) imaging the patient usingsonography.

Another aspect of the present invention contemplates a method oftreating cancer in a patient involving: (1) administering a therapeuticradiopharmaceutical of the present invention capable of localizing intumors to a patient by injection or infusion.

DEFINITIONS

The compounds herein described may have asymmetric centers. Unlessotherwise indicated, all chiral, diastereomeric and racemic forms areincluded in the present invention. Many geometric isomers of olefins,C═N double bonds, and the like can also be present in the compoundsdescribed herein, and all such stable isomers are contemplated in thepresent invention. It will be appreciated that compounds of the presentinvention contain asymmetrically substituted carbon atoms, and may beisolated in optically active or racemic forms. It is well known in theart how to prepare optically active forms, such as by resolution ofracemic forms or by synthesis from optically active starting materials.Two distinct isomers (cis and trans) of the peptide bond are known tooccur; both can also be present in the compounds described herein, andall such stable isomers are contemplated in the present invention. The Dand L-isomcrs of a particular amino acid are designated herein using theconventional 3-letter abbreviation of the amino acid, as indicated bythe following examples: D-Leu, or L-Leu.

When any variable occurs more than one time in any substituent or in anyformula, its definition on each occurrence is independent of itsdefinition at every other occurrence. Thus, for example, if a group isshown to be substituted with 0-2 R⁵², then said group may optionally besubstituted with up to two R⁵², and R⁵² at each occurrence is selectedindependently from the defined list of possible R⁵². Also, by way ofexample, for the group —N(R⁵³)₂, each of the two R⁵³ substituents on Nis independently selected from the defined list of possible R⁵³.Combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only ifsuch combinations result in stable compounds. When a bond to asubstituent is shown to cross the bond connecting two atoms in a ring,then such substituent may be bonded to any atom on the ring.

The term “nonpeptide” means preferably less than three amide bonds inthe backbone core of the targeting moiety or preferably less than threeamino acids or amino acid mimetics in the targeting moiety.

The term “metallopharmaceutical” means a pharmaceutical comprising ametal. The metal is the cause of the imageable signal in diagnosticapplications and the source of the cytotoxic radiation inradiotherapeutic applications. Radiopharmaceuticals aremetallopharmaceuticals in which the metal is a radioisotope.

By “reagent” is meant a compound of this invention capable of directtransformation into a metallopharmaceutical of this invention. Reagentsmay be utilized directly for the preparation of themetallopharmnaceuticals of this invention or may be a component in a kitof this invention.

The term “binding agent” means a metallopharmaceutical of this inventionhaving affinity for and capable of binding to the vitronectin receptor.The binding agents of this invention have Ki<1000 nM.

By “stable compound” or “stable structure” is meant herein a compoundthat is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree ofpurity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficaciouspharmaceutical agent.

The term “substituted”, as used herein, means that one or more hydrogenson the designated atom or group is replaced with a selection from theindicated group, provided that the designated atom's or group's normalvalency is not exceeded, and that the substitution results in a stablecompound. When a substituent is keto (i.e., ═O), then 2 hydrogens on theatom are replaced.

The term “bond”, as used herein, means either a single or double bond.

The term “salt”, as used herein, is used as defined in the CRC Handbookof Chemistry and Physics, 65th Edition, CRC Press, Boca Raton, Fla.,1984, as any substance which yields ions, other than hydrogen orhydroxyl ions. As used herein, “pharmaceutically acceptable salts” referto derivatives of the disclosed compounds modified by making acid orbase salts. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, butare not limited to, mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues suchas amines; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylicacids; and the like.

The phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable” is employed herein to refer tothose compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are,within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contactwith the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity,irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication,commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.

As used herein, “pharmaceutically acceptable salts” refer to derivativesof the disclosed compounds wherein the parent compound is modified bymaking acid or base salts thereof. Examples of pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts include, but are not limited to, mineral or organicacid salts of basic residues such as amines; alkali or organic salts ofacidic residues such as carboxylic acids; and the like. Thepharmaceutically acceptable salts include the conventional non-toxicsalts or the quaternary ammonium salts of the parent compound formed,for example, from non-toxic inorganic or organic acids. For example,such conventional non-toxic salts include those derived from inorganicacids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, suifuric, sulfamic, phosphoric,nitric and the like; and the salts prepared from organic acids such asacetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, stearic, lactic, tartaric,citric, ascorbic, pamoic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic,benzoic, salicylic, sulfanilic, 2-acetoxybenzoic, furnaric,toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, isethionic,and the like.

The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present invention can besynthesized from the parent compound which contains a basic or acidicmoiety by conventional chemical methods. Generally, such salts can beprepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds witha stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or inan organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two; generally, nonaqueousmedia like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrileare preferred. Lists of suitable salts are found in Remington'sPharmaceutical Sciences, 17th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa.,1985, p. 1418, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated byreference.

As used herein, “alkyl” is intended to include both branched andstraight-chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having thespecified number of carbon atoms, examples of which include, but are notlimited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, i-butyl,sec-butyl, t-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, and decyl;“cycloalkyl” or “carbocycle” is intended to include saturated andpartially unsaturated ring groups, including mono-, bi- or poly-cyclicring systems, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl,cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl and adamantyl; “bicycloalkyl” or “bicyclic” isintended to include saturated bicyclic ring groups such as[3.3.0]bicyclooctane, [4.3.0]bicyclononane, [4.4.0]bicyclodecane(decalin), [2.2.2]bicyclooctane, and so forth.

As used herein, the term “alkene” or “alkenyl” is intended to includehydrocarbon chains having the specified number of carbon atoms of eithera straight or branched configuration and one or more unsaturatedcarbon-carbon bonds which may occur in any stable point along the chain,such as ethenyl, propenyl, and the like.

As used herein, the term “alkyne” or “alkynyl” is intended to includehydrocarbon chains having the specified number of carbon atoms of eithera straight or branched configuration and one or more unsaturatedcarbon-carbon triple bonds which may occur in any stable point along thechain, such as propargyl, and the like.

As used herein, “aryl” or “aromatic residue” is intended to mean phenylor naphthyl, which when substituted, the substitution can be at anyposition.

As used herein, the term “heterocycle” or “heterocyclic system” isintended to mean a stable 5- to 7-membered monocyclic or bicyclic or 7-to 10-membered bicyclic heterocyclic ring which is saturated partiallyunsaturated or unsaturated (aromatic), and which consists of carbonatoms and from 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from the groupconsisting of N, O and S and including any bicyclic group in which anyof the above-defined heterocyclic rings is fused to a benzene ring. Thenitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may optionally be oxidized. Theheterocyclic ring may be attached to its pendant group at any heteroatomor carbon atom which results in a stable structure. The heterocyclicrings described herein may be substituted on carbon or on a nitrogenatom if the resulting compound is stable. If specifically noted, anitrogen in the heterocycle may optionally be quaternized. It ispreferred that when the total number of S and O atoms in the heterocycleexceeds 1, then these heteroatoms are not adjacent to one another. It ispreferred that the total number of S and O atoms in the heterocycle isnot more than 1. As used herein, the term “aromatic heterocyclic system”is intended to mean a stable 5- to 7-membered monocyclic or bicyclic or7- to 10-membered bicyclic heterocyclic aromatic ring which consists ofcarbon atoms and from 1 to 4 heteroatoms independently selected from thegroup consisting of N, O and S. It is preferred that the total number ofS and O atoms in the aromatic heterocycle is not more than 1.

Examples of heterocycles include, but are not limited to, 1H-indazole,2-pyrrolidonyl, 2H,6H-1,5,2-dithiazinyl 2H-pyrrolyl, 3H-indolyl,4-piperidonyl, 4aH-carbazole, 4H-quinolizinyl, 6H-1,2,5-thiadiazinyl,acridinyl, azocinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuiranyl, benzothiofliranyl,benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolyl, benzthiazolyl, benztriazolyl,benztetrazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzimidazalonyl,carbazolyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, β-arbolinyl, chromanyl, chromenyl,cinnolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, 2H,6H-1,5,2-dithiazinyl,dihydrofuro[2,3-b]tetrahydrofuran, furanyl, furazanyl, imidazolidinyl,imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, 1H-indazolyl, indolenyl, indolinyl,indolizinyl, indolyl, isobenzofuranyl, isochromanyl, isoindazolyl,isoindolinyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl,morpholinyl, naphthyridinyl, octahydroisoquinolinyl, oxadiazolyl,1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl,1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, oxazolidinyl, oxazolyl, oxazolidinylperimidinyl,phenanthridinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenarsazinyl, phenazinyl,phenothiazinyl, phenoxathiinyl, phenoxazinyl, phthalazinyl, piperazinyl,piperidinyl, pteridinyl, piperidonyl, 4-piperidonyl, pteridinyl,purinyl, pyranyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolyl,pyridazinyl, pyridooxazole, pyridoimidazole, pyridothiazole, pyridinyl,pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolyl, quinazolinyl,quinolinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinuclidinyl, carbolinyl,tetaahydrofuranyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl,6H-1,2,5-thiadiazinyl, 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl,1,2,5-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, thianthrenyl, thiazolyl,thienyl, thienothiazolyl, thienooxazolyl, thienoimidazolyl, thiophenyl,triazinyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, 1,2,5-triazolyl,1,3,4-triazolyl, xanthenyl. Preferred heterocycles include, but are notlimited to, pyridinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl,imidazolyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl, 1H-indazolyl, oxazolidinyl,benzotriazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, oxindolyl, benzoxazolinyl, or isatinoyl.Also included are fused ring and spiro compounds containing, forexample, the above heterocycles.

As used herein, the term “alkaryl” means an aryl group bearing an alkylgroup of 1-10 carbon atoms; the term “aralkyl” means an alkyl group of1-10 carbon atoms bearing an aryl group; the term “arylalkaryl” means anaryl group bearing an alkyl group of 1-10 carbon atoms bearing an arylgroup; and the term “heterocycloalkyl” means an alkyl group of 1-10carbon atoms bearing a heterocycle.

A “polyalkylene glycol” is a polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycolor polybutylene glycol having a molecular weight of less than about5000, terminating in either a hydroxy or alkyl ether moiety.

A “carbohydrate” is a polyhydroxy aldehyde, ketone, alcohol or acid, orderivatives thereof, including polymers thereof having polymericlinkages of the acetal type.

A “cyclodextrin” is a cyclic oligosaccharide. Examples of cyclodextrinsinclude, but are not limited to, α-cyclodextrin,hydroxyethyl-α-cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl-α-cyclodextrin,β-cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrin,carboxymethyl-β-cyclodextrin, dihydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrin,hydroxyethyl-β-cyclodextrin, 2,6 di-O-methyl-β-cyclodextrin,sulfated-β-cyclodextrin, γ-cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl-γ-cyclodextrin,dihydroxypropyl-γ-cyclodextrin, hydroxyethyl-γ-cyclodextrin, andsulfated γ-cyclodextrin.

As used herein, the term “polycarboxyalkyl” means an alkyl group havingbetween two and about 100 carbon atoms and a plurality of carboxylsubstituents; and the term “polyazaalkyl” means a linear or branchedalkyl group having between two and about 100 carbon atoms, interruptedby or substituted with a plurality of amine groups.

A “reducing agent” is a compound that reacts with a radionuclide, whichis typically obtained as a relatively unreactive, high oxidation statecompound, to lower its oxidation state by transferring electron(s) tothe radionuclide, thereby making it more reactive. Reducing agentsuseful in the preparation of radiopharmaceuticals and in diagnostic kitsuseful for the preparation of said radiopharmaceuticals include but arenot limited to stannous chloride, stannous fluoride, formamidinesulfinic acid, ascorbic acid, cysteine, phosphines, and cuprous orferrous salts. Other reducing agents are described in Brodack et. al.,PCT Application 94/22496, which is incorporated herein by reference.

A “transfer ligand” is a ligand that forms an intermediate complex witha metal ion that is stable enough to prevent unwanted side-reactions butlabile enough to be converted to a metallopharmaceutical. The formationof the intermediate complex is kinetically favored while the formationof the metallopharmaceutical is thermodynamically favored. Transferligands useful in the preparation of metallopharmaceuticals and indiagnostic kits useful for the preparation of diagnosticradiopharmaceuticals include but are not limited to gluconate,glucoheptonate, mannitol, glucarate,N,N,N′,N′-ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, pyrophosphate andmethylenediphosphonate. In general, transfer ligands are comprised ofoxygen or nitrogen donor atoms.

The term “donor atom” refers to the atom directly attached to a metal bya chemical bond.

“Ancillary” or “co-ligands” are ligands that are incorporated into aradiopharmaceutical during its synthesis. They serve to complete thecoordination sphere of the radionuclide together with the chelator orradionuclide bonding unit of the reagent. For radiopharmaceuticalscomprised of a binary ligand system, the radionuclide coordinationsphere is composed of one or more chelators or bonding units from one ormore reagents and one or more ancillary or co-ligands, provided thatthere are a total of two types of ligands, chelators or bonding units.For example, a radiopharmaceutical comprised of one chelator or bondingunit from one reagent and two of the same ancillary or co-ligands and aradiopharmraceutical comprised of two chelators or bonding units fromone or two reagents and one ancillary or co-ligand are both consideredto be comprised of binary ligand systems. For radiopharmaceuticalscomprised of a ternary ligand system, the radionuclide coordinationsphere is composed of one or more chelators or bonding units from one ormore reagents and one or more of two different types of ancillary orco-ligands, provided that there are a total of three types of ligands,chelators or bonding units. For example, a radiopharmaceutical comprisedof one chelator or bonding unit from one reagent and two differentancillary or co-ligands is considered to be comprised of a ternaryligand system.

Ancillary or co-ligands useful in the preparation ofradiopharmaceuticals and in diagnostic kits useful for the preparationof said radiopharmaceuticals are comprised of one or more oxygen,nitrogen, carbon, sulfur, phosphorus, arsenic, selenium, and telluriumdonor atoms. A ligand can be a transfer ligand in the synthesis of aradiopharmaceutical and also serve as an ancillary or co-ligand inanother radiopharmnaceutical. Whether a ligand is termed a transfer orancillary or co-ligand depends on whether the ligand remains in theradionuclide coordination sphere in the radiopharmaceutical, which isdetermined by the coordination chemistry of the radionuclide and thechelator or bonding unit of the reagent or reagents.

A “chelator” or “bonding unit” is the moiety or group on a reagent thatbinds to a metal ion through the formation of chemical bonds with one ormore donor atoms.

The term “binding site” means the site in vivo or in vitro that binds abiologically active molecule.

A “diagnostic kit” or “kit” comprises a collection of components, termedthe formulation, in one or more vials which are used by the practicingend user in a clinical or pharmacy setting to synthesize diagnosticradiopharmaceuticals. The kit provides all the requisite components tosynthesize and use the diagnostic radiopharmaceutical except those thatare commonly available to the practicing end user, such as water orsaline for injection, a solution of the radionuclide, equipment forheating the kit during the synthesis of the radiopharmaceutical, ifrequired, equipment necessary for administering the radiopharmaceuticalto the patient such as syringes and shielding, and imaging equipment.

Therapeutic radiopharmaceuticals, X-ray contrast agent pharmaceuticals,ultrasound contrast agent pharmaceuticals and metallopharmaceuticals formagnetic resonance imaging contrast are provided to the end user intheir final form in a formulation contained typically in one vial, aseither a lyophilized solid or an aqueous solution. The end userreconstitutes the lyophilized with water or saline and withdraws thepatient dose or just withdraws the dose from the aqueous solutionformulation as provided.

A “lyophilization aid” is a component that has favorable physicalproperties for lyophilization, such as the glass transition temperature,and is added to the formulation to improve the physical properties ofthe combination of all the components of the formulation forlyophilization.

A “stabilization aid” is a component that is added to themetallopharmaceutical or to the diagnostic kit either to stabilize themetallopharmaceutical or to prolong the shelf-life of the kit before itmust be used. Stabilization aids can be antioxidants, reducing agents orradical scavengers and can provide improved stability by reactingpreferentially with species that degrade other components or themetallopharmaceutical.

A “solubilization aid” is a component that improves the solubility ofone or more other components in the medium required for the formulation.

A “bacteriostat” is a component that inhibits the growth of bacteria ina formulation either during its storage before use of after a diagnostickit is used to synthesize a radiopharmaceutical.

The following abbreviations are used herein:

Acm acetamidomethyl b-Ala, beta-Ala or bAla 3-aminopropionic acid ATA2-aminothiazole-5-acetic acid or 2-aminothiazole-5-acetyl group Boct-butyloxycarbonyl CBZ, Cbz or z Carbobenzyloxy Cit citrulline Dap2,3-diaminopropionic acid DCC dicyclohexylcarbodiimide DIEAdiisopropylethylamine DMAP 4-dimethylaminopyridine EOE ethoxyethyl HBTU2-(1H-Benzotriazol-1-yl)- 1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphateboc-hydrazinonicotinyl group or hynic 2-[carbonyl]-2- [[[5-pyridinyl]hydrazono]methyl]- benzenesulfonic acid, NMeArg orMeArga-N-methyl arginine NMeAsp a-N-methyl aspartic acid NMMN-methylmorpholine OcHex O-cyclohexyl OBzl O-benzyl oSu O-succinimidylTBTU 2-(1H-Benzotriazol-1-yl)- 1,1,3,3-tetramethyluroniumtetrafluoroborate THF tetrahydrofuranyl THP tetrahydropyranyl Tos tosylTr trityl

The following conventional three-letter amino acid abbreviations areused herein; the conventional one-letter amino acid abbreviations areNOT used herein:

Ala = alanine Arg = arginine Asn = asparagine Asp = aspartic acid Cys =cysteine Gln = glutamine Glu = glutamic acid Gly = glycine His =histidine Ile = isoleucine Leu = leucine Lys = lysine Met = methionineNle = norleucine Orn = ornithine Phe = phenylalanine Phg = phenylglycinePro = proline Sar = sarcosine Ser = serine Thr = threonine Trp =tryptophan Tyr = tyrosine Val = valine

As used herein, the term “bubbles”, as used herein, refers to vesicleswhich are generally characterized by the presence of one or moremembranes or walls surrounding an internal void that is filled with agas or precursor thereto. Exemplary bubbles include, for example,liposomes, micelles and the like.

As used herein, the term “lipid” refers to a synthetic ornaturally-occurring amphipathic compound which comprises a hydrophiliccomponent and a hydrophobic component. Lipids include, for example,fatty acids, neutral fats, phosphatides, glycolipids, aliphatic alcholsand waxes, terpenes and steroids.

As used herein, the term “lipid composition” refers to a compositionwhich comprises a lipid compound. Exemplary lipid compositions includesuspensions, emulsions and vesicular compositions.

As used herein, the term “lipid formulation” refers to a compositionwhich comprises a lipid compound and a bioactive agent.

As used herein, the term “vesicle” refers to a spherical entity which ischaracterized by the presence of an internal void. Preferred vesiclesare formulated from lipids, including the various lipids describedherein. In any given vesicle, the lipids may be in the form of amonolayer or bilayer, and the mono- or bilayer lipids may be used toform one of more mono- or bilayers. In the case of more than one mono-or bilayer, the mono- or bilayers are generally concentric. The lipidvesicles described herein include such entities commonly referred to asliposomes, micelles, bubbles, microbubbles, microspheres and the like.Thus, the lipids may be used to form a unilamellar vesicle (comprised ofone monolayer or bilayer), an oligolamellar vesicle (comprised of abouttwo or about three monolayers or bilayers) or a multilamellar vesicle(comprised of more than about three monolayers or bilayers). Theinternal void of the vesicles may be filled with a liquid, including,for example, an aqueous liquid, a gas, a gaseous precursor, and/or asolid or solute material, including, for example, a bioactive agent, asdesired.

As used herein, the term “vesicular composition” refers to a compositionwhich is formulate from lipids and which comprises vesicles.

As used herein, the term “vesicle formulation” refers to a compositionwhich comprises vesicles and a bioactive agent.

As used herein, the term “lipsomes” refers to a generally sphericalcluster or aggregate of amphipathic compounds, including lipidcompounds, typically in the form of one or more concentric layers, forexample, bilayers. They may also be referred to herein as lipidvesicles.

Angiogenesis is the process of formation of new capillary blood vesselsfrom existing vasculature. It is an important component of a variety ofphysiological processes including ovulation, embryonic development,wound repair, and collateral vascular generation in the myocardium. Itis also central to a number of pathological conditions such as tumorgrowth and metastasis, diabetic retinopathy, and macular degeneration.The process begins with the activation of existing vascular endothelialcells in response to a variety of cytokines and growth factors. Theactivated endothelial cells secrete enzymes that degrade the basementmembrane of the vessels. The endothelial cells then proliferate andmigrate into the extracellular matrix first forming tubules andsubsequently new blood vessels.

Under normal conditions, endothelial cell proliferation is a very slowprocess, but it increases for a short period of time duringembryogenesis, ovulation and wound healing. This temporary increase incell turnover is governed by a combination of a number of growthstimulatory factors and growth suppressing factors. In pathologicalangiogenesis, this normal balance is disrupted resulting in continuedincreased endothelial cell proliferation. Some of the pro-angiogenicfactors that have been identified include basic fibroblast growth factor(bFGF), angiogenin, TGF-alpha, TGF-beta, and vascular endothelium growthfactor (VEGF), while interferon-alpha, interferon-beta andthrombospondin are examples of angiogenesis suppressors.

Angiogenic factors interact with endothelial cell surface receptors suchas the receptor tyrosine kinases EGFR, FGFR, PDGFR, Flk-1/KDR, Flt-1,Tek, Tie, neuropilin-1, endoglin, endosialin, and Ax1. The receptorsFlk-1/KDR, neuropilin-1, and Flk-1 recognize VEGF and these interactionsplay key roles in VEGF-induced angiogenesis. The Tie subfamily ofreceptor tyrosine kinases are also expressed prominently during bloodvessel formation.

The proliferation and migration of endothelial cells in theextracellular matrix is mediated by interaction with a variety of celladhesion molecules. Integrins are a diverse family of heterodimeric cellsurface receptors by which endothelial cells attach to the extracellularmatrix, each other and other cells. Angiogenesis induced by bFGF orTNF-alpha depend on the agency of the integrin avb3, while angiogenesisinduced by VEGF depends on the integrin avb5 (Cheresh et. al., Science,1995, 270, 1500-2). Induction of expression of the integrins a1b1 anda2b1 on the endothelial cell surface is another important mechanism bywhich VEGF promotes angiogenesis (Senger, et. al., Proc. Natl. Acad, SciUSA, 1997, 94, 13612-7).

The pharmaceuticals of the present invention are comprised of anon-peptide targeting moiety for the vitronectin receptor that isexpressed or upregulated in angiogenic tumor vasculature.

The ultrasound contrast agents of the present invention comprise aplurality of vitronectin receptor targeting moieties attached to orincorporated into a microbubble of a biocompatible gas, a liquidcarrier, and a surfactant microsphere, further comprising an optionallinking moiety, L_(n), between the targeting moieties and themicrobubble. In this context, the term liquid carrier means aqueoussolution and the term surfactant means any amphiphilic material whichproduces a reduction in interfacial tension in a solution. A list ofsuitable surfactants for forming surfactant microspheres is disclosed inEP0727225A2, herein incorporated by reference. The term surfactantmicrosphere includes nanospheres, liposomes, vesicles and the like. Thebiocompatible gas can be air, or a fluorocarbon, such as a C₃-C₅perfluoroalkane, which provides the difference in echogenicity and thusthe contrast in ultrasound imaging. The gas is encapsulated or containedin the microsphere to which is attached the biodirecting group,optionally via a linking group. The attachment can be covalent, ionic orby van der Waals forces. Specific examples of such contrast agentsinclude lipid encapsulated perfluorocarbons with a plurality of tumorneovasculature receptor binding peptides, polypeptides orpeptidomimetics.

X-ray contrast agents of the present invention are comprised of one ormore vitronectin receptor targeting moieties attached to one or moreX-ray absorbing or “heavy” atoms of atomic number 20 or greater, furthercomprising an optional linking moiety, L_(n), between the targetingmoieties and the X-ray absorbing atoms. The frequently used heavy atomin X-ray contrast agents is iodine. Recently, X-ray contrast agentscomprised of metal chelates (Wallace, R., U.S. Pat. No. 5,417,959) andpolychelates comprised of a plurality of metal ions (Love, D., U.S. Pat.No. 5,679,810) have been disclosed. More recently, multinuclear clustercomplexes have been disclosed as X-ray contrast agents (U.S. Pat. No.5,804,161, PCT WO 91/14460, and PCT WO 92/17215).

MRI contrast agents of the present invention are comprised of one ormore vitronectin receptor targeting moieties attached to one or moreparamagnetic metal ions, further comprising an optional linking moiety,L_(n), between the targeting moieties and the paramagnetic metal ions.The paramagnetic metal ions are present in the form of metal complexesor metal oxide particles. U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,412,148, and 5,760,191,describe examples of chelators for paramagnetic metal ions for use inMRI contrast agents. U.S. Pat. No. 5,801,228, U.S. Pat. No. 5,567,411,and U.S. Pat. No. 5,281,704, describe examples of polychelants usefulfor complexing more than one paramagnetic metal ion for use in MRIcontrast agents. U.S. Pat. No. 5,520,904, describes particulatecompositions comprised of paramagnetic metal ions for use as MRIcontrast agents.

The pharmaceuticals of the present invention have the formulae,(Q)_(d)—L_(n)—(C_(h)—X), (Q)_(d)—L_(n)—(C_(h)—X¹)_(d′),(Q)_(d)—L_(n)—(X²)_(d″), and (Q)_(d)—L_(n)—(X³), wherein Q represents anon-peptide that binds to a receptor expressed in angiogenic tumorvasculature, d is 1-10, L_(n) represents an optional linking group,C_(h) represents a metal chelator or bonding moiety, X represents aradioisotope, X¹ represents paramagnetic metal ion, X² represents aparamagnetic metal ion or heavy atom containing insoluble solidparticle, d″ is 1-100, and X³ represents a surfactant microsphere of anechogenic gas. The interaction of the non-peptide recognition sequencesof the vitronectin receptor binding portion of the pharmaceuticals withthe □v□3 receptor results in localization of the pharmaceuticals inangiogenic tumor vasculature, which express the □v□3 receptor.

The pharmaceuticals of the present invention can be synthesized byseveral approaches. One approach involves the synthesis of the targetingnon-peptide moiety, Q, and direct attachment of one or more moieties, Q,to one or more metal chelators or bonding moieties, C_(h), or to aparamagnetic metal ion or heavy atom containing solid particle, or to anechogenic gas microbubble. Another approach involves the attachment ofone or more moieties, Q, to the linking group, L_(n), which is thenattached to one or more metal chelators or bonding moieties, C_(h), orto a paramagnetic metal ion or heavy atom containing solid particle, orto an echogenic gas microbubble. Another approach involves the synthesisof a non-peptide, Q, bearing a fragment of the linking group, L_(n), oneor more of which are then attached to the remainder of the linking groupand then to one or more metal chelators or bonding moieties, C_(h), orto a paramagnetic metal ion or heavy atom containing solid particle, orto an echogenic gas microbubble.

The non-peptide vitronectin binding moieties, Q, optionally bearing alinking group, L_(n), or a fragment of the linking group, can besynthesized using standard synthetic methods known to those skilled inthe art. Preferred methods include but are not limited to those methodsdescribed below.

The attachment of linking groups, L_(n), to the non-peptides, Q;chelators or bonding units, C_(h), to the non-peptides, , Q, or to thelinking groups, L_(n); and non-peptides, bearing a fragment of thelinking group to the remainder of the linking group, in combinationforming the moiety, (Q)_(d)—L_(n), and then to the moiety C_(h); can allbe performed by standard techniques. These include, but are not limitedto, amidation, esterification, alkylation, and the formation of ureas orthioureas. Procedures for performing these attachments can be found inBrinkley, M., Bioconjugate Chemistiy 1992, 3(1), which is incorporatedherein by reference.

A number of methods can be used to attach the non-peptides, Q, toparamagnetic metal ion or heavy atom containing solid particles, X², byone of skill in the art of the surface modification of solid particles.In general, the targeting moiety Q or the combination (Q)_(d)L_(n) isattached to a coupling group that react with a constituent of thesurface of the solid particle. The coupling groups can be any of anumber of silanes which react with surface hydroxyl groups on the solidparticle surface, as described in co-pending U.S. patent applicationSer. No. 09/356,178, and can also include polyphosphonates,polycarboxylates, polyphosphates or mixtures thereof which couple withthe surface of the solid particles, as described in U.S. Pat. No.5,520,904.

A number of reaction schemes can be used to attach the non-peptides, Qto the surfactant microsphere, X³. These are illustrated in followingreaction schemes where S_(f) represents a surfactant moiety that formsthe surfactant microsphere.

In these reaction schemes, the substituents S_(f) and Q can be reversedas well.

The linking group L_(n) can serve several roles. First it provides aspacing group between the metal chelator or bonding moiety, C_(h), theparamagnetic metal ion or heavy atom containing solid particle, X², andthe surfactant microsphere, X³, and the one or more of the non-peptides,Q, so as to minimize the possibility that the moieties C_(h)—X,C_(h)—X¹, X², and X³, will interfere with the interaction of therecognition sequences of Q with angiogenic tumor vasculature receptors.The necessity of incorporating a linking group in a reagent is dependenton the identity of Q, C_(h)—X, C_(h)—X¹, X², and X³. If C_(h)—X,C_(h)—X¹, X², and X³, cannot be attached to Q without substantiallydiminishing its affinity for the receptors, then a linking group isused. A linking group also provides a means of independently attachingmultiple non-peptides, Q, to one group that is attached to C_(h)—X,C_(h)—X¹, X², or X³.

The linking group also provides a means of incorporating apharmacokinetic modifier into the pharmaceuticals of the presentinvention. The pharmacokinetic modifier serves to direct thebiodistibution of the injected pharmaceutical other than by theinteraction of the targeting moieties, Q, with the vitronectin receptorsexpressed in the tumor neovasculature. A wide variety of functionalgroups can serve as pharmacokinetic modifiers, including, but notlimited to, carbohydrates, polyalkylene glycols, peptides or otherpolyamino acids, and cyclodextrins. The modifiers can be used to enhanceor decrease hydrophilicity and to enhance or decrease the rate of bloodclearance. The modifiers can also be used to direct the route ofelimination of the pharmaceuticals. Preferred pharmacokinetic modifiersare those that result in moderate to fast blood clearance and enhancedrenal excretion.

The metal chelator or bonding moiety, C_(h), is selected to form stablecomplexes with the metal ion chosen for the particular application.Chelators or bonding moieties for diagnostic radiopharmaceuticals areselected to form stable complexes with the radioisotopes that haveimageable gamma ray or positron emissions, such as ^(99m)Tc, ⁹⁵Tc,111In, ⁶²Cu, ⁶⁰Cu, ⁶⁴Cu, ⁶⁷Ga, ⁶⁸Ga, ⁸⁶Y.

Chelators for technetium, copper and gallium isotopes are selected fromdiaminedithiols, monoarine-monoamidedithiols, triamide-monothiols,monoamine-diamide-monothiols, diaminedioximes, and hydrazines. Thechelators are generally tetradentate with donor atoms selected fromnitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. Preferred reagents are comprised ofchelators having amine nitrogen and thiol sulfur donor atoms andhydrazine bonding units. The thiol sulfur atoms and the hydrazines maybear a protecting group which can be displaced either prior to using thereagent to synthesize a radiopharmaceutical or preferably in situ duringthe synthesis of the radiopharmaceutical.

Exemplary thiol protecting groups include those listed in Greene andWuts, “Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis” John Wiley & Sons, NewYork (1991), the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated byreference. Any thiol protecting group known in the art can be used.Examples of thiol protecting groups include, but are not limited to, thefollowing: acetamidomethyl, benzamidomethyl, 1-ethoxyethyl, benzoyl, andtriphenylmethyl.

Exemplary protecting groups for hydrazine bonding units are hydrazoneswhich can be aldehyde or ketone hydrazones having substituents selectedfrom hydrogen, alkyl, aryl and heterocycle. Particularly preferredhydrazones are described in co-pending U.S. Ser. No. 08/476,296 thedisclosure of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.

The hydrazine bonding unit when bound to a metal radionuclide is termeda hydrazido, or diazenido group and serves as the point of attachment ofthe radionuclide to the remainder of the radiopharmaceutical. Adiazenido group can be either terminal (only one atom of the group isbound to the radionuclide) or chelating. In order to have a chelatingdiazenido group at least one other atom of the group must also be boundto the radionuclide. The atoms bound to the metal are termed donoratoms.

Chelators for ¹¹¹In and ⁸⁶Y are selected from cyclic and acyclicpolyaminocarboxylates such as DTPA, DOTA, DO3A, 2-benzyl-DOTA,alpha-(2-phenethyl)1,4,7,10-tetraazazcyclododecane-1-acetic-4,7,10-tris(methylacetic)acid,2-benzyl-cyclohexyldiethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid,2-benzyl-6-methyl-DTPA, and6,6″-bis[N,N,N″,N″-tetra(carboxymethyl)aminomethyl)-4′-(3-arinowmethoxyphenyl)-2,2′:6′,2″-terpyridine.Procedures for synthesizing these chelators that are not commerciallyavailable can be found in Brechbiel, M. and Gansow, O., J. Chem. Soc.Perkin Trans. 1992, 1, 1175; Brechbiel, M. and Gansow, O., BioconjugateChem. 1991, 2, 187; Deshpande, S., et. al., J. Nucl. Med. 1990, 31, 473;Kruper, J., U.S. Pat. No. 5,064,956, and Toner, J., U.S. Pat. No.4,859,777, the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by referencein their entirety.

The coordination sphere of metal ion includes all the ligands or groupsbound to the metal. For a transition metal radionuclide to be stable ittypically has a coordination number (number of donor atoms) comprised ofan integer greater than or equal to 4 and less than or equal to 8; thatis there are 4 to 8 atoms bound to the metal and it is said to have acomplete coordination sphere. The requisite coordination number for astable radionuclide complex is determined by the identity of theradionuclide, its oxidation state, and the type of donor atoms. If thechelator or bonding unit does not provide all of the atoms necessary tostabilize the metal radionuclide by completing its coordination sphere,the coordination sphere is completed by donor atoms from other ligands,termed ancillary or co-ligands, which can also be either terminal orchelating.

A large number of ligands can serve as ancillary or co-ligands, thechoice of which is determined by a variety of considerations such as theease of synthesis of the radiopharmaceutical, the chemical and physicalproperties of the ancillary ligand, the rate of formation, the yield,and the number of isomeric forms of the resulting radiopharmaceuticals,the ability to administer said ancillary or co-ligand to a patientwithout adverse physiological consequences to said patient, and thecompatibility of the ligand in a lyophilized kit formulation. The chargeand lipophilicity of the ancillary ligand will effect the charge andlipophilicity of the radiopharmaceuticals. For example, the use of4,5-dihydroxy-1,3-benzene disulfonate results in radiopharmaceuticalswith an additional two anionic groups because the sulfonate groups willbe anionic under physiological conditions. The use of N-alkylsubstituted 3,4-hydroxypyridinones results in radiopharmaceuticals withvarying degrees of lipophilicity depending on the size of the alkylsubstituents.

Preferred technetium radiopharmaceuticals of the present invention arecomprised of a hydrazido or diazenido bonding unit and an ancillaryligand, A_(L1), or a bonding unit and two types of ancillary A_(L1) andA_(L2), or a tetradentate chelator comprised of two nitrogen and twosulfur atoms. Ancillary ligands A_(L1) are comprised of two or more harddonor atoms such as oxygen and amine nitrogen (sp³ hybridized). Thedonor atoms occupy at least two of the sites in the coordination sphereof the radionuclide metal; the ancillary ligand A_(L1) serves as one ofthe three ligands in the ternary ligand system. Examples of ancillaryligands A_(L1) include but are not limited to dioxygen ligands andfunctionalized aminocarboxylates. A large number of such ligands areavailable from commercial sources.

Ancillary dioxygen ligands include ligands that coordinate to the metalion through at least two oxygen donor atoms. Examples include but arenot limited to: glucoheptonate, gluconate, 2-hydroxyisobutyrate,lactate, tartrate, mannitol, glucarate, maltol, Kojic acid,2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)propionic acid, 4,5-dihydroxy-1,3-benzenedisulfonate, or substituted or unsubstituted 1,2 or 3,4hydroxypyridinones. (The names for the ligands in these examples referto either the protonated or non-protonated forms of the ligands.)

Functionalized aminocarboxylates include ligands that have a combinationof amine nitrogen and oxygen donor atoms. Examples include but are notlimited to: iminodiacetic acid, 2,3-diaminopropionic acid,nitrilotriacetic acid, N,N′-ethylenediamine diacetic acid,N,N,N′-ethylenediamine triacetic acid, hydroxyethylethylenediaminetriacetic acid, and N,N′-ethylenediamine bis-hydroxyphenylglycine. (Thenames for the ligands in these examples refer to either the protonatedor non-protonated forms of the ligands.)

A series of functionalized aminocarboxylates are disclosed by Bridgeret. al. in U.S. Pat. No. 5,350,837, herein incorporated by reference,that result in improved rates of formation of technetium labeledhydrazino modified proteins. We have determined that certain of theseaminocarboxylates result in improved yields of the radiopharmaceuticalsof the present invention. The preferred ancillary ligands A_(L1)functionalized aminocarboxylates that are derivatives of glycine; themost preferred is tricine (tris(hydroxymethyl)methylglycine).

The most preferred technetium radiopharmaceuticals of the presentinvention are comprised of a hydrazido or diazenido bonding unit and twotypes of ancillary designated A_(L1) and A_(L2), or a diaminedithiolchelator. The second type of ancillary ligands A_(L2) are comprised ofone or more soft donor atoms selected from the group: phosphinephosphorus, arsine arsenic, imine nitrogen (sp² hybridized), sulfur (sp²hybridized) and carbon (sp hybridized); atoms which have p-acidcharacter. Ligands A_(L2) can be monodentate, bidentate or tridentate,the denticity is defined by the number of donor atoms in the ligand. Oneof the two donor atoms in a bidentate ligand and one of the three donoratoms in a tridentate ligand must be a soft donor atom. We havedisclosed in co-pending U.S. Ser. No. 08/415,908, and U.S. Ser. Nos.60/013360 and 08/646,886, the disclosures of which are hereinincorporated by reference in their entirety, that radiopharmaceuticalscomprised of one or more ancillary or co-ligands A_(L2) are more stablecompared to radiopharmaceuticals that are not comprised of one or moreancillary ligands, A_(L2); that is, they have a minimal number ofisomeric forms, the relative ratios of which do not change significantlywith time, and that remain substantially intact upon dilution.

The ligands A_(L2) that are comprised of phosphine or arsine donor atomsare trisubstituted phosphines, trisubstituted arsines, tetrasubstituteddiphosphines and tetrasubstituted diarsines. The ligands A_(L2) that arecomprised of imine nitrogen are unsaturated or aromaticnitrogen-containing, 5 or 6-membered heterocycles. The ligands that arecomprised of sulfur (sp² hybridized) donor atoms are thiocarbonyls,comprised of the moiety C═S. The ligands comprised of carbon (sphybridized) donor atoms are isonitriles, comprised of the moiety CNR,where R is an organic radical. A large number of such ligands areavailable from commercial sources. Isonitriles can be synthesized asdescribed in European Patent 0107734 and in U.S. Pat. No. 4,988,827,herein incorporated by reference.

Preferred ancillary ligands A_(L2) are trisubstituted phosphines andunsaturated or aromatic 5 or 6 membered heterocycles. The most preferredancillary ligands A_(L2) are trisubstituted phosphines and unsaturated 5membered heterocycles.

The ancillary ligands A_(L2) may be substituted with alkyl, aryl,alkoxy, heterocycle, aralkyl, alkaryl and arylalkaryl groups and may ormay not bear functional groups comprised of heteroatoms such as oxygen,nitrogen, phosphorus or sulfur. Examples of such functional groupsinclude but are not limited to: hydroxyl, carboxyl, carboxamide, nitro,ether, ketone, amino, ammonium, sulfonate, sulfonamide, phosphonate, andphosphonamide. The functional groups may be chosen to alter thelipophilicity and water solubility of the ligands which may affect thebiological properties of the radiopharmaceuticals, such as altering thedistribution into non-target tissues, cells or fluids, and the mechanismand rate of elimination from the body.

Chelators or bonding moieties for therapeutic radiopharmaceuticals areselected to form stable complexes with the radioisotopes that have alphaparticle, beta particle, Auger or Coster-Kronig electron emissions, suchas ¹⁸⁶Re, ¹⁸⁸Re, ¹⁵³Sm, ¹⁶⁶Ho, ¹⁷⁷Lu, ¹⁴⁹Pm, ⁹⁰Y, ²¹²Bi, ¹⁰³Pd, ¹⁰⁹Pd,¹⁵⁹Gd, ¹⁴⁰La, ¹⁹⁸Au, ¹⁹⁹Au, ¹⁶⁹Yb, ¹⁷⁵Yb, ¹⁶⁵Dy, ¹⁶⁶Dy, ⁶⁷Cu, ¹⁰⁵Rh,¹¹¹Ag, and ¹⁹²Ir. Chelators for rhenium, copper, palladium, platinum,iridium, rhodium, silver and gold isotopes are selected fromdiaminedithiols, monoamine-monoamidedithiols, triamide-monothiols,monoamine-diamide-monothiols, diaminedioximes, and hydrazines. Chelatorsfor yttrium, bismuth, and the lanthanide isotopes are selected fromcyclic and acyclic polyaminocarboxylates such as DTPA, DOTA, DO3A,2-benzyl-DOTA,alpha-(2-phenethyl)1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecane-1-acetic-4,7,10-tris(methylacetic)acid,2-benzyl-cyclohexyldiethylenetrianinepentaacetic acid,2-benzyl-6-methyl-DTPA, and6,6″-bis[N,N,N″,N″-tetra(carboxymethyl)aminomethyl)4′-(3-amino-4-methoxyphenyl)-2,2′:6′,2″-terpyridine.

Chelators for magnetic resonance imaging contrast agents are selected toform stable complexes with paramagnetic metal ions, such as Gd(III),Dy(III), Fe(III), and Mn(II), are selected from cyclic and acyclicpolyaminocarboxylates such as DTPA, DOTA, DO3A, 2-benzyl-DOTA,alpha-(2-phenethyl)1,4,7,10-tetraazacyclododecane-1-acetic-4,7,10-tris(methylacetic)acid,2-benzyl-cyclohexyldiethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid,2-benzyl-6-methyl-DTPA, and6,6″-bis[N,N,N″,N″-tetra(carboxymethyl)aminomethyl)-4′-(3-amino-4-methoxyphenyl)-2,2′:6′,2″-terpyridine.

The technetium and rhenium radiopharmaceuticals of the present inventioncomprised of a hydrazido or diazenido bonding unit can be easilyprepared by admixing a salt of a radionuclide, a reagent of the presentinvention, an ancillary ligand A_(L1), an ancillary ligand A_(L2), and areducing agent, in an aqueous solution at temperatures from 0 to 100° C.The technetium and rhenium radiopharmaceuticals of the present inventioncomprised of a tetradentate chelator having two nitrogen and two sulfuratoms can be easily prepared by admixing a salt of a radionuclide, areagent of the present invention, and a reducing agent, in an aqueoussolution at temperatures from 0 to 100° C.

When the bonding unit in the reagent of the present invention is presentas a hydrazone group, then it must first be converted to a hydrazine,which may or may not be protonated, prior to complexation with the metalradionuclide. The conversion of the hydrazone group to the hydrazine canoccur either prior to reaction with the radionuclide, in which case theradionuclide and the ancillary or co-ligand or ligands are combined notwith the reagent but with a hydrolyzed form of the reagent bearing thechelator or bonding unit, or in the presence of the radionuclide inwhich case the reagent itself is combined with the radionuclide and theancillary or co-ligand or ligands. In the latter case, the pH of thereaction mixture must be neutral or acidic.

Alternatively, the radiopharmaceuticals of the present inventioncomprised of a hydrazido or diazenido bonding unit can be prepared byfirst admixing a salt of a radionuclide, an ancillary ligand A_(L1), anda reducing agent in an aqueous solution at temperatures from 0 to 100°C. to form an intermediate radionuclide complex with the ancillaryligand A_(L1) then adding a reagent of the present invention and anancillary ligand A_(L2) and reacting further at temperatures from 0 to100° C.

Alternatively, the radiopharmaceuticals of the present inventioncomprised of a hydrazido or diazenido bonding unit can be prepared byfirst admixing a salt of a radionuclide, an ancillary ligand A_(L1), areagent of the present invention, and a reducing agent in an aqueoussolution at temperatures from 0 to 100° C. to form an intermediateradionuclide complex, and then adding an ancillary ligand A_(L2) andreacting further at temperatures from 0 to 100° C.

The technetium and rhenium radionuclides are preferably in the chemicalform of pertechnetate or perrhenate and a pharmaceutically acceptablecation. The pertechnetate salt form is preferably sodium pertechnetatesuch as obtained from commercial Tc-99m generators. The amount ofpertechnctate used to prepare the radiopharmaceuticals of the presentinvention can range from 0.1 mCi to 1 Ci, or more preferably from 1 to200 mCi.

The amount of the reagent of the present invention used to prepare thetechnetium and rhenium radiopharmaceuticals of the present invention canrange from 0.01 μg to 10 mg, or more preferably from 0.5 μg to 200 μg.The amount used will be dictated by the amounts of the other reactantsand the identity of the radiopharmaceuticals of the present invention tobe prepared.

The amounts of the ancillary ligands A_(L1) used can range from 0.1 mgto 1 g, or more preferably from 1 mg to 100 mg. The exact amount for aparticular radiopharmaceutical is a function of identity of theradiopharmaceuticals of the present invention to be prepared, theprocedure used and the amounts and identities of the other reactants.Too large an amount of A_(L1) will result in the formation ofby-products comprised of technetium labeled A_(L1) without abiologically active molecule or by-products comprised of technetiumlabeled biologically active molecules with the ancillary ligand A_(L1)but without the ancillary ligand A_(L2). Too small an amount of A_(L1)will result in other by-products such as technetium labeled biologicallyactive molecules with the ancillary ligand A_(L2) but without theancillary ligand A_(L1), or reduced hydrolyzed technetium, or technetiumcolloid.

The amounts of the ancillary ligands A_(L2) used can range from 0.001 mgto 1 g, or more preferably from 0.01 mg to 10 mg. The exact amount for aparticular radiopharmaceutical is a function of the identity of theradiopharmaceuticals of the present invention to be prepared, theprocedure used and the amounts and identities of the other reactants.Too large an amount of A_(L2) will result in the formation ofby-products comprised of technetium labeled A_(L2) without abiologically active molecule or by-products comprised of technetiumlabeled biologically active molecules with the ancillary ligand A_(L2)but without the ancillary ligand A_(L1). If the reagent bears one ormore substituents that are comprised of a soft donor atom, as definedabove, at least a ten-fold molar excess of the ancillary ligand A_(L2)to the reagent of formula 2 is required to prevent the substituent frominterfering with the coordination of the ancillary ligand A_(L2) to themetal radionuclide.

Suitable reducing agents for the synthesis of the radiopharmaceuticalsof the present invention include stannous salts, dithionite or bisulfitesalts, borohydride salts, and formamidinesulfinic acid, wherein thesalts are of any pharmaceutically acceptable form. The preferredreducing agent is a stannous salt. Thc amount of a reducing agent usedcan range from 0.001 mg to 10 mg, or more preferably from 0.005 mg to 1mg.

The specific structure of a radiopharmaceutical of the present inventioncomprised of a hydrazido or diazenido bonding unit will depend on theidentity of the reagent of the present invention used, the identity ofany ancillary ligand A_(L1), the identity of any ancillary ligandA_(L2), and the identity of the radionuclide. Radiopharmaceuticalscomprised of a hydrazido or diazenido bonding unit synthesized usingconcentrations of reagents of <100 μg/mL, will be comprised of onehydrazido or diazenido group. Those synthesized using >1 mg/mLconcentrations will be comprised of two hydrazido or diazenido groupsfrom two reagent molecules. For most applications, only a limited amountof the biologically active molecule can be injected and not result inundesired side-effects, such as chemical toxicity, interference with abiological process or an altered biodistribution of theradiopharmaceutical. Therefore, the radiopharmaceuticals which requirehigher concentrations of the reagents comprised in part of thebiologically active molecule, will have to be diluted or purified aftersynthesis to avoid such side-effects.

The identities and amounts used of the ancillary ligands A_(L1) andA_(L2) will determine the values of the variables y and z. The values ofy and z can independently be an integer from 1 to 2. In combination, thevalues of y and z will result in a technetium coordination sphere thatis made up of at least five and no more than seven donor atoms. Formonodentate ancillary ligands A_(L2), z can be an integer from 1 to 2;for bidentate or tridentate ancillary ligands A_(L2), z is 1. Thepreferred combination for monodentate ligands is y equal to 1 or 2 and zequal to 1. The preferred combination for bidentate or tridentateligands is y equal to 1 and z equal to 1.

The indium, copper, gallium, silver, palladium, rhodium, gold, platinum,bismuth, yttrium and lanthanide radiopharmaceuticals of the presentinvention can be easily prepared by admixing a salt of a radionuclideand a reagent of the present invention, in an aqueous solution attemperatures from 0 to 100° C. These radionuclides are typicallyobtained as a dilute aqueous solution in a mineral acid, such ashydrochloric, nitric or sulfuric acid. The radionuclides are combinedwith from one to about one thousand equivalents of the reagents of thepresent invention dissolved in aqueous solution. A buffer is typicallyused to maintain the pH of the reaction mixture between 3 and 10.

The gadolinium, dysprosium, iron and manganese metallopharmaceuticals ofthe present invention can be easily prepared by admixing a salt of theparamagnetic metal ion and a reagent of the present invention, in anaqueous solution at temperatures from 0 to 100° C. These paramagneticmetal ions are typically obtained as a dilute aqueous solution in amineral acid, such as hydrochloric, nitric or sulfuric acid. Theparamagnetic metal ions are combined with from one to about one thousandequivalents of the reagents of the present invention dissolved inaqueous solution. A buffer is typically used to maintain the pH of thereaction mixture between 3 and 10.

The total time of preparation will vary depending on the identity of themetal ion, the identities and amounts of the reactants and the procedureused for the preparation. The preparations may be complete, resultingin >80% yield of the radiopharmaceutical, in 1 minute or may requiremore time. If higher purity metallopharmaceuticals are needed ordesired, the products can be purified by any of a number of techniqueswell known to those skilled in the art such as liquid chromatography,solid phase extraction, solvent extraction, dialysis or ultrafiltration.

Buffers useful in the preparation of metallopharmaceuticals and indiagnostic kits useful for the preparation of said radiopharmaceuticalsinclude but are not limited to phosphate, citrate, sulfosalicylate, andacetate. A more complete list can be found in the United StatesPharmacopeia.

Lyophilization aids useful in the preparation of diagnostic kits usefulfor the preparation of radiopharmaceuticals include but are not limitedto mannitol, lactose, sorbitol, dextran, Ficoll, andpolyvinylpyrrolidine(PVP).

Stabilization aids useful in the preparation of metallopharmaceuticalsand in diagnostic kits useful for the preparation ofradiopharmaceuticals include but are not limited to ascorbic acid,cysteine, monothioglycerol, sodium bisulfite, sodium metabisulfite,gentisic acid, and inositol.

Solubilization aids useful in the preparation of metallopharmaceuticalsand in diagnostic kits useful for the preparation ofradiopharmaceuticals include but are not limited to ethanol, glycerin,polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, polyoxyethylene sorbitanmonooleate, sorbitan monoloeate, polysorbates,poly(oxyethylene)poly(oxypropylene)poly(oxyethylene) block copolymers(Pluronics) and lecithin. Preferred solubilizing aids are polyethyleneglycol, and Pluronics.

Bacteriostats useful in the preparation of metallopharmaceuticals and indiagnostic kits useful for the preparation of radiopharmaceuticalsinclude but are not limited to benzyl alcohol, benzalkonium chloride,chlorbutanol, and methyl, propyl or butyl paraben.

A component in a diagnostic kit can also serve more than one function. Areducing agent can also serve as a stabilization aid, a buffer can alsoserve as a transfer ligand, a lyophilization aid can also serve as atransfer, ancillary or co-ligand and so forth.

The diagnostic radiopharmaceuticals are administered by intravenousinjection, usually in saline solution, at a dose of 1 to 100 mCi per 70kg body weight, or preferably at a dose of 5 to 50 mCi. Imaging isperformed using known procedures.

The therapeutic radiopharmaceuticals are administered by intravenousinjection, usually in saline solution, at a dose of 0.1 to 100 mCi per70 kg body weight, or preferably at a dose of 0.5 to 5 mCi per 70 kgbody weight.

The magnetic resonance imaging contrast agents of the present inventionmay be used in a similar manner as other MRI agents as described in U.S.Pat. No. 5,155,215; U.S. Pat. No. 5,087,440; Margerstadt et al., Magn.Reson. Med., 1986, 3, 808; Runge et al., Radiology, 1988, 166, 835; andBousquet et al., Radiology, 1988, 166, 693. Generally, sterile aqueoussolutions of the contrast agents are administered to a patientintravenously in dosages ranging from 0.01 to 1.0 mmoles per kg bodyweight.

For use as X-ray contrast agents, the compositions of the presentinvention should generally have a heavy atom concentration of 1 mM to 5M, preferably 0.1 M to 2 M. Dosages, administered by intravenousinjection, will typically range from 0.5 mmol/kg to 1.5 mmol/kg,preferably 0.8 mmol/kg to 1.2 mmol/kg. Imaging is performed using knowntechniques, preferably X-ray computed tomography.

The ultrasound contrast agents of the present invention are administeredby intravenous injection in an amount of 10 to 30 μL of the echogenicgas per kg body weight or by infusion at a rate of approximately 3μL/kg/min. Imaging is performed using known techniques of sonography.

Other features of the invention will become apparent in the course ofthe following descriptions of exemplary embodiments which are given forillustration of the invention and are not intended to be limitingthereof.

EXAMPLES

Representative materials and methods that may be used in preparing thecompounds of the invention are described further below.1-(3-((1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazol-2-yl)amino)propyl)-1H-indazole-5-carboxylicacid was synthesized as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,760,028. Allchemicals and solvents (reagent grade) were used as supplied from thevendors cited without fturther purification. t-Butyloxycarbonyl (Boc)amino acids and other starting amino acids may be obtained commerciallyfrom Bachem Inc., Bachem Biosciences Inc. (Philadelphia, Pa.), AdvancedChemTech (Louisville, Ky.), Peninsula Laboratories (Belmont, Calif.), orSigma (St. Louis, Mo.). Boc-L-cysteic acid, Boc-L-cysteic acidN-hydroxyphenyl ester, and Boc-L-cysteic acid p-nitrophenyl ester wereprepared as described in Liebigs Ann. Chem. 1979, 776-783.2-(1H-Benzotriazol-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate(HBTU) and TBTU were purchased from Advanced ChemTech.N-methylmorpholine (NMM), m-cresol, D-2-aminobutyric acid (Abu),trimethylacetylchloride, diisopropylethylamine (DEA), 1,2,4-triazole,stannous chloride dihydrate,1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC),triethylsilane (Et₃SiH), and tris(3-sulfonatophenyl)phosphine trisodiumsalt (TPPTS) were purchased from Aldrich Chemical Company.Bis(3-sulfonatophenyl)phenylphosphine disodium salt (TPPDS) was preparedby the published procedure (Kuntz, E., U.S. Pat. No. 4,248,802).(3-Sulfonatophenyl)diphenylphosphine monosodium salt (TPPMS) waspurchased from TCI America, Inc. Tricine was obtained from ResearchOrganics, Inc. Technetiurn-99m-pertechnetate (^(99m)TcO₄ ⁻) was obtainedfrom a DuPont Pharma ⁹⁹Mo/^(99m)Tc Technelite® generator.In-111-chloride (Indichlor®) was obtained from Amersham Medi-Physics,Inc. Sm-153-chloride and Lutetium-177-chloride were obtained from theUniversity of Missouri Research Reactor (MURR). Yttrium-90 chloride wasobtained from the Pacific Northwest Research Laboratories.Dimethylformamide (DMF), ethyl acetate, chloroform (CHCl₃), methanol(MeOH), pyridine and hydrochloric acid (HCl) were obtained from Baker.Acetonitrile, dichloromethane (DCM), acetic acid (HOAc), trifluoroaceticacid (TFA), ethyl ether, triethylamine, acetone, and magnesium sulfatewere commercially obtained. Absolute ethanol was obtained from QuantumChemical Corporation. DOTA(OtBu)₃—OH was prepared as described orpurchased from Macrocyclics, Inc (Texas).

Synthesis of Boc-Glu-(OTFP)-OTFP

To a solution of Boc-Glu-OH (28.9 g, 117 mmol) in DMF (500 mL) at roomtemperature, and under nitrogen, was added a solution of2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenol (48.2 g, 290 mmol) in DMF (50 mL). Afterstirring for 10 min. EDC (55.6 g, 290 mmol) was added and the reactionmixture was stirred for about 96 h. The volatiles were removed in vacuoand the residue was triturated in 0.1 N HCl (750 mL). To this mixturewas added ethyl acetate (600 mL), the layers separated. The aqueouslayer was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×˜500 mL), and all the ethylacetate fractions were combined, washed with water (300 mL) and brine(300 mL), dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated to give a tan solid (62 g).The tan solid was washed with acetonitrile to give the title compound(45.5 g, 73%) in purified form.

ESMS: Calculated for C₂₂H₁₇F₈NO₆, 543.09; found, 566.0 [M+Na]⁺¹.

Example 1 Synthesis of2-(((4-(4-(((3-(2-(2-(3-((6-((1-Aza-2-(2-sulfophenyl)vinyl)amino)(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazole-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propanoicAcid

Part A—Preparation ofN-(3-(2-(2-(3-aminopropoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)(phenylmethoxy)formamide

A solution of 4,7,10-trioxa-1,13-tridecanediamine (158 mL, 0.72 mol),TEA (16.7 mL, 0.12 mol), and MeOH (300 mL) in peroxide-free THF (1,000mL) was placed in a 3 liter 3-neck flask fitted with a mechanicalstirrer, a thermometer, and an addition funnel with nitrogen line. Theaddition funnel was charged with a solution of benzyl chloroformate(17.1 mL, 0.12 mol) in peroxide-free THF (1,000 mL). The contents of theflask were cooled below 5° C. The contents of the addition funnel wereadded to the flask with rapid stirring over 4 h while keeping thetemperature below 5° C. The solution was stirred an additional 30 minand concentrated to give a thick syrup. This syrup was taken up insaturated NaCl (1800 mL) and 10% Na₂CO₃ (200 mL) and extracted withether (3×1,000 mL). The combined ether extracts were washed withsaturated NaCl (500 mL), dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated to give a paleyellow oil (36.74 g). Flash chromatography on a 7×29 cm silica gelcolumn (DCM/MeOH/TEA, 20/15/0.5) gave the title compound as a colorlesssyrup (19.14 g, 45%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): 7.33-7.25 (m, 5H), 5.59 (s, 1H),5.06 (s, 2H), 3.62-3.45 (m, 12H), 3.32-3.25 (m, 2H), 2.74 (t, J=6.7 Hz,2H), 1.75 (pentet, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 1.67 (pentet, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 1.33 (s,2H); MS: m/e 355.4 [M+H]; High Resolution MS: Calcd for C₁₈H₃₁N₂O₅[M+H]: 355.2233, Found: 355.2222.

Part B—Preparation of Methyl3-((tert-Butoxy)carbonylamino)-2-(((4-(4-(((3-(2-(2-(3-((phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoate

Biphenyl-4,4′-disulfonyl chloride (2.64 g, 7.5 mmol, freshlyrecrystallized from CHCl₃) and DCM (200 mL) were placed in a 500 mL3-neck flask fitted with a thermometer, an addition fimnel, and anitrogen line. The addition funnel was charged with a solution ofN-(3-(2-(2-(3-aminopropoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)(phenylmethoxy)formamide(1.77 g, 5.0 mmol) and DIEA (0.87 mL, 5.0 mmol) in DCM (40 mL). Thecontents of the flask were cooled below 5° C. The contents of theaddition funnel were added to the flask with rapid stirring over 3 hwhile keeping the temperature of the flask below 5° C. The additionfunnel was charged with a solution of N-β-Boc-L-α,β,-diaminopropionicacid methyl ester hydrochloride (2.55 g, 10 mmol) and DIEA (3.8 mL, 22mmol) in DCM (25 mL). This solution was added to the flask with stirringat 5° C. over 15 min, and stirred at ambient temperatures for anadditional 20 h. The reaction solution was washed consecutively with 0.1N HCl (100 mL) and water (2×100 mL), dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated togive a viscous oil (5.79 g). Flash chromatography on a 5×21 cm silicagel column (85/15 EtOAc/hexanes, followed by 100% EtOAc) gave acolorless amorphous solid. Recrystallization from toluene (85 mL) gavethe title compound as a colorless solid (2.52 g, 59%). MP: 104.5-106.5°C.; ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): 8.00-7.90 (m, 4H), 7.72-7.64 (m, 4H), 7.46-7.24 (m,5H), 5.96-5.88 (m, 1H), 5.86-5.73 (m, 1H), 5.41 (s, 1H), 5.16-5.00 (m,3H), 4.15-4.02 (m, 1H), 3.68-3.39 (m, 17H), 3.34-3.22 (m, 2H), 3.13-3.03(m, 2H), 1.80-1.62 (m, 4H), 1.39 (s, 9H); ¹³C NMR (CDCl₃): 170.2, 156.5,156.1, 143.9, 143.0, 140.4, 139.4, 136.7, 128.4, 128.1, 128.0, 127.9,127.9, 127.8, 127.3, 80.1, 70.6, 70.5, 70.2, 70.1, 70.0, 69.6, 66.5,56.1, 52.9, 43.2, 42.4, 39.3, 29.4, 28.5, 28.2; MS: m/e 868.3 [M+NH₄];High Resolution MS: Calcd for C₃₉H₅₅N₄O₁₃S₂ [M+H]: 851.3207, Found:851.3226.

Part C—Preparation of Methyl2-(((4-(4-(((3-(2-(2-(3-((Phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((1-(3-((1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazole-2-yl)amino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propanoate.

The product from Part B, above (141 mg, 0.166 mmol) was dissolved in25/75 TFA/DCM (5 mL) and allowed to react at ambient temperatures for 15min. The solution was concentrated to give a viscous amber oil. This oilwas dissolved in anhydrous DMF (3 mL) and treated with TEA until basicto pH paper. In a separate flask,1-(3-((1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazol-2-yl)amino)propyl)-1H-indazole-5-carboxylicacid (76 mg, 0.141 mmol), TEA (0.059 mL, 0.422 mmol), and HBTU (63.9 mg,0.169 mmol) were dissolved in anhydrous DMF (3 mL). The resultingsolution was stirred at ambient temperatures for 5 min and combined withthe DMF solution from the TFA deprotection. The solution wasconcentrated after 2 h to give a viscous amber oil. The oil wasdissolved in EtOAc (175 mL) and washed consecutively with water (50 mL),saturated NaHCO₃ (25 mL), and saturated NaCl (50 mL). The combinedaqueous washings were back-extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The combinedEtOAc layers were dried (MgSO₄) and concentrated to give a viscous amberoil. Purification by flash chromatography on a 2×16 cm silica gel columnusing a EtOAc/MeOH step gradient (95/5, 93/7, 85/15) gave the titlecompound as a pale yellow foamy solid (86 mg, 48%). MS: m/e 1273.4[M+H]; High Resolution MS: Calcd for C₆₈H₇₃N₈O₁₃S₂ [M+H]: 1273.4738,Found: 1273.4730.

Part D—Preparation of2-(((4-(4-(((3-(2-(2-(3-((Phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((1-(3-((1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazole-2-yl)amino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propanoicAcid

The product from Part C, above (200 mg, 0.159 mmol) was hydrolyzed in amixture of peroxide-free THF (8.0 mL), 3 N LiOH (0.80 mL), and water(1.20 mL). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperatures under anatmosphere of nitrogen for 3 h. The THF was removed under reducedpressure and the resulting yellow solution was diluted with water (15mL). The solution was adjusted to pH 5.0, and the resulting yellow pptwas extracted into DCM (4×25 mL). The combined DCM extracts were dried(MgSO₄), and concentrated to give the title compound as a yellow solid(174 mg, 88%). MS: m/e 1246.4 [M+H]; High Resolution MS: Calcd forC₆₆H₇₂N₉O₁₂S₂ [M+H]: 1246.4741, Found: 1246.4730.

Part E—Preparation of2-(((4-(4-(((3-(2-(2-(3-Aminopropoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazole-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propanoicAcid.

The product from Part D, above (154 mg, 0.124 mmol) was dissolved indegassed TFA (15 mL) and triethylsilane (0.10 mL, 0.626 mmol), andheated at 70° C. under an atmosphere of nitrogen for 1.5 h. The solutionwas concentrated and the resulting oily solid was dissolved in water (75mL) and washed with ether (2×20 mL). The combined ether washings wereback-extracted with water (10 mL). The two aqueous solutions werecombined, and lyophilized to give the title compound as a hygroscopicoff-white solid, (140 mg). MS: m/e 870.3 [M+H]; High Resolution MS:Calcd for C₃₉H₅₂N₉O₁₀S₂ [M+H]: 870.3278, Found: 870.3301.

Part F—Preparation of2-(((4-4-(((3-(2-(2-(3-((6-((1-Aza-2-(2-sulfophenyl)vinyl)amino)(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazole-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propanoicAcid.

The product from Part E, above (15 mg, 0.0137 mmol) was dissolved inanhydrous DMF (2.5 mL) and treated with TEA until basic to pH paper. Thesolution was treated with2-(2-aza-2-((5-((2,5-dioxopyrrolidinyl)carbonyl)(2-pyridyl))amino)vinyl)benzenesulfonicacid (9.0 mg, 0.020 mmol) and stirred at ambient temperatures under anitrogen atmosphere for 24 h. The DMF was removed under vacuum, and theresulting oil was dissolved in 50% ACN and purified by preparative HPLCon a Vydac C-18 column (22×250 mm) using a 2.52%/min gradient of 0 to63% ACN containing 0.1% TFA at a flow rate of 20 mL/min. The mainproduct peak eluting at 21.9 min was collected and lyophilized to givethe title compound as a colorless powder (9.0 mg, 51%). MS: m/e 1173.4[M+H]; High Resolution MS: Calcd for C₅₂H₆₁N₁₂O₁₄S₃ [M+H]: 1173.3592,Found: 1173.360.

Example 2 Synthesis of2-(2-Aza-2-((5-(N-(1,3-bis(3-(2-(2-(3-(((4-(4-(((1-carboxy-2-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)ethyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)prpyl)carbaroyl)(2-pyridyl))amino)vinyl)benzenesulfonicAcid

Part A—Preparation ofN,N′-Bis(3-(2-(2-(3-(((4-(4-(((1-carboxy-2-((1-(3-(imidazol-2ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)ethyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)-2-((tert-butoxy)carbonylamino)pentane-1,5-diamide.

The product from Example 1, Part D (44 mg, 0.04 mmol) was dissolved inanhydrous DMF (5 mL) and made basic to pH paper with TEA. This solutionwas treated with the bis-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester of Boc-Glu-OH (7.9mg, 0.018 mmol) and stirred at ambient temperatures under a nitrogenatmnosphere for 18 h. The DMF was removed under vacuum and the resultingoil was dissolved in 50% ACN and purified by preparative HPLC on a VydacC-18 column (22×250 mm) using a 2.1%/min gradient of 0 to 63% ACNcontaining 0.1% TFA at a flow rate of 20 mL/min. The peak eluting at21.1 min was collected and lyophilized to give the monomer2-((tert-butoxy)carbonylamino)-4-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(((4-(4-(((1-carboxy-2-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)ethyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)butanoicacid as a colorless solid in 82% purity A second HPLC purification usingthe above method gave 100% pure monomer (3.4 mg, 7.0%). MS: m/e 1099.5[M+H], 550.5 [M+2H].

The main peak eluting at 22.4 min was collected and lyophilized to givethe title compound as a colorless solid (11 mg, 25%). MS: m/e 1952.1[M+H]; 976.9 [M+2H]; 651.6 [M+3H]; High Resolution MS: Calcd forC₈₈H₁₁₆N₁₉O₂₄S₄: 1950.7323, Found: 1950.7340.

Part B—Preparation of2-(2-Aza-2-((5-(N-(1,3-bis(3-(2-(2-(3-(((4-(4-(((1-carboxy-2-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)ethyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propyl)carbaroyl)(2-pyridyl))amino)vinyl)benzenesulfonicAcid

The dimeric product from Part A, above (11 mg. 0.0050 mmol) wasdissolved in degassed TFA (2 mL) and stirred at ambient temperaturesunder a nitrogen atmosphere for 15 min and concentrated to a viscousamber oil. This oil was dissolved in anhydrous DMF (2 mL) and made basicwith TEA. The solution was treated with2-(2-aza-2-((5-((2,5-dioxopyrrolidinyl)carbonyl)(2-pyridyl))amino)vinyl)benzenesulfonicacid (0.024 mmol) and stirred at ambient temperatures under a nitrogenatmosphere for 56 h. The DMF was removed under vacuum, and the resultingoil was dissolved in 50% ACN and purified by preparative HPLC on a VydacC-18 column (22×250 mm) using a 2.1%/min gradient of 0 to 63% ACNcontaining 0.1% TFA at a flow rate of 20 mL/min. The main product peakeluting at 20.7 min was collected and lyophilized to give the titlecompound as a colorless powder (5 mg, 42%). MS: m/e 1077.6 [M+2H], 719.0[M+3H]; High Resolution MS: Calcd for C₉₆H₁₁₇N₂₂O₂₆S₅: 2153.7112, Found:2153.7140.

Example 3 Synthesis of2-((6-((1-Aza-2-(sulfophenyl)vinyl)amino)(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino)-4-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(((4-(4-(((1-carboxy-2-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)ethyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)butanoicAcid

The monomeric product from Example 2, Part A (3.4 mg, 0.0031 mmol) wasdissolved in TFA (1.5 mL) and allowed to react for 15 min at ambienttemperatures, and concentrated to a viscous amber oil. This oil wasdissolved in anhydrous DMF (2 mL) and made basic to pH paper with TEA.This solution was treated with2-(2-aza-2-((5-((2,5-dioxopyrrolidinyl)carbonyl)(2-pyridyl))amino)vinyl)benzenesulfonicacid (5.3 mg, 0.012 mmol) and stirred at ambient temperatures under anitrogen atmosphere for 7 days. The DMF was removed under vacuum and theresulting oil was dissolved in 50% ACN and purified by preparative HPLCon a Vydac C-18 column (22×250 mm) using a 2.1%/min gradient of 0 to 63%ACN containing 0.1% TFA at a flow rate of 20 mL/min. The main productpeak eluting at 18.1 min was collected and lyophilized to give the titlecompound as a colorless powder (1.8 mg, 41%). MS: m/e 1302.5 [M+H],651.9 [M+2H]; High Resolution MS: Calcd for C₅₇H₆₈N₁₃O₁₇S₃ [M+H]:1302.4018, Found: 1302.4030.

Example 4 Synthesis of3-((1-(3-(Imidazole-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)-2-(((4-(4-(((3-(2-(2-(3-(2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl)acetylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicAcid Bis(trifluoroacetate) Salt

Part A—Phenylmethyl2-(1,4,7,10-Tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(((tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl)methyl)cyclododecyl)acetate

A solution oftert-butyl(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7-bis(((tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl)methyl)cyclododecyl)acetate(0.922 g, 1.79 mmol), TEA (1.8 mL) and benzyl bromoacetate (0.86 mL,5.37 mnol) in anhydrous DMF (24 mL) was stirred at ambient temperaturesunder a nitrogen atmosphere for 24 h. The DMF was removed under vacuumand the resulting oil was dissolved in EtOAc (300 mL). This solution waswashed consecutively with water (2×50 mL) and saturated NaCl (50 mL),dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated to give the title compound as anamorphous solid (1.26 g). MS: m/e 663.5 [M+H].

PartB—2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(((tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl)methyl)cyclododecyl)aceticacid

The product from Part A, above (165 mg, 0.25 mmol) was hydrogenolyzedover 10% Pd on carbon (50 mg) in EtOH (15 mL) at 60 psi for 24 h. Thecatalyst was removed by filtration through filter aid and washed withEtOH. The filtrates were concentrated to give the title compound as anamorphous solid (134 mg, 94%). MS: m/e 573.5 [M+H].

Part C—Preparation of3-((1-(3-(Imidazole-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)-2-(((4-(4-(((3-(2-(2-(3-(2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(((tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl)methyl)cyclododecyl)acetylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicAcid Pentakis(trifluoroacetate) Salt

A solution of2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(((tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl)methyl)cyclododecyl)aceticacid (55 mg, 0.06 mmol), DIEA (0.063 mL, 0.36 mmol), and HBTU (17 mg,0.045 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (3 mL) was stirred under nitrogen atambient temperatures for 15 min and treated with the product of Example1, Part E. Stirring was continued 1 h and the DMF was removed undervacuum. The resulting amber oil was dissolved in 10% ACN and purified bypreparative HPLC on a Vydac C-18 column (22×250 mm) using a 2.1%/mingradient pof 0 to 63% ACN containing 0.1% TFA at a flow rate of 20mL/min. The main product peak eluting at 23.0 min was collected andlyophilized to give the title compound as a colorless, hygroscopic solid(22 mg, 37%). MS: m/e 1424.8 [M+H]; 713.2 [M+2H].

Part D—Preparation of3-((1-(3-(Imidazole-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)-2-(((4-(4-(((3-(2-(2-(3-(2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl)acetylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicAcid Bis(trifluoroacetate) Salt

The product of Part C, above, (10 mg, 0.005 mmol) and triethylsilane(0.10 mL) were dissolved in degassed TFA (2.0 mL) and heated at 50° C.under nitrogen for 1 h. The solution was concentrated under vacuum andthe resulting solid was dissolved in 7% ACN and purified by preparativeHPLC on a Vydac C-18 column (22×250 mm) using a 1.5%/min gradient of 0to 45% ACN containing 0.1% TFA at a flow rate of 20 mL/min. The mainproduct peak eluting at 19.3 min was collected and lyophilized to givethe title compound as a colorless solid (3.0 mg, 40%). MS: m/e 1256.5[M+H]; 629.0 [M+2H); 419.9 [M+3H].

The analytical HPLC methods utilized for examples 5 and 6 are describedbelow:

Instrument: HP1050 Column: Vydac C18 (4.6 × 250 mm) Detector: Diodearray detector 220 nm/500 ref Flow Rate: 1.0 mL/min. Column Temp: 50° C.Sample Size: 15 uL Mobile Phase: A: 0.1% TFA in water B: 0.1% TFA inACN/Water (9:1) Method A Gradient: Time (min) % A % B  0 80  20 20  0100 30  0 100 31 80  20 Method B Gradient: Time (min) % A % B  0 98   2 16 63.2 36.8 18 0  100   28 0  100   30 98   2 

Example 5 Synthesis of2-(6-((6-((1-Aza-2-(2-sulfophenyl)vinyl)-amino)(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino)hexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)-propanoicacid

Part A. Preparation of Methyl2-((phenylmethoxy)-carbonylamino-3-((1-3-((1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazol-2-yl)amino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propanoate

1-[3-[N-(-Triphenylmethylimidazo-2-yl)amino]propylyl]-5-carboxyindazole(0.950 g, 1.80 mmol), HBTU (0.751 g, 1.98 mmol), and methyl3-amino-2(S)-(benzyloxycarbonylamino)propionate (0.624 g, 2.16 mmol)were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL). Diisopropylethyl amine(94.1 μL, 5.40 mmmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirredunder N₂ for 18 h. The reaction mixture was then concentrated to an oilunder high vacuum. The oil was brought up in water. The water layer wasextracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine,dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to a smallvolume. Product precipitated upon addition of hexane. The product wasfiltered, washed with hexane and dried under high vacuum to give 1.6128g (117%) of product. ESMS: Calcd. for C₄₅H₄₃N₇O₅, 761.33; Found, 762.2[M+H]+1.

Analytical HPLC, Method A, R_(t)=17.00 min, Purity=90%

Part B. Preparation of2-((Phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino-3-((1-(3-((1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazol-2-yl)amino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid

Methyl2-((phenylmethoxy)-carbonylamino-3-((1-(3-((1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazol-2-yl)amino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propanoate(1.55 g, 2.03 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL). Lithiumhydroxide monohydrate (1.71 g, 40.6 mmol) was dissolved in water andadded to the reaction. The reaction was stirred overnight under N₂ for18 h. The tetrahydrofuran was removed under high vacuum. The pH of theremaining aqueous layer was adjusted to 5 with 1N HCl. The aqueous layerwas extracted with methylene chloride. The organic layer was washed withwater, brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentratedto an oil under high vacuum. The oil was recrystallized fromhexane:ethyl acetate to give 800.9 mgs (53%) of product. ESMS: Calcd.for C₄₄H₄₁N₇O₅, 747.32; Found, 748.3 [M+H]+1

Analytical HPLC, Method A, R_(t)=15.66 min, Purity=94%

Part C. Preparation of2-Amino-3-((1-(3-((1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazol-2-yl)amino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid

2-((Phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino-3-((1-(3-((1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazol-2-yl)amino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid (0.750 g, 1.00 mmol) was added to Pd/C (1.00 g) in ethanol (20 mL).The reaction was evacuated and purged with nitrogen twice. The reactionwas then evacuated and purged with hydrogen twice, and then maintainedunder an atmosphere of hydrogen for 24 h. The reaction was filteredthrough celite. The filtrate was concentrated to an oil. The oil wasrecrystallized from hexane:ethyl acetate to give 215.6 mgs (35%) ofproduct. ESMS: Calcd. for C₃₆H₃₅N₇O₃, 613.28; Found, 614.2 [M+H]+1

Analytical HPLC, Method A, R_(t)=12.26 min, Purity=90%

Part D. Preparation of2-Amino-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid

2-Amino-3-((1-(3-((1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazol-2-yl)amino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid (0.203 g, 0.331 mmol) was dissolved in trifluoroacetic acid (3 mL),and the reaction was refluxed for 1 h. The reaction was concentrated toan oil under high vacuum. The oil was triturated with ether. The productwas filtered, washed with ether, dissolved in 50/50 acetonitrile/water,and lyophilized to give 171.0 mgs (106%) of product. ESMS: Calcd. forC₁₇H₂₁N₇O₃, 371.17; Found, 372.0 [M+H]+1

Analytical HPLC, Method B, R_(t)=9.48 min, Purity=95%

Part E. Preparation of2-(6-((Tert-butoxy)-carbonylamino)hexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)-propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid

2-Amino-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid (0.050 g, 0.103 mmol) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (2mL). Triethylamine (43.1 μL, 0.309 mmol) was added and the reaction wasstirred for 5 minutes. A precipitate formed so methyl sulfoxide (1 mL)was added. Succinimidyl N-boc-6-aminohexanoate (0.0406 g, 0.124 mmol)was added and the reaction was stirred under N₂ for 18 h. The reactionwas then concentrated to an oil under high vacuum. The oil was purifiedby the following method (Preparative HPLC Method A) to give 39.9 mgs(66%) of product. ESMS: Calcd. for C₂₈H₄₀N₈O₆, 584.31; Found, 585.2[M+H]+1.

Analytical HPLC, Method B, R_(t)=18.72 min, Purity=98%

Preparative HPLC Method A: Instrument: Rainin Rabbit; Dynamax softwareColumn: Vyadac C-18 (21.2 min × 25 cm) Detector: Knauer VWM Flow Rate:15 ml/min Column Temp: RT Mobile Phase: A: 0.1% TFA in H₂O B: 0.1% TFAin ACN/H₂O (9:1) Gradient: Time (min) % A % B  0 98   2  16 63.2 36.8 180  100   28 0  100   30 98   2 

Part F. Preparation of2-(6-Aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid

2-(6-((Tert-butoxy)-carbonylamino)hexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)-propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)-propanoicacid (0.0322 g, 0.0551 mmol) was dissolved in methylene chloride (1 mL).Trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) was added, and the reaction was stirred for2 h. The reaction was concentrated to an oil under high vacuum. The oilwas triturated with ether. The product was filtered, washed with ether,dissolved in 50/50 acetonitrile/water, and lyophilized to give 29.9 mgs(91%) of product. ESMS: Calcd. for C₂₃H₃₂N₈O₄, 464.25; Found, 485.2[M+H]+1

Analytical HPLC, Method B, R_(t)=111.02 min, Purity=97%

Part G. Preparation of2-(6-((6-((1-Aza-2-(2-sulfophenyl)vinyl)amino)(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino)-hexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid

2-(6-Aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)-propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid (0.0265 g, 0.0443 mmol) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (2mL). Triethylamine (18.5 μL, 0.133 mmol) was added, and the reaction wasstirred for 5 min.2-[[[5-[[(2,5-Dioxo-1-pyrrolidinyl)oxy]carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]hydrazono]-methyl]-benzenesulfonicacid, monosodium salt (0.0234 g, 0.0532 mmol) was added, and thereaction was stirred for 4 days. The reaction was concentrated to an oilunder high vacuum. The oil was purified by Preparative HPLC Method A togive 33.7 mgs (97%) of product. HRMS: Calcd. for C₃₆H₄₁N₁₁O₈S+H,788.2938; Found, 788.2955.

Analytical HPLC, Method B, R_(t)=14.06 min, Purity=90%

Example 6 Synthesis of2-((6-((1-Aza-2-(2-sulfophenyl)vinyl)-amino)(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid

2-Amino-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid (0.025 g, 0.0515 mmol) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (2mL). Triethylamine (21.5 μL, 0.154 mmol) was added, and the reaction wasstirred for 5 min.2-[[[5-[[(2,5-Dioxo-1-pyrrolidinyl)oxy]carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]hydrazono]-methyl]-benzenesulfonicacid, monosodium salt (0.0272 g, 0.0515 mmol) was added, and thereaction was stirred under nitrogen for 18 h. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated to an oil under high vacuum. The oil was purified bypreparative HPLC using Preparative HPLC Method A to give 14.6 mgs (42%)of the desired product. ESMS: Calcd. for C₃₀H₃₀N₁₀O₇S, 674.20; Found,697.1 [M+Na]+1.

Analytical HPLC, Method B, R_(t)=13.48 min, Purity=95%

Example 7 Synthesis of[2-[[[5-[carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]hydrazono]methyl]-benzenesulfonicacid]-Glu(2-(6-Aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid)(2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid)

Part A. Preparation of Boc-Glu(OSu)-OSu

To a solution of Boc-Glu-OH (8.0 g, 32.25 mmol), N-hydroxysuccinimide(8.94 g, 77.64 mmol), and DMF (120 mL) was added1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodimide (14.88 g, 77.64 mmol). Thereaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 48 h. The mixturewas concentrated under high vacuum and the residue was brought up in 0.1N HCl and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×). The combined organicextracts were washed with water, saturated sodium bicarbonate and thensaturated sodium chloride, dried over MgSO₄, and filtered. The filtratewas concentrated in vacuo and purified via reverse-phase HPLC (Vydac C18column, 18 to 90% acetonitrile gradient containing 0.1% TFA, R_(t)=9.413min) to afford 8.5 g (60%) of the desired product as a white powder. ¹HNMR (CDCl₃): 2.98-2.70 (m, 11H), 2.65-2.25 (m, 2H), 1.55-1.40 (s, 9H);ESMS: Calculated for C₁₈H₂₃N₃O₁₀, 441.1383 Found 459.2 [M+NH₄]+1

Part B. Preparation of Glu{2-6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid}{2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid}

A solution of2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid (1 mmol), diisopropylethylamine (3 mmol), and Boc-Glu(OSu)OSu (0.5mmol) is dissolved in DMF (50 mL). The reaction mixture is stirred undernitrogen and at room temperature for 18 h. The solvents are removed invacuo and the crude material is triturated in ethyl acetate, filteredand washed with ethyl acetate. The crude product thus obtained isdissolved in 50 mL of 50% TFA/DCM and the reaction mixture is stirredfor 3 h at room temperature under nitrogen. TFA and DCM is then removedin vacuo and the title compound isolated and purified by preparativeRP-HPLC.

Part C. Preparation of[2-[[[5-[carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]hydrazono]methyl]-benzenesulfonicacid]-Glu(2-(6-Aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid)(2-(6-Aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid)

Glu(2-(6-Aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(11H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid)(2-(6-Aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid) (0.0481 mmol) is dissolved in DMF (2 mL). Triethylamine (20.1 μL,0.144 mmol) is added, and after 5 min of stirring2-[[[5-[[(2,5-dioxo-1-pyrrolidinyl)oxy]carbonyl]-2-pyridinyllhydrazono]-methyl]-benzenesulfonicacid, monosodium salt (0.0254 g, 0.0577 mmol) is added. The reactionmixture is stirred for 20 h and then concentrated to an oil under highvacuum. The oil is purified by preparative RP-HPLC to obtain the desiredproduct.

Example 8 Synthesis of[2-[[[5-[carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]hydrazono]methyl]-benzenesulfonicacid]-Glu-bis-[Glu(2-(6-Aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid)(2-(6-Aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid)]

Part A. Preparation ofGlu-Bis[Glu{2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid}{2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid}]

A solution ofGlu{2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid}{2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid} (1 mmol), diisopropylethylamine (3 mmol), and Boc-Glu(OSu)OSu (0.5mmol) is dissolved in DMF (50 mL). The reaction mixture is stirred undernitrogen and at room temperature for 18 h. The solvents are removed invacuo and the crude material is triturated in ethyl acetate, filteredand washed with ethyl acetate. The crude product thus obtained isdissolved in 50 mL of 50% TFA/DCM and the reaction mixture is stirredfor 3 h at room temperature under nitrogen. TFA and DCM is then removedin vacuo and the title compound isolated and purified by preparativeRP-HPLC.

Part B: Preparation of[2-[[[5-[carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]hydrazono]methyl]-benzenesulfonicacid]-Glu-bis-[Glu(2-(6-Aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid)(2-(6-Aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid)]

Glu-bis-[Glu{2-(6-aminohexanoylamino-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid}{2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid}] (0.0481 mmol) is dissolved in DMF (2 mL). Triethylamine (20.1 μL,0.144 mmol) is added, and after 5 min of stirring2-[[[5-[[(2,5-dioxo-1-pyrrolidinyl)oxy]carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]hydrazono]-methyl]-benzenesulfonicacid, monosodium salt (0.0254 g, 0.0577 mmol) is added. The reactionmixture is stirred for 20 h and then concentrated to an oil under highvacuum. The oil is purified by preparative RP-HPLC to obtain the desiredproduct.

Example 9 Synthesis of of2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)-1-cyclododecyl)acetyl-{2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid}

Part A. Preparation of2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(t-butoxycarbonylmethyl)-1-cyclododecyl)acetyl-{2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid}

To a solution oftris(t-butyl)-1,4,7,10-tetra-azacyclododecane-1,4,7,10-tetraacetic acid(28 mg, 0.049 mmol) and Hunig's base (14 μL) in DMF (2 mL) is added HBTU(17 mg, 0.0456 mmol) and the mixture is stirred for 5 min. To this isadded a solution of2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid (0.0326 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) and the reaction mixture is allowed tostir under nitrogen at room temperature for 4 h. The solvent is removedin vacuo and the residue is purified by preparative RP-HPLC to obtainthe product as a lyophilized solid.

Part B. Preparation of2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)-1-cyclododecyl)acetyl-{2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid}

A solution of2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(t-butoxycarbonylmethyl)-1-cyclododecyl)acetyl-2-6-Aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid (8.71 mmol) in TFA (3 mL) is stirred at room temperature undernitrogen for 5 h. The solution is concentrated in vacuo and the residueis purified by preparative RP-HPLC to obtain the desired product as thelyophilized solid.

Example 10 Synthesis of2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)-1-cyclododecyl)acetyl-Glu{2-(6-Aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid}{2-(6-Aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid}

Part A. Preparation of2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(t-butoxycarbonylmnethyl)-1-cyclododecyl)acetyl-Glu{2-(6-Aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid}{2-(6-Aminohcxanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid}

To a solution oftris(t-butyl)-1,4,7,10-tetra-azacyclododecane-1,4,7,10-tetraacetic acid(28 mg, 0.049 mmol) and Hunig's base (14 μL) in DMF (2 mL) is added HBTU(17 mg, 0.0456 mmol) and the mixture is stirred for 5 min. To this isadded a solution ofGlu{2-(6-Aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid}{2-(6-Aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid} (0.0326 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) and the reaction mixture is allowed tostir under nitrogen at room temperature for 4 h. The solvent is removedin vacuo and the residue is purified by preparative RP-HPLC to obtainthe product as a lyophilized solid.

Part B. Preparation of2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)-1-cyclododecyl)acetyl-Glu{2-(6-Aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid}{2-(6-Aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid).

A solution of2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(t-butoxycarbonylmethyl)-1-cyclododecyl)acetyl-Glu{2-(6-Aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid}{2-(6-Aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid} (8.71 mmol) in TFA (3 mL) is stirred at room temperature undernitrogen for 5 h. The solution is concentrated in vacuo and the residueis purified by preparative RP-HPLC to obtain the desired product as thelyophilized solid.

Example 11 Synthesis ofDOTA/N,N′-Bis(3-(2-(2-(3-(((4-(4-(((1-carboxy-2-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)ethyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)-2-(amino)pentane-1,5-diamideTris(trifluoroacetate) Salt Conjugate

Part A—Preparation of DOTA Tris-t-ButylEster/N,N′-Bis(3-(2-(2-(3-(((4-(4-(((1-carboxy-2-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)ethyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)-2-(amino)pentane-1,5-diamideHexakis(trifluoroacetate) Salt Conjugate

A solution of the product from Example 2, Part A in degassed TFA isallowed to stand at ambient temperatures under nitrogen for 15 min. Thesolution is concentrated and the resulting oil is dissolved in 50% ACN.The TFA salt is converted to the free base by treatment with an ionexchange resin such as Bio-Rad AG-3X⁴A, hydroxide form, until the pH ofthe solution is raised to 6.5. The resin is removed by filtration andthe filtrate is lyophilized to give the free base of the deprotecteddimer.

A solution of DOTA tris-t-butyl ester and DIEA in anhydrous DMF aretreated with HBTU and allowed to react 15 min at ambient temperaturesunder nitrogen. The deprotected dimer from above is added to thissolution and stirring is continued at ambient temperatures undernitrogen for 18 h. The DMF is removed under vacuum and the resulting oilis purified by preparative HPLC on a C18 column using a water:ACN:0.1%TFA gradient. The product fraction is lyophilized to give the titlecompound.

Part B—Preparation ofDOTA/N,N′-Bis(3-2-(2-(3-(((4-(4-(((1-carboxy-2-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)ethyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)-2-(amino)pentane-1,5-diamideTris(trifluoroacetate) Salt Conjugate

The product of Part A, above, and Et₃SiH are dissolved in degassed TFAand heated at 50° C. under nitrogen for 1 h. The solution isconcentrated and the resulting residue is purified by preparative HPLCon a C18 column using a water:ACN:0.1% TFA gradient. The productfraction is lyophilized to give the title compound.

Example 12 Synthesis ofDOTA/2-Amino-4-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(((4-(4-(((1-carboxy-2-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)ethyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)butanoicAcid Bis(trifluoroacetate) Salt

The title compound is prepared by the procedure described for Example 11by substituting the monomeric product of Example 2, Part A for thedimeric product of Example 2, Part A.

Example 13 Synthesis ofDOTA/2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-Amino-3-sulfopropyl)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propionicAcid Bis(trifluoroacetate) Salt Conjugate

Part A—Ethyl 4-(3,5-Dimethylphenoxy)butanoate

Sodium metal (17.12 g, 0.744 mol) was added to anhydrous EtOH (350 mL)and stirred until dissolved. 3,5-Dimethylphenol was added and thesolution was stirred 15 min at ambient temperatures. Ethyl4-bromoacetate (58.7 mL, 0.41 mol) was added and the solution wasstirred at ambient temperatures under a nitrogen atmosphere for 28 h.The EtOH was removed under vacuum and the oily solid was partitionedbetween water (1 L) and EtOAc (500 mL). The aqueous layer was extractedwith additional EtOAc (500 mL). The combined EtOAc extracts were washedconsecutively with saturated NaHCO₃ (300 mL) and saturated NaCl (300mL), dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated to give an amber liquid. Thisliquid was vacuum fractional distilled through a 15 cm Vigreux column.The main fraction was collected from 91-117° C./6 mm Hg to gave thetitle compound as a colorless liquid (77.77 g, 89%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃):6.59 (s, 1H), 6.52 (s, 2H), 4.16 (q, J−7.16 Hz, 2H), 3.98 (t, J=6.14 Hz,2H), 2.49 (t, J=7.34 Hz, 2H), 2.28 (s, 6H), 2.11-2.07 (m, 2H), 1.26 (t,J=7.16 Hz, 3H); Anal. calcd for C₁₄H₂₀O₃: C, 71.16; H, 8.53, Found: C,71.35; H, 8.59.

Part B—4-(3,5-Dimethylphenoxy)butanoic Acid

The product of part A, above (75.52 g, 0.320 mol) and KOH pellets (38.5g, 0.584 mol) were dissolved in absolute EtOH (1.50 L) and heated atreflux for 3 h. The solution was concentrated to a colorless solid,which was taken up in water (2.0 L) and washed with ether (2×750 mL).The aqueous layer was adjusted to pH 1 with concd HCl (55 mL) and theresulting oily ppt was extracted into EtOAc (2×500 mL). The combinedEtOAc extracts were washed consecutively with water (300 mL) andsaturated NaCl, dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated to give a colorlesssolid (64.13 g). Recrystallization from hexanes (500 mL) gave the titlecompound as a colorless solid (59.51 g, 89%). MP: 66-68.5° C.; ¹H NMR(CDCl₃): 11.70 (bs, 1H), 6.59 (s, 1H), 6.52 (s, 2H), 3.99 (t, J=6.06 Hz,2H), 2.57 (t, J=7.29 Hz, 2H), 2.28 (s, 6H), 2.12-2.08 (m, 2H); Anal.calcd for C₁₂H₁₆O₃: C, 69.21; H, 7.74, Found: C, 69.23; H, 7.40.

Part C—4-(4-(Chlorosulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy)butanoic Acid

A solution of the product of Part B, above (20.8 g, 0.100 mol) in CHCl₃(100 mL) was cooled to 0° C. and treated with chlorosulfonic acid (36mL, 0.54 mol) dropwise and with rapid stirring while keeping thetemperature of the reaction at 0° C. The resulting gelatinous mixturewas stirred an additional 10 min and poured onto an ice/water mixture(600 mL). The resulting solid ppt was collected by filtration, washedwith water (3×75 mL), and dried under vacuum to give a colorless solid(12.52 g). MP: 114-115° C. (with decomp); ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): 13.84 (bs,1H), 6.50 (s, 2H), 3.91 (t, J=6.48 Hz, 2H), 2.48 (s, 6H), 2.32 (t,J=7.32 Hz, 2H), 1.89-1.84 (m, 2H); IR (KBr cm⁻¹): 1705 (s), 1370 (s),1175 (s); MS: m/e 305.1 [M−H].

PartD—4-(4-(((2-((tert-Butoxy)carbonylamino)-1-(methoxycarbonyl)ethyl)amino)sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy)butanoicAcid

A solution of N-β-Boc-L-α,β,-diaminopropionic acid methyl esterhydrochloride (568 mg, 2.10 mmol) and DIEA (0.73 mL, 4.2 mmol) in DCM (5mL) was cooled to 0° C. and treated with a suspension of the product ofPart C, above (656 mg, 2.10 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) in small portions overa 15 min period. The reaction was stirred at ambient temperatures undera nitrogen atmosphere for 18 h. The reaction was diluted with DCM (100mL) and washed with water (3×75 mL). The organic phase was dried(MgSO₄), and concentrated to give crude product (698 mg), which waspurified by preparative HPLC on a Vydac C-18 column (50×250 mm) using a0.96%/min gradient of 18 to 58.5% ACN containing 0.1% TFA at a flow rateof 80 mL/min. The main product fraction eluting at 23.8 min wascollected adjusted to pH 3, partially concentrated to remove ACN, andextracted with DCM (2×100 mL). The DCM extracts were dried (MgSO₄) andconcentrated to give the title compound as a colorless solid (297 mg,29%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 6.61 (s, 2H), 5.66 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 4.90 (s,1H), 4.03 (bs, 2H), 3.86 (bs, 1H), 3.59 (s, 3H), 3.49 (bs, 2H), 2.62 (s,6H), 2.58-2.51 (m, 2H), 2.18-2.07 (m, 2H), 1.41 (s, 9H); MS: m/e 489.4[M+H]; High Resolution MS: Calcd for C₂₁H₃₃N₂O₉S [M+Na]: 511.1726,Found: 511.1747; Anal. calcd for C₂₁H₃₂N₂O₉S: C, 51.62; H, 6.61; N,5.74, Found: C, 51.47; H, 6.27; N, 5.48.

Part E—Methyl3-((tert-Butoxy)carbonylamino)-2-(((2,6-dimethyl-4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-((phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoate

A solution of the product from Part D, above (233 mg, 0.477 mmol), theproduct of Example 1, Part A (190 mg, 0.536 mmol), TEA (0.2 mL, 1.43mmol), and HBTU (226 mg, 0.701 mmmol) in anhydrous DMF (8 mL) wasstirred at ambient temperatures under a nitrogen atmosphere for 1 h. TheDMF was removed under vacuum and the oily residue was taken up in EtOAc(50 mL) and washed consecutively with 0.1 N HCl (35 mL), water (35 mL),and saturated NaCl (35 mL), dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated to givecrude product as a yellow viscous oil. Flash chromatography on a 3×18 cmsilica gel column (EtOAc/MeOH, 95/5) gave the title compound as acolorless viscous oil (393 mg, 100%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 7.34-7.28 (m,5H), 6.60 (s, 2H), 6.26 (bs, 1H), 5.67 (bs, 1H), 5.29 (bs, 1H), 5.08 (s,2H), 4.88 (bs, 1H), 3.99 (t, J=6.1 Hz, 2H), 3.88-3.84 (m, 1H), 3.62-3.40(m, 17H), 3.37-3.26 (m, 4H), 2.62 (s, 6H), 2.32 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.08(t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 1.79-1.70 (m, 4H), 1.41 (s, 9H); MS: m/e 825.5 [M+H];High Resolution MS: Calcd for C₃₉H₆₁N₄O₁₃S [M+H]: 825.3955, Found:825.3940.

Part F—Methyl3-Amino-2-(((2,6-dimethyl-4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-((phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoate

The product of Part E, above (750 mg, 0.91 mmol) was dissolved in 4 MHCl/dioxane (25 mL) and stirred at ambient temperatures for 1 h. Thesolution was diluted with ether (500 mL) and the resulting gummy ppt wastriturated with fresh ether (2×250 mL). The gummy solid was dissolved inwater (100 mL) and adjusted to pH 9 with NaHCO₃, causing an oily ppt toform. This ppt was extracted into DCM (2×75 mL). The DCM extracts weredried (MgSO₄) and concentrated to give the title compound as a colorlessoil (386 mg, 56%). MS: m/e 725.5 [M+H].

Part G—Preparation of Methyl2-(((2,6Dimethyl-4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-((phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((1-(3-((1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazol-2-yl)amino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propionate

A solution of1-(3-((1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazol-2-yl)amino)propyl)-1H-indazole-5-carboxylicacid, methyl3-amino-2-(((2,6-dimethyl-4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-((phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoate,DIEA, and HBTU in anhydrous DMF are stirred at ambient temperaturesunder nitrogen for 4 h. The DMF is removed under vacuum and theresulting residue is dissolved in EtOAc and washed with water, saturatedNaHCO3, and saturated NaCl. The EtOAc layer is dried (MgSO₄) andconcentrated to dryness. The crude product is purified by flashchromatography on silica gel using EtOAc/MeOH.

Part H—Preparation of2-(((4-3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-((tert-Butoxy)carbonylamino)-3-sulfopropyl)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propionicAcid Trifluoroacetate Salt

The product from Part G, above is hydrolyzed in a mixture ofperoxide-free THF, water, and 3 N LiOH at ambient temperatures undernitrogen for 6 h. The THF is removed under vacuum and the resultingmixture is diluted with water and adjusted to pH 3 using 0.1 N HCl. Themixture is extracted with EtOAc, and the combined extracts are dried(MgSO₄) and concentrated.

A solution of the hydrolysis product from above and Et₃SiH in degassedTFA is heated at 70° C. under nitrogen for 1 h. The solution isconcentrated and the resulting residue is dissolved in 50% ACN. The TFAsalt is converted to the free base by treatment with an ion exchangeresin such as Bio-Rad AG-3X4A, hydroxide form, until the pH of thesolution is raised to 6.5. The resin is removed by filtration and thefiltrate is lyophilized to give the free base.

The above material is dissolved in anhydrous DMF, and treated with theN-hydroxysuccinimide ester of Boc-cysteic acid (as described in LiebigsAnn. Chem. 1979, 776-783) and DIEA. The solution is stirred at ambienttemperatures under nitrogen for 18 h, and the DMF is removed undervacuum. The resulting residue is purified by preparative HPLC on a C18column using a water:ACN:0.1% TFA gradient. The product fraction islyophilized to give the title compound.

Part I—Preparation of DOTA Tri-t-butylEster/2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-Amino-3-sulfopropyl)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propionicAcid Pentakis(trifluoroacetate) Salt Conjugate

The product of Part H, above is dissolved in degassed TFA and stirred atambient temperatures for 15 min. The solution is concentrated undervacuum, and the resulting residue is dissolved in 50% ACN andlyophilized to remove the last traces of TFA.

In a separate flask, a solution of DOTA tris-t-butyl ester and DIEA inanhydrous DMF are treated with HBTU and allowed to react 15 min atambient temperatures under nitrogen. The deprotected product from aboveis added to this solution and stirring is continued at ambienttemperatures under nitrogen for 18 h. The DMF is removed under vacuumand the resulting residue is purified by preparative HPLC on a C18column using a water:ACN:0.1% TFA gradient. The product fraction islyophilized to give the title compound.

Part J—Preparation ofDOTA/2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-2-(3-(2-Amino-3-sulfopropyl)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propionicAcid Bis(trifluoroacetate) Salt Conjugate

The product of Part I, above, and Et₃SiH are dissolved in degassed TFAand heated at 50° C. under nitrogen for 1 h. The solution isconcentrated and the resulting residue is purified by preparative HPLCon a C18 column using a water:ACN:0.1% TFA gradient. The productfraction is lyophilized to give the title compound.

Example 14 Synthesis ofDOTA/2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-Amino-3-(4-(phosphonooxy)phenyl)propanoylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propionicAcid Trifluoroacetate Salt Conjugate

The title compound is prepared by the procedure described for Example 13by substituting Boc-Tyr(PO₃H₂)-OSu for Boc-Cys(O₃H)-OSu.

Example 15 Synthesis ofDOTA/2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-Amino-3-(4-(sulfooxy)phenyl)propanoylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbanoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propionicAcid Trifluoroacetate Salt Conjugate

The title compound is prepared by the procedure described for Example 13by substituting Boc-Tyr(SO₃H)-OSu for Boc-Cys(O₃H)-OSu.

Example 16 Synthesis ofDOTA/2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-Amino-4-(N-(ethyl-3,6-O-disulfo-β-D-galactopyranosyl)carbamoyl)butanoylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propionicAcid Conjugate

Part A—Preparation ofBoc-Glu(aminoethyl-3,6-O-disulfo-β-D-galactopyranosyl)-OSu

A solution of Boc-Glu-OMe,aminoethyl-3,6-O-disulfo-.-D-galactopyranoside (as described in Tet.Lett. 1997, 53, 11937-11952), DIEA, and HBTU in anhydrous DMF is stirredat ambient temperatures under nitrogen for 18 h. The DMF is removedunder vacuum and the resulting residue is hydrolyzed using aqueous NaOH.The reaction solution is adjusted to pH 7 and purified by preparativeanion exchange chromatography using a resin such as DEAE Cellulose and aEt₃NH₂CO₃ gradient. The product fraction is treated with a cationexchange resin, sodium form, to give the intermediate carboxylic acid asthe sodium salt.

The above compound, N-hydroxysuccinimide, and DCC are dissolved inanhydrous DMF and stirred at ambient temperatures under nitrogen for 18h. The DMF is removed under vacuum and the resulting residue is purifiedby preparative anion exchange chromatography as above to give the titlecompound as the triethylammonium salt.

Part B—Preparation ofDOTA/2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-Amino-4-(N-(ethyl-3,6-O-disulfo-β-D-galactopyranosyl)carbamoyl)butanoylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propionicAcid Conjugate

The title compound is prepared by the procedure described for Example 13by substitutingBoc-Glu(aminoethyl-3,6-O-disulfo-β-D-galactopyranosyl)-OSu forBoc-Cys(O₃H)-OSu.

Example 17 Synthesis ofDOTA/2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-Amino-4-(N-(6-deoxy-β-cyclodextryl)carbamoyl)butanoylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propionicAcid Bis(trifluoroacetate) Conjugate

Part A—Preparation of Boc-Glu(6-amino-6-deoxy-β-cyclodextryl)-OMe

A solution of Boc-Glu-OMe, 6-amino-6-deoxy-β-cyclodextrin (as describedin J. Org. Chem. 1996, 61, 903-908), DIEA, and HBTU in anhydrous DMF isstirred at ambient temperatures under nitrogen for 18 h. The DMF isremoved under vacuum and the resulting residue is purified bypreparative HPLC on a C18 column using a water:ACN:0.1% TFA gradient.The product fraction is lyophilized to give the title compound.

Part B—Preparation of Boc-Glu(6-amino-6-deoxy-β-cyclodextryl)-OSu

The product of Part A, above, is hydrolyzed by stirring in a mixture ofLiOH, THF, and water at ambient temperatures under nitrogen for 4 h. TheTHF is removed under vacuum and the resulting mixture is diluted withwater and adjusted to pH 3 using 0.1 N HCl. The mixture is extractedwith EtOAc, and the combined extracts are dried (MgSO₄) andconcentrated. The resulting material is dissolved in anhydrous DMF alongwith N-hydroxysuccinimide, and DCC, and stirred at ambient temperaturesunder nitrogen for 18 h. The DMF is removed under vacuum and theresulting residue is purified by preparative HPLC on a C18 column usinga water:ACN:0.1% TFA gradient. The product fraction is lyophilized togive the title compound.

Part C—Preparation ofDOTA/2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-Amino-4-(N-(6-deoxy-β-cyclodextryl)carbamoyl)butanoylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propionicAcid Bis(trifluoroacetate) Conjugate

The title compound is prepared by the procedure described for Example 13by substituting Boc-Glu(6-amino-6-deoxy-β-cyclodextryl)-OSu forBoc-Cys(O₃H)-OSu.

Example 18 Synthesis ofDOTA/2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-2-Amino-4-(N-((ω-methoxypolyethylene(5,000)glycoxyethyl)carbamoyl)butanoylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propionicAcid Bis(trifluoroacetate) Conjugate

Part A—Preparation of Boc-Glu(amino-ω-methoxypolyethylene glycol)-OMe

A solution of Boc-Glu-OMe, amino-ω-methoxypolyethylene glycol,(MW=5,000), DIEA, and HBTU in anhydrous DMF is stirred at ambienttemperatures under nitrogen for 18 h. The DMF is removed under vacuumand the resulting residue is purified by preparative HPLC on a C18column using a water:ACN:0.1% TFA gradient. The product fraction islyophilized to give the title compound.

Part B—Preparation of Boc-Glu(amino-ω-methoxypolyethylene glycol)-OSu

The product of Part A, above, is hydrolyzed by stirring in a mixture ofLiOH, THF, and water at ambient temperatures under nitrogen for 4 h. TheTHF is removed under vacuum and the resulting solution is adjusted to pH7 using 0.1 N HCl. The solution is desalted using a Sephadex PD-10desalting column and the product eluant is lyophilized. The resultingmaterial is dissolved in anhydrous DMF along with N-hydroxysuccinimide,and DCC, and stirred at ambient temperatures under nitrogen for 18 h.The DMF is removed under vacuum and the resulting residue is purified bypreparative HPLC on a C18 column using a water:ACN:0.1% TFA gradient.The product fraction is lyophilized to give the title compound.

Part C—Preparation ofDOTA/2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-Amino-4-(N-(ω-methoxypolyethylene(5,000)glycoxyethyl)carbamoyl)butanoylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propionicAcid Bis(trifluoroacetate) Salt Conjugate

The title compound is prepared by the procedure described for Example 13by substituting Boc-Glu(amino-ω-methoxypolyethylene glycol)-OSu forBoc-Cys(O₃H)-OSu.

Example 19 Synthesis of2-(((4-(3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-(1,4,7,10-Tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecylacetylamino)-6-aminohexanoylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((1-(3-imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propionicAcid Tris(trifluoroacetate) Salt

The title compound is prepared by the procedure described for Example 13by substituting Boc-Lys(Cbz)-OSu for Boc-Cys(O₃H)-OSu.

Example 20 Synthesis of theDOTA/2-(((4-3-(N-(3-(2-(2-(3-(2-Amino-6-(2-(bis(phosphonomethyl)amino)acetylamino)hexanolylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)carbamoyl)propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl)amino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propionicAcid Trifluoroacetate Salt Conjugate

A solution of bis(phosphonomethyl)glycine, DIBA, and HBTU in anhydrousDMF is stirred at ambient temperatures under nitrogen for 15 min, andtreated with the product of Example 19. Stirring is continued for 18 hand the DMF is removed under vacuum. The resulting residue is purifiedby ion exchange chromatography.

Example 21 Synthesis of DTPA adduct of2-(6-Aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid

To a solution of DTPA dianhydride (3 mmol), triethylamine (3 mmol) inDMF 20 mL is added a solution of2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid (1 mmol) in DMF 5 mL dropwise. The reaction mixture is stirred for18 h at room temperature under nitrogen, the volatiles are removed andthe title compound is obtained after purification and isolation usingpreparative RP-HPLC.

The following procedure describe the synthesis of radiopharmaceuticalsof the present invention of the formula^(99m)Tc(VnA)(tricine)(phosphine), in which (VnA) represents avitronectin receptor antagonist compound of the present invention bondedto the Tc through a diazenido (—N═N—) or hydrazido (═N—NH—) moiety. Thediazenido or hydrazido moiety results from the reaction of thehydrazinonicotinamido group, present either as the free hydrazine orprotected as a hydrazone, with the Tc-99m. The other two ligands in theTc coordination sphere are tricine and a phosphine.

Examples 22-26 Synthesis of Complexes[^(99m)Tc(HYNIC-VnA)(tricine)(TPPTS)]

To a lyophilized vial containing 4.84 mg TPPTS, 6.3 mg tricine, 40 mgmannitol, succinic acid buffer, pH 4.8, and 0.1% Pluronic F-64surfactant, was added 1.1 mL sterile water for injection, 0.2 mL (20 μg)of the appropriate HYNIC-conjugated vitronectin antagonist (VnA) indeionized water or 50% aqueous ethanol, and 0.2 mL of ^(99m)TcO₄ ⁻ (50±5mCi) in saline. The reconstituted kit was heated in a 100° C. water bathfor 15 minutes, and was allowed to cool 10 minutes at room temperature.A sample of the reaction mixture was analyzed by HPLC. The RCP resultsare listed in the table 1.

TABLE 1 Analytical and Yield Data for ^(99m)Tc(VnA) (tricine) (TPPTS)Complexes Ret. Time Example No. Reagent No. (min) % Yield 22 1 18.6*  5023 2 13.2** 55 24 3 17.0** 71 25 5  10.3*** 72 26 6 7.2* 64 *The HPLCmethod using a reverse phase C₁₈ Zorbax column (4.6 mm × 25 cm, 80 Åpore size) at a flow rate of 1.0 mL/min with a gradient mobile phasefrom 100% A (10 mM pH 6.0 phosphate buffer) to 75% B (acetonitrile) at20 min. **The HPLC method using a reverse phase C₁₈ Zorbax column (4.6mm × 25 cm, 80 Å pore size) at a flow rate of 1.0 mL/min with a gradientmobile phase from 100% A (10 mM pH 6.0 phosphate buffer) to 50% B(acetonitrile) at 20 min. ***The HPLC method using a reverse phase C₁₈Zorbax column (4.6 mm × 25 cm, 80 Å pore size) at a flow rate of 1.0mL/min with a gradient mobile phase from 100% A (10 mM pH 6.0 phosphatebuffer) to 25% B (acetonitrile) at 20 min.

Example 27 Synthesis of the ¹⁷⁷Lu Complex of3-((1-(3-(Imidazole-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)-2-(((4-(4-(((3-(2-(2-3-(2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl)acetylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicAcid

To a clean sealed 5 mL vial was added 0.5 mL of a solution of theconjugate of Example 4 (200 μg/mL in 0.5 M ammonium acetate buffer, pH6.9), followed by 0.05 mL of gentisic acid (sodium salt, 10 mg/mL in 0.5M ammonium acetate buffer, pH 6.9) solution, 0.3 mL of 0.25 M ammoniumacetate buffer (pH 7.0), and 0.010 mL of 177LuCl₃ solution (1000 mCi/mL)in 0.05 N HCl. The resulting mixture was heated at 100 C for 30 min.After cooling to room temperature, a sample of the resulting solutionwas analyzed by radio-HFLC and ITLC. The radiolabeling yield was 80%,and the retention time was 18.0 min.

HPLC Method Column: Zorbax C18, 25 cm × 4.6 mm Flow rate: 1.0 mL/minSolvent A: 25 mM sodium phosphate buffer, pH 6.0 Solvent B: 100% CH3CN t(min)  0 20 21 25 26 32 % Solvent B 15 20 60 60 15 15

The instant thin layer chromatography (ITLC) method used Gelman Sciencessilica-gel strips and a 1:1 mixture of acetone and saline as eluant.

Example 28 Synthesis of the ⁹⁰Y Complex of3-((1-(3-(Imidazole-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)-2-(((4-(4-(((3-(2-(2-(3-(2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl)acetylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicAcid

To a clean sealed 5 mL vial was added 0.5 mL of a solution of theconjugate of Example 4 (200 μg/mL in 0.5 M ammonium acetate buffer, pH6.9), followed by 0.05 mL of gentisic acid (sodium salt, 10 mg/mL in 0.5M ammonium acetate buffer, pH 6.9) solution, 0.3 mL of 0.25 M ammoniumacetate buffer (pH 7.0), and 0.010 mL of ⁹⁰YCl₃ solution (1000 mCi/mL)in 0.05 N HCl. The resulting mixture was heated at 100 C for 30 min.After cooling to room temperature, a sample of the resulting solutionwas analyzed by radio-HPLC and ITLC. The radiolabeling yield was 85%,and the retention time was 18.2 min.

HPLC Method Column: Zorbax C18, 25 cm × 4.6 mm Flow rate: 1.0 mL/minSolvent A: 25 mM sodium phosphate buffer, pH 6.0 Solvent B: 100% CH3CN t(min)  0 20 21 25 26 32 % Solvent B 15 20 60 60 15 15

The instant thin layer chromatography (ITLC) method used Gelman Sciencessilica-gel strips and a 1:1 mixture of acetone and saline as eluant.

Example 29 Synthesis of the ¹¹¹In Complex of3-((1-3-(Imidazole-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)-2-(((4-(4-(((3-(2-(2-(3-(2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl)acetylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicAcid

To a lead shielded and closed autosampler vial was added: 80 μg of theconjugate of Example 4 dissolved in 160 μL 0.4 M ammonium acetate at pH4.7 and 3 mCi In-111-chloride in 12.5 μL 0.05 N HCl. The solution washeated at 100° C. for 35-40 minutes. After cooling to room temperature,a sample of the resulting solution was analyzed by radio-HPLC and ITLC.The radiolabeling yield was 95%, and the retention time was 9.5 min.

HPLC Method Column: Zorbax C18, 25 cm × 4.6 mm Flow rate: 1.0 mL/minSolvent A: 25 mM sodium phosphate buffer, pH 6.0 Solvent B: 100% CH3CN t(min)  0 25 26 30 31 37 % Solvent B 16 18 60 60 16 16

The instant thin layer chromatography (ITLC) method used Gelman Sciencessilica-gel strips and a 1:1 mixture of acetone and saline as eluant.

Example 30 Synthesis of the Gd Complex of3-((1-(3-(Imidazole-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)-2-(((4-(4-(((3-(2-(2-(3-(2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl)acetylamino)propoxy)ethoxy)ethoxy)propyl)amino)sulfonyl)phenyl)phenyl)sulfonyl)amino)propanoicAcid

The gadolinium complex ofthe conjugate of Example 4 is preparedaccording to the following procedure. 3-3.5 mg of the conjugate isdissolved in 2 mL 1 M ammonium acetate buffer at pH 7.0, and oneequivalent Gd(NO₃)₃ solution (0.02 M in water) is added to it. Thereaction mixture is heated at 100 C for 30 minutes and the product isisolated by preparative HPLC. The fraction containing the complex islyophilized. The identity of the complex is confirmed by massspectroscopy.

The following examples describe the synthesis of ultrasound contrastagents of the present invention.

Example 31

Part A Synthesis of1-(1,2-Dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamino)-12-(2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid)-dodecane-1,12-dione

A solution of disuccinimidyl dodecane-1,12-dioate (0.424 g, 1 mmol),1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine (1.489 g, 1 mmol) and2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid TFA salt (1 mmol) in 25 ml chloroform is stirred for 5 min. Sodiumcarbonate (1 mmol) and sodium sulfate (1 mmol) are added and thesolution is stirred at room temperature under nitrogen for 18 h. DMF isremoved in vacuo and the crude product is purified to obtain the titlecompound.

Part B Preparation of Contrast Agent Composition

The1-(1,2-Dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamino)-12-(2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid)-dodecane-1,12-dione is admixed with three other lipids,1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphotidic acid,1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphatidylcholine, andN-(methoxypolyethylene glycol 5000carbamoyl)-1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphatidylethanolamine inrelative amounts of 1 wt. %:6 wt. %:54 wt. %:41 wt. %. An aqueoussolution of this lipid admixture (1 mg/mL), sodium chloride (7 mg/mL),glycerin (0.1 mL/mL), propylene glycol (0.1 mL/mL), at pH 6-7 is thenprepared in a 2 cc glass vial. The air in the vial is evacuated andreplaced with perfluoropropane and the vial is sealed. The ultrasoundcontrast agent composition is completed by agitating the sealed vial ina dental amalgamator for 30-45 sec. to form a milky white solution.

Example 32

Part A. Preparation of Preparation of(ω-amino-PEG₃₄₀₀-α-carbonyl)-2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid

To a solution of N-Boc-ω-amino-PEG₃₄₀₀-α-carboxylate sucinimidyl ester(1 mmol) and2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid (1 mmol) in DMF (25 mL) is added triethylamine (3 mmol). Thereaction mixture is stirred under nitrogen at room temperature overnightand the solvent is removed in vacuo. The crude product is dissolved in50% trifluoroacetic acid/dichloromethane and is stirred for 4 h. Thevolatiles are removed and the title compound is isolated as the TFA saltvia trituation in diethyl ether.

Part B. Preparation of1-(1,2-Dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamino)-12-((ω-amino-PEG₃₄₀₀-α-carbonyl)-(2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid))-dodecane-1,12-dione

A solution of disuccinimidyl dodecane-1,12-dioate (1 mmol),1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine (1 mmol) and(ω-amino-PEG₃₄₀₀-α-carbonyl)-cyclo(Arg-Gly-Asp-D-Phe-Lys) TFA salt (1mmol) in 25 ml chloroform is stirred for 5 min. Sodium carbonate (1mmol) and sodium sulfate (1 mmol) are added and the solution is stirredat room temperature under nitrogen for 18 h. DMF is removed in vacuo andthe crude product is purified to obtain the title compound.

Part C Preparation of Contrast Agent Composition

The1-(1,2-Dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamino)-12-((ω-amino-PEG₃₄₀₀-α-carbonyl)-(2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid))-dodecane-1,12-dione is admixed with three other lipids,1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphotidic acid,1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphatidylcholine, andN-(methoxypolyethylene glycol 5000carbamoyl)-1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphatidylethanolamine inrelative amounts of 1 wt. %:6 wt. %:54 wt. %:41 wt. %. An aqueoussolution of this lipid admixture (1 mg/mL), sodium chloride (7 mg/mL),glycerin (0.1 mL/mL), propylene glycol (0.1 mL/mL), at pH 6-7 is thenprepared in a 2 cc glass vial. The air in the vial is evacuated andreplaced with perfluoropropane and the vial is sealed. The ultrasoundcontrast agent composition is completed by agitating the sealed vial ina dental amalgamator for 30-45 sec. to form a milky white solution.

Example 33

Part A. Preparation of(ω-amino-PEG₃₄₀₀-α-carbonyl)-Glu-(2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)-propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid)₂

To a solution of N-Boc-ω-amino-PEG₃₄₀₀-α-carboxylate sucinimidyl ester(1 mmol) andGlu-(2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid)₂ (1 mmol) in DMF (25 mL) is added triethylamine (3 mmol). Thereaction mixture is stirred under nitrogen at room temperature overnightand the solvent is removed in vacuo. The crude product is dissolved in50% trifluoroacetic acid/dichloromethane and is stirred for 4 h. Thevolatiles are removed and the title compound is isolated as the TFA saltvia trituration in diethyl ether.

Part B. Preparation of1-(1,2-Dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamino)-12-(ω-amino-PEG₃₄₀₀-α-carbonyl)-(Glu-(2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid)₂))-dodecane-1,12-dione

A solution of disuccinimnidyl dodecane-1,12-dioate (1 mmol),1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine or DPPE (1 mmol) and(□-amino-PEG₃₄₀₀-□-carbonyl)-Glu-(2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid)₂ TFA salt (1 mmol) in 25 ml chloroform is stirred for 5 min.Sodium carbonate (1 mmol) and sodium sulfate (1 mmol) are added and thesolution is stirred at room temperature under nitrogen for 18 h. DMF isremoved in vacuo and the crude product is purified to obtain the titlecompound.

Part C Preparation of Contrast Agent Composition

The1-(1,2-Dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamino)-12-((ω-amino-PEG₃₄₀₀-α-carbonyl)-(Glu-(2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid)₂))-dodecane-1,12-dione is admixed with three other lipids,1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphotidic acid,1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphatidylcholine, andN-(methoxypolyethylene glycol 5000carbamoyl)-1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphatidylethanolamine inrelative amounts of 1 wt. %:6 wt. %:54 wt. %:41 wt. %. An aqueoussolution of this lipid admixture (1 mg/mL), sodium chloride (7 mg/mL),glycerin (0.1 mL/mL), propylene glycol (0.1 mL/mL), at pH 6-7 is thenprepared in a 2 cc glass vial. The air in the vial is evacuated andreplaced with perfluoropropane and the vial is sealed. The ultrasoundcontrast agent composition is completed by agitating the sealed vial ina dental amalgamator for 30-45 sec. to form a milky white solulion.

Example 34 Synthesis of2-({[4-(3-{N-[2-((2R)-3-Sulfo-2-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino}propyl)ethyl]carbamoyl}propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl]sulfonyl}amino)(2S)-3-({1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)propanoicAcid Bis(trifluoroacetate) Salt

Part A—Preparation of Methyl(2S)-3-[(tert-Butoxy)carbonylamino]-2-[({2,6-dimethyl-4-[3-(N-{2-[(phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino]ethyl}carbamoyl)propoxy]phenyl}sulfonyl)amino]propanoate

A solution of the product from Example 13, Part D (369 mg, 0.756 mmol),DIEA (0.52 mL, 3.0 mmol), and HBTU (315 mg, 0.832 mmol) in anhydrous DMF(14 mL) was stirred at ambient temperatures under nitrogen for 5 min,and treated with benzyl N-(2-aminoethyl)carbamate hydrochloride (192 mg,0.832 mmol), and stirred an additional 1 h. The DMF was removed undervacuum, and the oily residue was taken up in EtOAc (150 mL), washedconsecutively with 0.1 N HCl (40 mL), water (40 mL), and saturated NaCl(40 mL), dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated to give a colorless viscousoil. Flash chromatography on a 3×16 cm silica gel column (EtOAc) gavethe title compound as a colorless viscous oil (450 mg, 89.6%). ¹H NMR(CDCl₃): δ 7.34-7.27 (m, 5H), 6.58 (s, 2H), 6.31 (bs, 1H), 5.86 (bs,1H), 5.36 (bs, 1H), 5.14-5.03 (m, 3H), 3.96 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.88-3.83(m, 1H), 3.56 (s, 3H), 3.47-3.25 (m, 6H), 2.59 (s, 6H), 2.31 (t, J=6.9Hz, 2H), 2.05 (p, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 1.39 (s, 9H); ¹³C NMR (CDCl₃): δ 172.9,170.5, 160.6, 157.3, 155.9, 141.8, 136.3, 128.5, 128.2, 128.0, 116.6,79.9, 66.9, 55.5, 52.8, 43.1, 40.9, 40.3, 32.4, 28.2, 24.9, 23.3; MS:m/e 665.4 [M+H]; 687.3 [M+Na]; High Resolution MS: Calcd forC₃₁H₄₅N₄O₁₀S [M+H]: 665.2856, Found: 665.2883.

Part B—Preparation of Methyl(2S)-3-Amino-2-[({2,6-dimethyl-4-[3-(N-{2-[(phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino]ethyl}carbamoyl)propoxy]phenyl}sulfonyl)amino]propanoateTrifluoroacetate Salt

The product of Part A, above (420 mg, 0.632 mmol) was dissolved in 25/75DCM/TFA (20 mL) and allowed to stand at ambient temperatures undernitrogen for 10 min. The solution was concentrated, and the resultingviscous oil was dissolved in 50% ACN and lyophilized to give the titlecompound as a colorless solid (437 mg, 102%). MS: m/e 565.3 [M+H].

Part C—Preparation of Methyl(2S)-2-[({2,6-Dimethyl-4-[3-(N-{2-[(phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino]ethyl}carbamoyl)propoxy]phenyl}sulfonyl)amino]-3-{[1-(3-{[1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazol-2-yl]amino}propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl)]carbonylamino}propanoate

A solution of1-(3-((1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazol-2-yl)amino)propyl)-1H-indazole-5-carboxylicacid (100 mg, 0.190 mmol), DIEA (0.099 mL, 0.57 mmol), and HBTU (91 mg,0.24 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (2.0 mL) was stirred at ambient temperaturesunder nitrogen for 5 min, treated with the product of Step B, above (142mg, 0.21 mmol) and additional DIEA (0.033 mL, 0.19 mmol), and stirred anadditional 1 h. The DMF was removed under vacuum and the amber oil waspurified by HPLC on a Vydac C-18 column (22×250 mm) using a 1.65%/mingradient of 18 to 67.5% ACN containing 0.1% TFA at a flow rate of 20mL/min. The main product peak eluting at 23.2 min was lyophilized togive the title compound as a colorless powder (194 mg, 95.1%). ¹HNMR(CDCl₃+D2O): δ 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.71 (s, 1H), 7.66 (d, J=8.75 Hz, 1H),7.42-7.24 (m, 16H), 7.17-7.13 (m, 6H), 6.93 (d, J=2.81Hz, 1H),6.52-6.47(m, 2H), 5.04 (s, 2H), 4.07-4.00 (mn, 3H), 3.93-3.78 (m, 3H),3.69-3.64 (m, 4H), 3.37-3.27 (m, 4H), 3.14 (t, J=6.88 Hz, 2H), 2.57 (s,6H), 2.29 (t, J=7.18), 2.01 (pentet, J=6.66, 2H), 1.73 (pentet, J=6.59,2H); MS: m/e 1074.4 [M+H], 537.9 [M+2H]; High Resolution MS: Calcd forC₅₉H₆₄N₉O₉S [M+H]: 1074.4548; found: 1074.452.

Part D—Preparation of(2S)-2-{[(4-{3-[N-(2-Aminoethyl)carbamoyl]propoxy}-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl]amino}-3-({1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)propanoicAcid

The product of Part C, above (194 mg, 0.180 mmol) was dissolved inperoxide-free THF (8.0 mL) and water (1.2 mL), and treated with 3 N LiOH(0.80 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperaturesunder nitrogen for 2 h. The THF was removed under vacuum and theresulting mixture was partitioned between water (25 mL) and CHCl₃ (25mL). The aqueous layer was adjusted to pH 3 with 0.1 N HCl (22 mL) andextracted with additional CHCl₃ (2×25 mL). The combined CHCl₃ extractswere washed with saturated NaCl (25 mL), dried (MgSO₄), and concentratedto give the intermediate carboxylic acid as a colorless amorphous solid(171 mg). MS: m/e 1060.4 [M+H], 531.0 [M+2H].

The solid was dissolved in a solution of TFA (8.0 mL) and Et₃SiH (0.40mL), and heated at 70° C. under nitrogen for 2 h. The solution wasconcentrated under vacuum and the resulting oily solid was partitionedbetween ether (20 mL) and water (20 mL). The aqueous layer was washedwith a second portion of ether (20 mL). The combined ether washings wereback-extracted with water (20 mL). The combined aqueous layers werelyophilized to give the title compound as a colorless solid (139 mg,84.8%). MS: m/e 684.3 [M+H], 343.0 [M+2H].

Part E—Preparation of2-{[(4-{3-[N-(2-{(2R)-2-[(tert-Butoxy)carbonylamino]-3-sulfopropyl}ethyl)carbamoyl]propoxy}-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl]amino}(2S)-3-({1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)propanoicAcid

A solution of the product of Part D, above (91 mg, 0.10 mmol), theN-hydroxysuccinimide ester of Boc-L-cysteic acid (103 mg, 0.25 mmol),and DIEA (0.104 mL, 0.60 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (5.0 mL) was stirred atambient temperatures under nitrogen for 19 h. The DMF was removed undervacuum and the resulting amber oil was purified by HPLC on a Vydac C-18column (22×250 mm) using a 0.72%/min gradient of 0 to 36% ACN containing0.1% TFA at a flow rate of 80 mu/min. The main product peak eluting at40.0 min was lyophilized to give the title compound as a colorlessfluffy solid (69 mg, 74.0%). MS: m/e 935.3 [M+H].

Part F—Preparation of2-({[4-(3-{N-[2-((2R)-2-Amnino-3-sulfopropyl)ethyl]carbamoyl}propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl]sulfonyl}amino)(2S)-3-({1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)propanoicAcid Trifluoroacetate Salt

A solution of the product of Part E, above (130 mg, 0.139 mmol) in 50/50TFA/DCM (16.0 mL) and allowed to stand at ambient temperatures undernitrogen for 10 min. The solution was concentrated under vacuum, and theresulting oily solid was purified by HPLC on a Vydac C-18 column (50×250mm) using a 0.90%/min gradient of 0 to 27% ACN containing 0.1% TFA at aflow rate of 80 mL/min. The main product peak eluting at 22.6 min waslyophilized to give the title compound as a colorless solid (117 mg,88.8%). ¹H NMR (D₂O): □ 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.75 (s (unresolved X portion ofABX system) 1H), 7.39 (B portion of ABX system, Jab=8.9 Hz, Jbx=1.6 Hz,1H), 7.34 (A portion of ABX system, Jab=8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.50 (s, 2H), 6.02(s, 1H), 4.46 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 4.31 (X′ portion of A′B′X′ system,Ja′x′=7.8 Hz, J′x′=4.9 Hz, 1H), 4.16 (X portion of AMX system, Jax=10.9Hz, Jmx=3.8 Hz, 1H), 3.70 (M portion of AMX system, Jam=14.1Hz, Jmx=3.8Hz, 1H), 3.39-3.15 (m, 9H), 3.03 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 2.34 (s, 6H), 2.14(pentet, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 2.07 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 2H), 1.58 (pentet, J=7.4 Hz,2H); MS: m/e 835.2 [M+H]; 857.3 [M+Na]; High Resolution MS: Calcd forC₃₄H₄₇N₁₀O₁₁S₂ [M+H]: 835.2867, found: 835.2888.

Part G—Preparation of2-{[(4-{3-[N-(2-{(2R)-3-Sulfo-2-[2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris{[(tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl]methyl}cyclododecyl)acetylamino]propyl}ethyl)carbamoyl]propoxy}-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl]amino}(2S)-3-({1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)propanoicAcid Bis(trifluoroacetate) Salt

A solution of the product of Example 4, Part B (73.1 mg, 0.080 mmol),DIEA (0.083 mL, 0.480 mmol), and HBTU (22.7 mg, 0.060 mmol) in anhydrousDMF (4.0 mL) was stirred under nitrogen at ambient temperatures for 15min and treated with the product of Part F, above (37.9 mg, 0.040mmmol). The DMF was removed under vacuum after 4.5 h and the resultingamber oil was purified by HPLC in two steps. An initial HPLCpurification was carried out on a Vydac C-18 column (22×250 mm) using a0.9%/min gradient of 9 to 45% ACN containing 0.1% TFA at a flow rate of20 mL/min. The main product peak eluting at 26.4 min was lyophilized togive a colorless solid. Final purification was accomplished on a ZorbaxC-18 column (21.2×250 mm) under isocratic conditions using 33.3% ACNcontaining 0.1% TFA at a flow rate of 20 mL/min. The main product peakeluting at 5.2 min was lyophilized to give the title compound as acolorless fluffy solid (34.0 mg, 20.5%). MS: m/e 1389.6 [M+H]; HighResolution MS: Calcd for C₆₂H₉₇N₁₄O₁₈S₂ [M+H]: 1389.6547, Found:1389.655.

Part H—Preparation of2-({[4-(3-{N-[2-((2R)-3-Sulfo-2-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino}propyl)ethyl]carbamoyl}propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl]sulfonyl}amino)(2S)-3-({1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)propanoicAcid Bis(trifluoroacetate) Salt

The product of Step G, above (32.0 mg, 0.0174 mmol) was dissolved in asolution of TFA (4.0 mL) and Et₃SiH (0.20 mL), and heated at 50° C.under nitrogen for 30 min. The solution was concentrated and the residuewas purified by HPLC on a Zorbax C-18 column (21.2×250 mm) using a0.90%/min gradient of 0 to 27% ACN containing 0.1% TFA at a flow rate of20 mL/min. The main product peak eluting at 23.5 min was lyophilized togive the title compound as a colorless fluffy solid (22.2 mg, 88.1%).MS: m/e 1221.4 [M+H]; High Resolution MS: Calcd for C₅₀H₇₃N₁₄O₁₈S₂[M+H]: 1221.4669, Found: 1221.469.

Example 35 Synthesis ofDOTA/2-{[(4-{3-[N-(2-{(2R)-2-[4-(N-{(1R)-1-[N-(2-{4-[4-({[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-({1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]-2-sulfoethyl}carbamoyl)(4S)-4-amino-butanoylamino]-3-sulfopropyl}ethyl)carbamoyl]propoxy}-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl]amino}2S)-3-({1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)propanoicAcid Bis(trifluoroacetate) Conjugate

Part A—Preparation of Di-2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl(2S)-2-[(tert-Butoxy)carbonylamino]pentane-1,5-dioate

To a solution of Boc-L-Glu-OH (28.9 g, 117 mmol) in DMF (500 mL) atambient temperatures and under nitrogen, was added a solution of2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenol (48.2 g, 290 mmol) in DMF (50 mL). Afterstirring for 10 min, EDC (55.6 g, 290 mmol) was added and the mixturewas stirred for 96 h. The volatiles were removed under vacuum and theresidue was triturated with 0.1 N HCl (750 mL). To this mixture wasadded EtOAc (600 mL) and the layers were separated. The aqueous layerwas extracted with EtOAc (3×500 mL), and all EtOAc extracts werecombined, washed consecutively with water (300 mL) and saturated NaCl(300 mL), dried (MgSO₃), and concentrated to give a tan solid (62 g).The tan solid was washed with ACN to give the title compound (45.5 g,73.0%) in purified form. MS: m/e 566.0 [M+Na].

Part B—Preparation of2-{[(4-{3-[N-(2-{(2R)-2-[4-(N-{(1R)-1-[N-(2-{4-[4-({[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-({1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]-2-sulfoethyl}carbamoyl)(4S)-4-[(tert-butoxy)carbonylamino]butanoylamino]-3-sulfopropyl}ethyl)carbamoyl]propoxy}-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl]amino}2S)-3-{1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)propanoicAcid

A solution of the product of Example 34, Part F (43.5 mg, 0.0459 mmol),the product of Part A, above (10.8 mg, 0.020 mmol), and DIEA 0.015 mL,0.084 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (1.0 mL) was stirred at ambienttemperatures under nitrogen for 23 h. The DMF was removed under vacuumand the resulting amber oil was purified by HPLC on a Vydac C-18 column(22×250 mm) using a 0.90%/min gradient of 9 to 45% ACN containing 0.1%TFA at a flow rate of 20 mL/min. The main product peak eluting at 20.9min was lyophilized to give the title compound as a colorless fluffysolid (22.0 mg, 55.7%). MS: m/e 1880.7 [M+H], 941.4 [M+2H]; HighResolution MS: Calcd for C₇₈H₁₀₆N₂₁O₂₆S₄ [M+H]: 1880.6501; found:1880.6530.

Part C—Preparation of2-{[(4-{3-[N-(2-{(2R)-2-[4-(N-{(1R)-1-[N-(2-{4-[4-({[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-({1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]-2-sulfoethyl}carbamoyl)(4S)-4-amino-butanoylamino]-3-sulfopropyl}ethyl)carbamoyl]propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl]amino}2S)-3-({1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)propanoicAcid

A solution of the product of Part B, above (22.0 mg, 0.0117 mmol) in50/50 TFA/DCM (8.0 mL) was allowed to react at ambient temperaturesunder nitrogen for 10 min and concentrated to a pale amber oil. The oilwas dissolved in 50% ACN (20 mL) and lyophilized to give the titlecompound as a colorless fluffy solid (21.2 mg, 95.6%). MS: m/e 1781.7[M+H], 891.0 [M+2H], 594.4 [M+3H]; High Resolution MS: Calcd forC₇₃H₉₈N₂₁O₂₄S₄ [M+H]: 1780.5976; found: 1780.598.

Part D Preparation of DOTA Tris-t-butylEster/2-{[(4-{3-[N-(2-{(2R)-2-[4-(N-{(1R)-1-[N-(2-{[4-({[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-({1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}-ethyl)carbamoyl]-2-sulfoethyl}carbamoyl)(4S)-4-aminobutanoylamino]-3-sulfopropyl}ethyl)carbamoyl]propoxy}-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl]amino}2S)-3-({1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)propanoicAcid Bis(trifluoroacetate) Salt Conjugate

A solution of the product of Example 4, Part B (21.4 mg, 0.0234 mmol),DIEA (0.024 mL, 0.14 mmol), and HBTU (6.6 mg, 0.0176 mmol) in anhydrousDMF (1.0 mL) was stirred under nitrogen at ambient temperatures for 15min and treated with the product of Part C, above 21.0 mg, 0.0111 mmol).After 23 h the solution was diluted with EtOH (5.0 mL) and water (3.0mL) and treated with 0.5 N NaOH (0.30 mL). After 30 min the solution wasadjusted to pH 3 with 1 N HCl (0.20 mL). The solution was diluted withwater (135 mL) and the resulting solution was purified directly by HPLCon a Vydac C-18 column (22×250 mm) using a 0.90%/min gradient of 9 to45% ACN containing 0.1% TFA at a flow rate of 20 mL/min. The mainproduct peak eluting at 27.0 min was lyophilized to give the titlecompound as a colorless fluffy solid (11.5 mg, 37.1%). MS: m/e 1168.1[M+2H], 779.3 [M+3H]; High Resolution MS: Calcd for C₁₀₁H₁₄₈N₂₅O₃₁S₄[M+H]: 2334.9656, found: 2334.967.

Part E—Preparation ofDOTA/2-{[(4-{3-[N-2-{(2R)-2-[4-(N-{(1R)-1-[N-(2-{4-[4-({[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-({1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]-amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]-2-sulfoethyl}carbamoyl)(4S)-4-aminobutanoylamino]-3-sulfopropyl}ethyl)carbamoyl]propoxy}-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl]amino}2S)-3-({1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)propanoicAcid Bis(trifluoroacetate) Conjugate

The product of Step D, above (11.5 mg, 0.00449 mmol) was dissolved in asolution of TFA (4.0 mL) and Et₃SiH (0.20 mL) and heated at 50° C. undernitrogen for 30 min. The solution was concentrated under vacuum and theresidue was purified by HPLC on a Vydac C-18 column (22×250 mm) using a0.90%/min gradient of 0 to 36% ACN containing 0.1% TFA at a flow rate of20 mL/min. The main product peak eluting at 27.5 min was lyophilized togive the title compound as a colorless fluffy solid (9.3 mg, 86.5%). MS:m/e 1084.1 [M+2H], 723.1 [M+3H]; High Resolution MS: Calcd forC₈₉H₁₂₄N₂₅O₃₁S₄ [M+H]: 2166.7778; Found: 2166.778.

Example 36 Synthesis of2-[({4-[4-({[2-((2R)-3-Sulfo-2-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino}propyl)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)phenyl]phenyl}-sulfonyl)amino](2S)-3-({1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)propanoicAcid Bis(trifluoroacetate) Salt

Part A—Preparation of Methyl(2S)-3-[(tert-Butoxy)carbonylamino]-2-{[(4-{4-[({2-[(phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino]ethyl}amino)sulfonyl]phenyl}phenyl)sulfonyl]-amino}propanoate

Biphenyl-4,4′-disulfonyl chloride (5.30 g, 15.0 mmol, freshlyrecrystallized from CHCl₃) and DCM (400 mL) were placed in a 100 mL3-neck flask fitted with a thermometer, an addition funnel, and anitrogen line. The addition funnel was charged with a solution of benzylN-(2-aminoethyl)carbamate hydrochloride (2.30 g, 10.0 mmol) and DIEA(1.80 mL, 10.0 mmol) in DCM (40 mL). The contents of the flask werecooled below 5° C., and the contents of the addition funnel were addedto the flask with rapid stirring over 30 min while keeping thetemperature of the flask below 5° C. The addition funnel was thencharged with a solution of N-β-Boc-L-α,β-diaminopropionic acid methylester hydrochloride (5.10 g, 20.0 mmol) and DIEA (7.60 mL, 44.0 mmol) inDCM (40 mL). This solution was added to the flask with stirring at 5° C.over 15 min, and stirred at ambient temperatures for an additional 4days. The reaction was concentrated and the resulting residue waspartitioned between EtOAc (6 L) and 0.1 N HCl (600 mL). The organicsolution was washed consecutively with water (3 L), and saturated NaCl(2 L), dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated to give the title compound as acolorless solid (9.60 g). MS: m/e 591.2.

Part B—Preparation of Methyl(2S)-3-Amino-2-{[(4-{4-[({2-[(phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino]ethyl}amino)sulfonyl]phenyl}phenyl)sulfonyl]amino}propanoateTrifluoroacetate Salt

The product of Part A, above (8.80 g) was dissolved in 50/50 TFA/DCM(200 mL) and allowed to react at ambient temperatures under nitrogen for1 h. The solution was concentrated under vacuum and the resultingviscous orange oil was purified by HPLC on a Vydac C-18 column (50×250mm) using a 1.58%/min gradient of 0 to 63% ACN containing 0.1% TFA at aflow rate of 80 mL/min. The main product peak eluting at 22.7 min waslyophilized to give the title compound as a colorless solid (3.54 g,54.9% for two steps from benzyl N-(2-aminoethyl)carbamatehydrochloride). MS: m/e 591.2 [M+H]; High Resolution MS: Calcd forC₂₆H₃₁N₄O₈S₂ [M+H]: 591.1583; Found: 591.1585.

Part C—Preparation of Methyl(2S)-2-{[(4-{4-[({2-[(Phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino]ethyl}amino)sulfonyl]phenyl}phenyl)sulfonyl]amino}-3-{[1-(3-{[1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazol-2-yl]amino}propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl)]carbonylamino}propanoate

A solution of1-(3-((1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazol-2-yl)amino)propyl)-1H-indazole-5-carboxylicacid (265 mg, 0.503 mmol), DIEA (0.099 mL, 0.42 mmol), and HBTU (158 mg,0.417 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (10.2 mL) was stirred at ambienttemperatures under nitrogen for 5 min, treated with the product of StepB, above (246 mg, 0.417 mmol), and stirred an additional 1 h. The DMFwas removed under vacuum and the amber oil was purified by HPLC on aVydac C-18 column (50×250 mm) using a 1.8%/min gradient of 18 to 72% ACNcontaining 0.1% TFA at a flow rate of 80 mL/min. The main product peakeluting at 24.8 min was lyophilized to give a colorless powder. Thispowder was repurified by HPLC using the same column and gradientconditions. Product fractions were lyophilized to give the titlecompound as a colorless fluffy powder (245 mg, 53.5%). MS: m/e 1100.3[M+H]; High Resolution MS: Calcd for C₅₉H₅₇N₉O₉S₂ [M+H]: 1100.3799;Found: 1100.380.

Part D—Preparation of Methyl(2S)-2-({[4-(4-{[(2-Aminoethyl)amino]sulfonyl}phenyl)phenyl]sulfonyl}amino)-3-{[1-(3-{[1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazol-2-yl]amino}propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl)]carbonylamino}propanoate

A solution of the product of Part C, above (240 mg, 0.218 mmol) in MeOH(22 mL) was hydrogenolyzed over 10% Pd/C at 55 psi for 3 h. The catalystwas removed by filtration through Celite® and the filtrate wasconcentrated to give the title compound as a colorless, viscous oil (240mg). MS: m/e 966.3 [M+H], 724.2 [M+H-trityl].

Part E—Preparation of(2R)-N-[2-({[4-(4-{[((1S)-1-(Methoxycarbonyl)-2-{[1-(3-{[1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazol-2-yl]amino}propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl)]carbonylamino}ethyl)amino]sulfonyl}phenyl)phenyl]sulfonyl}amino)ethyl]-2-[(tert-butoxy)carbonylamino]propanesulfonicAcid

A solution of the product of Part D, above (240 mg) and DIEA (0.166 mL,0.950 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (4.0 mL) was treated with the p-nitrophenylester of Boc-L-cysteic acid (149 mg, 0.362 mmol) and stirred at ambienttemperatures under nitrogen for 18 h. Additional Boc-L-cysteic acidp-nitrophenyl ester (50.0 mg, 0.121 mmol) was added and stirring wascontinued an additional 24 h. The DMF was removed under vacuum and theoily solid residue was purified by HPLC on a Vydac C-18 column (22×250mm) using a 1.12%/min gradient of 18 to 63% ACN containing 0.1% TFA at aflow rate of 20 mL/min. The main product peak was centered at 32.1 min.The earliest eluting product fractions contained an impurity which wasremoved by HPLC purification with the same column and flow conditions,but using a 1.0%/min gradient of 18 to 58% ACN containing 0.1% TFA. Themain product peak eluted at 32.1 min. The product containing fractionsfrom these two runs were combined and lyophilized to give the titlecompound as a colorless solid (174 mg, 65.6% from the product of PartC). MS: m/e 1217.3 [M+H], 1117.3 [M+H−Boc].

Part F—Preparation of2-[({4-[4-({[2-((2R)-2-Amino-3-sulfopropyl)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)phenyl]phenyl}sulfonyl)amino](2S)-3-({1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)propanoicAcid Trifluoroacetate Salt

A mixture of the product of Part E, above (21.4 mg, 0.0176 mmol),peroxide-free THF (0.70 mL), water (0.063 mL), and 3 N LiOH (0.043 mL,0.129 mmol) was stirred at ambient temperatures under nitrogen for 3 h,and concentrated under vacuum to a colorless solid.

The above solid was dissolved in 95/5 TFA/Et₃SiH (1.20 mL) and heated atreflux under nitrogen for 1 h. The solution was concentrated undervacuum and the oily solid was purified by HPLC on a Vydac C-18 column(22×250 mm) using a 1.2%/min gradient of 0 to 36% ACN containing 0.1%TFA at a flow rate of 20 mL/min. The main product peak eluting at 19.2min was lyophilized to give the title compound as a colorless solid(11.0 mg, 64.2%). MS: m/e 861.2 [M+H]; High Resolution MS: Calcd forC₃₄H₄₁N₁₀O₁₁S₃ [M+H]: 861.21181; Found: 861.2132.

Part G—Preparation of2-{[(4-{4-[({2-[(2R)-3-Sulfo-2-(2-{1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris{[(tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl]-methyl}cyclododecyl}acetylamino)propyl]ethyl}amino)sulfonyl]phenyl}phenyl)sulfonyl]amino}(2S)-3-({1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylaminopropanoicAcid Bis(trifluoroacetate) Salt

A solution of the product of Example 4, Part B (15.9 mg, 0.0174 mmol),DIEA (0.012 mL, 0.070 mmol), and HBTU (5.3 mg, 0.014 mmol) in anhydrousDMF (1.5 mL) was stirred under nitrogen at ambient temperatures for 10min and added to a solution of the product of Part F, above (10.0 mg,0.0116 mmol) and DIEA (0.012 mL, 0.070 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (1.0 mL).The resulting solution was stirred at ambient temperatures undernitrogen for 18 h, and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting paleamber oil was purified by HPLC on a Vydac C-18 column (22×250 mm) usinga 1.0%/min gradient of 9 to 49% ACN containing 0.1% TFA at a flow rateof 20 mL/min. The main product peak eluting at 30.0 min was lyophilizedto give the title compound as a colorless fluffy solid (10.5 mg, 55.1%).MS: m/e 1415.4 [M+H].

Part H—Preparation of2-[({4-[4-({[2-((2R)-3-Sulfo-2-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino}propyl)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)phenyl]phenyl}-sulfonyl)amino](2S)-3-({1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)propanoicAcid Bis(trifluoroacetate) Salt

A solution of the product of Part G, above (10.5 mg, 0.00639 mmol) in95/5 TFA/Et₃SiH (1.0 mL) was heated at reflux under nitrogen for 3 h.The solution was concentrated under vacuum and the resulting oily solidwas purified by HPLC on a Vydac C-18 column (22×250 mm) using a0.90%/min gradient of 0 to 27% ACN containing 0.1% TFA at a flow rate of20 mL/min. The main product peak eluting at 28.0 min was lyophilized togive the title compound as a colorless fluffy solid (2.3 mg, 24.4%). MS:m/e 1247.3 [M+H]; High Resolution MS: Calcd for C₅₀H₆₇N₁₄O₁₈S₃ [M+H]:1247.3919; Found: 1247.390.

Example 37 Synthesis of(4S)-4-(N-{1-[N-(2-{4-[4-({[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-({1-[3-(2-pyridylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]-3-carboxypropyl}carbamoyl)-4-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino}butanoicacid

Step A: Synthesis of

N-Boc-(1-[3-(2-pyridylamino)propyl]-1H-indazole)-5-carboxylic acid(prepared as described in Jadhav et al, U.S. Pat. No. 5,760,028) (217mg, 0.548 mmol) was added to a solution of methyl(2S)-3-amino-2-[({2,6-dimethyl-4-[3-(N-{2[(phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino]ethyl}carbamoyl)propoxy]phenyl}sulfonyl)amino]propanoate(Prepared as in Example 34, Step B) and HBTU (250 mg, 0.658 mmol) in DMF(10 mL). Diisopropylethylamine (334 μL, 1.12 mmol) was added dropwise.The reaction was stirred for 45 min, the solvents concentrated, and theresidue purified by flash chromatography (EtOAc/MeOH, from 0%->6% MEOH).The product fractions were combined and concentrated to afford 526 mg(102%) of the product as a golden oil. LRMS (ES): 943.5 [M+H]⁺, 843.4[M−Boc+H]⁺.

Step B: Synthesis of

The product of step A (517 mg) in methanol (3 mL) was added to 10%palladium on carbon (200 mg) in methanol (7 mL) under nitrogen in a Parrbottle. It was hydrogenolyzed at 50 psi for 90 min, filtered throughCelite, rinsed with methanol, and concentrated to afford a viscous oil.This was redissolved in 1:1 water/acetonitrile containing 0.1% TFA (mL)and lyophilized (1:1 acetontrile/water/0.1% TFA) to afford the productas a white powder (380 mg, 74% yield). LRMS (ES): 809.3 ([M+H]⁺, 45%)355.2 (100%). ¹HNMR (600.1343 MHz, CDCl₃): 8.49 (t, 1H), 8.29 (m, 1H),8.18 (d, 2H), 7.87 (t, 1H), 7.74 (m, 2H), 7.64 (d, 1H), 7.52 (d, 1H),7.11 (t, 1H), 6.66 (d, 1H), 6.64 (s, 2H), 4.45 (t, 2H), 4.04 (t, 1H),3.91 (t, 2H), 3.83 (t, 2H), 3.55 (m, 1H), 3.47 (m, 1H), 3.35 (s, 3H),3.16 (m, under H2O peak, 2H), 2.71 (m, 2H), 2.52 (s, 3H) 2.50 (s, 3H),2.21 (t, 2H), 2.15 (t, 2H), 1.88 (t, 2H), 1.33, s (9H).

Step C: Synthesis of

Gamma-tert-butoxy-Z-glutamic acid succinimide ester (2.0 g, 4.75 mmol)was dissolved in dimethylformamide, and gamma-tert-butoxyglutamic acid(0.98 g, 4.8 mmol) was added, followed by diisopropylethylamine (1.75mL, 10.1 mmol). The solution was stirred 18 hr, concentrated, and theresidue partitioned into ethyl acetate/10% citric acid. The aqueousfraction was extracted with ethyl acetate and the combined organics werewashed with water, 10% potassium hydrogen sulfate, and brine, and thenconcentrated. The residual oil was purified by flash chromatography onsilica (CH2Cl2/EtOAc/EtOH, 1:1:0.5%) and the product fractions combinedand evaporated to yield the product (1.3 g, 53%) as a gummy solid. LRMS(ES): 523.4 [M+H]⁺, 467.4; ¹HNMR (600.1330 MHz, CDCl₃) 7.30 (m, 6H),5.80 (d, 1H), 5.09 (m, 2H), 4.53 (m, 1H), 4.29 (m, 1H), 2.36 (m, 4H),1.88-2.16 (m, 4H), 1.42 (s, 9 H), 1.41 (s, 9H).

Step D: Synthesis of

In a flask under nitrogen were added diisopropylethylamine (28 uL, 160umol), the product XIC (62 mg, 120 umol), and HBTU (130 umol, 49 mg).This was stirred for 10 minutes and then the product of Step B (100 mg,108 umol) was added, followed by diisopropylethylamine (50 uL, 288umol). The reaction was stirred for 60 minutes and concentrated. Theresidue was purified by prep HPLC (Vydac C18, 21.2 mm×25 cm, 90%acetonitrile/water/0.1% TFA; 20-75% B over 40 minutes). The productfractions were combined and lyophilized to afford 135 mg (88%) of theproduct as a white solid. The product was contaminated with ˜15% of thedeBoc product after lyophilization, but this was not purified. LRMS(EI); 313.5 ([M+H]⁺, 80%), 1213.5 ([M−Boc+H]⁺, 45%) 551.3 (100%).

Step E: Synthesis of

The product of step Step D (118 mg) was hydrogenolyzed and isolated asin step B. The lyophilized solid (110 mg) was not purified, but useddirectly in the following step. LRMS (EI); 1179.6 ([M+H]⁺, 20%), 1079.5([M−Boc+H]⁺, 25%) 540.3 (100%).

Step F: Synthesis of

In dry glassware under nitrogen were mixed HBTU (35 mg, 90 μmol),DOTA(OtBu)₃—OH (49 mg, 85 μmol), and diisopropylethylamine (35 μL, 200μmol) in dry DMF (7 mL). This was stirred for 10 minutes and then theproduct of step E (100 mg, 77 μmol) was added, along with additionaldiisopropylethylamine (45 μL, 250 μmol) to bring solution pH>9. Afterstirring for 30 min, the reaction was concentrated and purified bypreparative HPLC (Vydac C18, 21.2 mm×25 cm, 90% acetonitrile/water/0.1%TFA; 20-70% B over 50 minutes). Four products were obtained afterpurification; a pair of glutamic acid isomers (60 mg) and thecorresponding Boc deprotected compounds (29 mg) for a total yield of66%.

Step G: Synthesis of4-(N-{(1R)-1-[N-(2-{4-[4-({[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-({1-[3-(2-pyridylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]-3-carboxypropyl}carbamoyl)(4S)-4-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino}butanoicacid

The combined Boc and Boc-deprotected D-Glutamic acid isomeric productsof step F (45 mg, 23 umol) were dissolved in THF/methanol (1:1, 4 mL)and lithium hydroxide (3N in water, 75 uL, 225 umol) added withstirring. The solution was stirred for 4 hours, concentrated undervacuum, and the residue treated with dichloromethane (3 mL),trifluoroacetic acid (3 mL) and triethylsilane (300 uL) under nitrogen.The solution was stirred overnight, concentrated, and purified bypreparative HPLC (Zorbax C8, 21.2 mm×25 cm, 50% acetonitrile/water/0.1%formic acid; 15-30% B over 50 minutes). The product fractions werecombined, frozen, and lyophilized to afford the product as a white solid(17.6 mg, 57%). LRMS (EI); 1339.5 ([M+H]⁺, 15%), 670.4 ([M+2H]⁺², 100%).HPLC (2×(4.6×21.2 mm Zorbax CN) Water/90% acetonitrile/0.1% formic acid,10-20% B over 180 min) R_(t)=100.4 minutes.

Step H: The synthesis of(4S)-4-(N-{(1S)-1-[N-(2-{4-[4-({[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-({1-[3-(2-pyridylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]-3-carboxypropyl}carbamoyl)-4-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino}butanoicacid

The L-glutamic acid isomeric products of Step F (46 mg, 23 umol) werecombined with the corresponding Boc deprotected analog and treatedsimilarly to step G to afford the product as a white solid (15.5 mg,50%). LRMS (EI); 1339.5 ([M+H]⁺, 15%), 670.4 ([M+2H]⁺², 100%). HPLC(2×(4.6×21.2 mm Zorbax CN) Water/90% acetonitrile/0.1% formic acid,10-20% B over 180 min) R_(t)=101.3 minutes.

Example 38 Synthesis of(4S)-4-(N-{1-[N-(2-{4-[4-({[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-({1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]-3-carboxypropyl}carbamoyl)-4-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino}butanoicacid

Step A: Synthesis of tert-butyl 2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl(2S)-2-{(2S)-4-[(tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl]-2-[(phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino]butanoylamino}pentane-1,5-dioate

The product of Example 37, Step C (640 mg, 1.23 mmol) was dissolved inDMF (5 mL) with 2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenol (286 mg, 1.7 mmol). To thiswas added (3-dimethylaminopropyl)ethyl carbodiimide hydrochloride (282mg, 1.47 mmol) and the solution was stirred 18 hr. The reaction wasconcentrated and the residue partitioned between ethyl acetate andwater. The aqueous layer was extracted twice with ethyl acetate, and thecombined organic layer was washed with 0.1N HCl, 10% NaHCO₃, water, andbrine. It was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, concentrated, andpurified by flash chromatography (5:1 hexane/ethyl acetate). The productwas obtained as a clear oil (385 mg, 48%) LRMS (EI); 693.1 ([M+Na]⁺,35%), 671.3 ([M+H]⁺, 100%), 615.2 ([(M−tBu)+H]⁺, 20%).

Step B: Synthesis of(2S)-2-({[4-(3-(N-[2-(2-{(2S)-4-[(tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl]-2-[(phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino]butanoylamino}-4-[(tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl]butanoylamino)ethyl]carbamoyl}propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl]sulfonyl}amino)-3-({1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)propanoicacid

The product of Example 34, Step D (45 mg, 50 umol) was dissolved in DMF(1.5 mL) with the product of step A (44 mg, 65 umol) anddiisopropylethylamine (30.5 uL, 175 umol) under nitrogen. The solutionwas stirred for 45 min, concentrated under vacuum, and purified bypreparative HPLC (Vydac C18, 21.2 mm×25 cm, 90% acetonitrile/water/0.1%TFA; 20-70% B over 25 minutes). The product fractions were frozen andlyophilized to afford the product as a white powder (49 mg, 83%). LRMS(EI); 693.1 ([M+Na]⁺, 35%), 1188.4 ([M+H]⁺, 45%), 595.3 ([M+2H]⁺²,100%).

Step C: Synthesis of(2S)-2-({[4-(3-{N-[2-(2-{(2S)-2-amino-4-[(tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl]butanoylamino}4-[(tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl]butanoylamino)ethyl]carbamoyl}propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl]sulfonyl}amino)-3-({1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)propanoicacid

The product of step B (25 mg, 24 umol) in methanol (3 mL) was added to10% palladium on carbon (14 mg) in methanol (3 mL) under nitrogen in aParr bottle. It was hydrogenolyzed at 50 psi for 180 min, filteredthrough Celite, rinsed with methanol, and concentrated to afford aviscous oil. This was redissolved in 1:1 water/acetonitrile containing0.1% TFA (nmL) and lyophilized (1:1 acetontrile/water/0.1% TFA) toafford the product as a white powder (29 mg, 100% yield) which analyzesfor 2 equal peaks by HPLC (4.6×150 mm Zorbax C-18, 1 mL/min; Water/90%acetonitrile/0.1% trifluoroacetic acid, 2-100% B over 14 min) R_(t)=9.78and 10.14 minutes. LRMS (ES): 1054.5 ([M+H]⁺, 10%) 527.8 ([M+2H]⁺²,100%); identical for each peak. This was not further purified but takeninto the next step as a mixture of two diastereomers.

Step D: Synthesis of(2S)-2-({[4-(3-{N-[2-(2-{(2S)-4-[(tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl]-2-[2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris{[(tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl]methyl}cyclododecyl)acetylamino]butanoylamino}-4-[(tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl]butanoylamino)ethyl]carbamoyl}propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl]sulfonyl}amino)-3-({1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)propanoicacid

In dry glassware under nitrogen were mixed HBTU (16.4 mg, 43 μmol),DOTA(OtBu)₃—OH (36 mg, 52 μmol), and diisopropylethylamine (26 μL, 85μmol) in dry DMF (0.6 mL). This was stirred for 10 minutes and then theproduct of step C (29 mg, 25 μmol) was added in DMF (0.8 mL), along withadditional diisopropylethylamine (20 μL, 65 μmol) to bring solutionpH>9. After stirring for 60 min, the reaction was concentrated andpurified by preparative HPLC (Vydac C18, 21.2 mm×25 cm, 90%acetonitrile/water/0.1% TFA; 20-70% B over 50 minutes). Two productswere obtained after purification, a pair of glutamic acid stereoisomers,which were each frozen and lyophilized to afford the products as whitepowders (8 mg each, 40%) with identical fragmentation patterns. LRMS(ES): 1609.0 ([M+H]⁺, 5%), 805.0 ([M+2H]⁺², 30%), 537.4 ([M+3H]+³,100%); Using the HPLC method in Step X2C, R_(t)=11.54 min and 11.78 min.

Step E: Synthesis of(4S)-4-(N-{1-[N-(2-(4-[4-({[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-({1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]-3-carboxypropyl}carbamoyl)-4-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino}butanoicacid

The products of step D were each individually dissolved in a mixture ofdichloromethane (1 mL), trifluoroacetic acid (1 mL), and triethylsilane(0.2 mL) under nitrogen and stirred 16 hours. The solutions wereconcentrated and the residues purified by prep HPLC (Vydac C18, 21.2mm×25 cm, 90% acetonitrile/water/0.1% TFA; 0-45% B over 45 minutes). Theproduct fractions were frozen and lyophilized to afford the products aswhite solids (3.5 mg of each, ˜50%) with identical fragmentationpatterns LRMS (ES): 1328.5 ([M+H]⁺, 5%), 664.8 ([M+2H]+², 100%), 372.2(100%); Using the HPLC method in Step C, R_(t)=8.08 min and 8.09 min.

Example 39 Synthesis of(4S)-4-{N-[(1S)-1-(N-{1,3-bis[N-(2-{4-[4-({[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-({1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]propyl}carbamoyl)-3-carboxypropyl]carbamoyl}-4-(6-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino}hexanoylamino)butanoicacid

Step A: Synthesis of(2S)-2-{[(4-{3-[N-(2-{4-[N-(2-(4-[4-({[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-({1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]-4-[(tert-butoxy)carbonylamino]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]propoxy}-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl]amino)-3-({1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)propanoicacid

The product of Example 34, Step D (45 mg, 49.4 umol) was added alongwith Boc-Glu-(OTFP)-OTFP (13 mg, 24 umol) to DMF (1.5 mL) containingdiisopropylethylamine (31 uL, 180 umol) and stirred for 18 hours. Thesolution was concentrated and purified by prep HPLC (Vydac C18, 21.2mm×25 cm, 90% acetonitrile/water/0.1% TFA; 5-55% B over 25 minutes). Theproduct fractions were frozen and lyophilized to afford the product as awhite powder (31 mg, 82%). LRMS (ES): 1578.5 ([M+H]⁺, 5%), 790.1([M+2H]⁺², 100%), 527.3 ([M+3H]⁺³, 50%).

Step B: Synthesis of tert-butyl(4S)-4-{(2S)-4-[(tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl]-2-[(phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino]butanoylamino}-4-(N-{1,3-bis[N-(2-{4-[4-({[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-({1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylaamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]propyl}carbamoyl)butanoate

The product of Step A (30 mg, 19 umol) was added to a solution oftrifluoroacetic acid (250 uL) in dichloromethane (500 uL) and stirredfor 30 minutes under a nitrogen atmosphere. The solution wasconcentrated and left under vacuum for 1 hour. The residue was dissolvedin DMF (800 uL) under nitrogen and the product of Example 38, Step A (16mg, 24 umol) added, followed by diisopropylethylamine (75 uL, 730 umol)to adjust pH>9. The solution was stirred for 60 minutes, concentrated,and purified by prep HPLC (Vydac C18, 21.2 mm×25 cm, 90%acetonitrile/water/0.1% TFA; 20-60% B over 40 minutes). The productfractions were frozen and lyophilized to afford the product as a whitepowder (30 mg, 81%). LRMS (ES): 1983.6 ([M+H]⁺, 10%), 992.0 ([M+2H]⁺²,100%), 661.8 ([M+3H]⁺³, 80%), 643.2 ([(M−tBu)+3H]⁺³, 40%), 624.4([(M−2tBu)+3H]⁺³, 30%). HRMS: Calculated for C₉₃H₁₂₄N₂₁O₂₄S₂: 1982.857;Found: 1982.55.

Step C: Synthesis of(4S)-4-((2S)-2-{6-[(tert-butoxy)carbonylamino]hexanoylamino}-4-carboxybutanoylamino)-4-(N-{1,3-bis[N-(2-(4-[4-({[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-({1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]propyl)carbamoyl)butanoicacid

The product of step B (29 mg, 14.6 umol) was dissolved in neattrifluoroacetic acid (2 mL) and triethylsilane (250 uL) added. Thereaction was heated with stirring under nitrogen to 70C for 3 hr,concentrated, reconcentrated with toluene (5 mL), dissolved in 1:1water/acetonitrile, frozen, and lyophilized. The resulting powder (27mg) was dissolved in DMF (0.8 mL) with 2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl6-[(tert-butoxy)carbonylamino]hexanoate (10 mg, 26 umol) anddiisopropylethylamine (18 uL, 100 umol) and stirred for 60 minutes.Additional 2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl6-[(tert-butoxy)carbonylamino]hexanoate (20 mg, 52 umol) was added andthe reaction stirred 45 minutes. The reaction, containing primarily thetris-hexanoyl product, was concentrated, the residue dissolved inethanol (2 mL), and sodium hydroxide (5N solution, 200 uL) added. Thesolution was stirred 25 minutes, neutralized to pH<5 with 1N HCl (˜1.1mL) and concentrated. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC(Vydac C18, 21.2 mm×25 cm, 90% acetonitrile/water/0.1% TFA; 15-55% Bover 50 minutes). The product fraction was frozen and lyophilized toafford the product as a white powder (21 mg, 65%). LRMS (ES): 1951.3([M+H]⁺, 5%), 975.5 ([M+2H]⁺², 90%), 617.5 ([(M−Boc)+3H]⁺³, 100%).

Step D: Synthesis of (4S)-4-[(2S)-2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-4-carboxybutanoylamino]-4-(N-{1,3-bis[N-(2-{4-[4-{[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-({1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]propyl}carbamoyl)butanoicacid

The product of C (19 mg, 9.7 umol) was added to trifluoroacetic acid(200 uL) and dichioromethane (600 uL) and stirred under nitrogen for 30min, concentrated, and purified by prep HPLC (Vydac C18, 21.2 mm×25 cm,90% acetonitrile/water/0.1% TFA; 5-35% B over 40 minutes). The productfractions were frozen and lyophilized to afford the product as a whitepowder (13 mg, 70%). LRMS (ES): 1850.3 ([M+H]⁺, 5%), 925.6 ([M+2H]+²,25%), 617.7 ([M+3H]⁺³, 100%).

Step E: Synthesis of 2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris{[(tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl]methyl}cyclododecyl)acetate

DOTA(OtBu)₃—OH (95 mg, 138 umol) was added to dry DMF (1 mL) along withHBTU (90 mg, 210 umol), diisopropylethylamine (103 uL, 740 umol), and2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenol (32 mg, 270 umol). The solution was stirredunder nitrogen for 18 hours, concentrated, and purified by preparativeHPLC (Vydac C18, 21.2 mm×25 cm, 90% acetonitrile/water/0.1% TFA; 20-80%B over 30 minutes). The product fractions were frozen and lyophilized toafford the product as a white powder (81 mg, 70%). LRMS (ES): 721.5([M+H]⁺, 100%), 665.5 ([(M−tBu)+H]⁺, 70%).

Step F: Synthesis of(4S)-4-((2S)-4-carboxy-2-{6-[2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris{[(tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl]methyl}cyclododecyl)acetylamino]hexanoylamino}butanoylamino)-4-(N-{1,3-bis[N-(2-{4-[4-({[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-({1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]propyl}carbamoyl)butanoicacid

The product of step D (12 mg, 6.1 umol) and the product of step E (7.2mg, 7.6 umol) were mixed together in dry DMF (600 uL) withdiisopropylethylamine (13.2 uL, 76 umol) and stirred under nitrogen. At90 minutes and 4 hours, additional amounts of step E (5 mg, 5.1 umol)were added. After 5 hours, the reaction was concentrated, dissolved inethanol (2 mL) and treated with sodium hydroxide (540 uL of a 1Nsolution. After 45 minutes, the solution was acidified with 1N HCl (˜600uL), concentrated and purified by preparative HPLC (Vydac C18, 21.2mm×25 cm, 90% acetonitrile/water/0.1% TFA; 10-55% B over 50 minutes).The product fraction, which contained several impurities by HPLCanalysis, was frozen and lyophilized to afford the product as a whitepowder (10.5 mg, 72%). LRMS (ES): 802.2 ([M+3H]⁺³, 100%), 604.1([M+4H]⁺⁴, 90%).

Step G: Synthesis of(4S)-4-{N-[(1S)-1-(N-{1,3-bis[N-(2-{4-[4-({[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-({1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]propyl}carbamoyl)-3-carboxypropyl]carbamoyl}-4-(6-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino}hexanoylamino)butanoic acid

The product of F (10 mg) was added to dichloromethane (1 mL) containingtrifluoroacetic acid (1 mL) and triethylsilane (200 uL) and stirredunder nitrogen for 72 hours. The reaction was concentrated and purifiedby preparative HPLC (Vydac C18, 21.2 mm×25 cm, 90%acetonitrile/water/0.1% TFA; 15-55% B over 50 minutes). The productfraction was frozen and lyophilized to afford the product as a whitepowder (1 mg, 15%). LRMS (ES): 1118.7 ([M+2H)+⁺², 10%), 746.3 ([M+3H]⁺³,40%) 560.0 ([M+4H]⁺⁴, 100%).

Example 40 Synthesis of(4S)-4-(N-{1-[N-(2-{4-[4-({[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-({1-[3-(3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]-3-carboxypropyl}carbamoyl)-4-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino}butanoicacid

Step A: Synthesis of ethyl1-[3-(pyrimidin-2-ylamino)propyl]-1H-indazole-5-carboxylate

Ethyl 1-(3-oxopropyl)-1H-indazole-5-carboxylate (1.0 g, 4.06 mmol,prepared as described in Jadhav et al, U.S. Pat. No. 5,760,028) wasdissolved in toluene (15 mL) and 2-aminopyrimidine (463 mg, 4.9 mmol)added, along with anhydrous magnesium sulfate (2.44 g, 20 mmmol) undernitrogen. The mixture was vigorously stirred for six hours, filteredunder nitrogen, the solids washed (10 mL toluene), and the filtratetreated with sodium triacetoxyborohydride (8.6 g, 40 mmol). The reactionwas stirred under nitrogen for 18 hours, diluted with toluene (25 mL),and poured into water (100 mL). Saturated sodium bicarbonate solution(80 mL) was added to adjust pH>8. The layers were separated and theaqueous layer extracted with three portions of ethyl acetate. Thecombined organics were washed with saturated bicarbonate solution,water, and brine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentratedunder vacuum to afford a golden oil (1.3 g). This purified bypreparative HPLC (Vydac C18, 21.2 mm×25 cm, 90% acetonitrile/water/0.1%TFA; 10-70% B over 30 minutes). The product fractions were frozen andlyophilized to afford the desired product as a white powder (520 mg,40%). LRMS (ES): 326.2 ([M+H]⁺. HRMS: Calculated for C₁₇H₂₀N₅O₂:326.1617; Found: 326.1605. ¹HNMR (600.1343 MHz, CDCl₃): 9.68 (bs, 1H),8.58 (m, 1H), 8.49 (s, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 8.08 (m, 1H), 8.03, (t, 1H),7.50 (d, 1H), 6.73 (t, 1H), 4.55 (m, 2H), 4.39 (q, 2H), 3.36 (m, 2H),2.35 (m, 2H), 1.41 (t,3H).

Step B: Synthesis of1-[3-(pyrimidin-2-ylamino)propyl]-1H-indazole-5-carboxylic acid

The product of step A (510 mg, 1.16 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (50mL) and sodium hydroxide (6.5 mL of a 1N solution, 6.5 mmol) added. Thesolution was heated at reflux for 1.5 hours, diluted with water (45 mL),and the ethanol removed under vacuum. The solution was acidified to pH=3with 1N HCl (˜7 mL) with stirring. The resulting solids were filtered,washed with water, and dried under vacuum to afford the product (308 mg,89%). LRMS (ES): 298.1 ([M+H]⁺. HRMS: Calculated for C₁₅H₁₆N₅O₂:298.1304; Found: 298.1320. ¹HNMR (600.1343 MHz, CDCl₃): 12.5 (b, H),8.42 (s, 1H), 8.26 (d, 2H), 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.90 (d, 1H), 7.67, (d, 1H),7.45 (m, 1H), 6.58 (s, 1H), 4.50 (t, 2H), 3.29 (m, 2H), 2.13 (t, 2H).

Step C: Synthesis of methyl(2S)-2-[({2,6-dimethyl-4-[3-(N-{2-[(phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino]ethyl}carbamoyl)propoxy]phenyl}sulfonyl)amino]-3-({1-[3-(pyrimidin-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)propanoate

The product of step B (292 mg, 0.98 mmol) was treated as in Example 37,Step A to afford the crude product which was purified by preparativeHPLC (Vydac C18, 21.2 mm×25 cm, 90% acetonitrile/water/0.1% TFA; 10-70%B over 30 minutes). The product fractions were frozen and lyophilized toafford the desired product as a white powder (825 mg, 88%). LRMS (ES):844.3 ([M+H]⁺.

Step D: Synthesis of methyl(2S)-2-{[(4-{3-[N-(2-aminoethyl)carbamoyl]propoxy}-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl]amino}-3-({1-[3-(3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)propanoate

The product of Step C (250 mg, 260 umol) was treated as in Example 37,Step B to afford the product as a white powder (220 mg, 89%). LRMS (ES):714.3 ([M+H]⁺, 25%), 402.2 (30%), 357.1 ([M+2H]⁺², 100%). HRMS:Calculated for C₃₃H₄₈N₇O₇S: 714.3397; Found: 714.3374.

Step E: Synthesis of tert-butyl(4S)-4-[N-(2-{4-[4-({[(1S)-1-(methoxycarbonyl)-2-({1-[3-(3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]-4-[(phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino]butanoate

The product of step D (219 mg, 234 umol) was dissolved in DMF (2 mL) andtert-butyl 2,5-dioxopyrrolidinyl(2S)-2-[(phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino]pentane-1,5-dioate (108 mg, 250umol) added, along with diisopropylamine (130 uL, 750 umol). Thesolution was stirred under nitrogen for 90 minutes, concentrated, andpurified by preparative HPLC (Vydac C18, 21.2 mm×25 cm, 90%acetonitrile/water/0.1% TFA; 20-75% B over 40 minutes). The productfractions were frozen and lyophilized to afford the desired product as awhite powder (242 mg, 81%). LRMS (ES): 1033.4 ([M+H]⁺, 100%), 489.2([(M−tBu)+2H]⁺², 80%)

Step F: Synthesis of tert-butyl4-[N-(2-{4-[4-({[(1S)-1-(methoxycarbonyl)-2-({1-[3-(3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]-4-aminobutanoate

The product of C (228 mg, 198 umol) was treated as in Step D to affordthe product as a white powder (176 mg, 79%). LRMS (ES): 899.5 ([M+H]⁺,50%), 450.2 ([M+2H]⁺², 65%), 422.4 ([(M−tBu)+2H]⁺², 100%).

Step G: Synthesis of tert-butyl4-{(2S)-4-[(tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl]-2-[(phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino]butanoylamino}-4-[N-(2-{4-[4-({[(1S)-1-(methoxycarbonyl)-2-({1-[3-(3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]butanoate

The product of step F (85 mg, 76 umol) was treated as in step E toafford the product after lyophilization (87 mg, 87%). LRMS (ES): 1218.6([M+H]⁺, 100%), 610.0 ([M+2H]⁺², 20%), 581.8 ([(M−tBu)+2H]⁺², 30%),553.8 ([(M−2tBu)+2H]⁺², 85%).

Step H: Synthesis of tert-butyl(4S)-4-(N-{1-[N-(2-{4-[4-({[(1S)-1-(methoxycarbonyl)-2-({1-[3-(3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]-3-[(tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl]propyl}carbamoyl)-4-aminobutanoate

The product of step G (75 mg, 56 umol) was treated as in step F toafford the product as a white solid (72 mg, 97%). LRMS (ES): 1084.6([M+H]⁺, 20%), 542.8 ([M+2H]⁺², 100%), 514.8 ([(M−tBu)+2H]⁺², 30%),486.9 ([(M−2tBu)+2H]⁺², 20%).

Step I: Synthesis of tert-butyl(4S)-4-(N-{1-[N-(2-{4-[4-({[(1S)-1-(methoxycarbonyl)-2-({1-[3-(3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]-3-[(tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl]propyl}carbamoyl)-4-[2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris{[(tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl]methyl}cyclododecyl)acetylamino]butanoate

The product of step H (60 mg, 46 umol) was treated as in Example 37,Step G to afford the product as a single pure compound (40 mg, 54%)after lyophilization. LRMS (ES): 1638.7 ([M+H]⁺, 10%), 820.1 ([M+2H]⁺²,30%), 528.5 ([(M−tBu)+3H]⁺³, 30%), 509.8 ([(M−2tBu)+3H]⁺³, 100%), 491.1([(M−3tBu)+3H]⁺³, 50%).

Step J: Synthesis of(4S)-4-(N-{1-[N-(2-{4-[4-({[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-({1-[3-(3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]-3-carboxypropyl}carbamoyl)-4-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino}butanoicacid

The product of step I (25 mg, 14.3 umol) was dissolved in THF (600uL)/water (100 uL) and lithium hydroxide (3N in water, 60 uL, 180 umol)added with stirring. The solution was stirred for 100 min, acidified topH=2 with trifluoroacetic acid (14 uL), and concentrated under vacuum.The residue was treated with dichloromethane (1 mL), trifluoroaceticacid (1 mL) and triethylsilane (100 uL) under nitrogen. The solution wasstirred overnight, concentrated, and purified by preparative HPLC(Zorbax CN, 21.2 mm×25 cm, 50% acetonitrile/water/0.1% formic acid;20-30% B over 50 minutes). The product fractions were combined, frozen,and lyophilized to afford the product as a white solid (13 mg, 57%).LRMS (EI); 1344.5 ([M+H]⁺, 15%), 672.9 ([M+2H]⁺², 100%), 449.9([M+3H]⁺³, 50%).

Exammle 41 Synthesis of(4S)-4-(N-{1-[N-(2-{4-[4-({[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-({1-methyl-3-[3-(2-3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-6-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]-3-carboxypropyl}carbamoyl)-4-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino}butanoicacid

Step A: Synthesis of methyl(2S)-2-[({2,6-dimethyl-4-[3-(N-{2-[(phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino]ethyl}carbamoyl)propoxy]phenyl}sulfonyl)amino]-3-{1-methyl-3-[3-(2-pyridylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-6-yl)}carbonylamino)propanoate

1-Methyl-3-[3-(2-pyridylamino)propyl]-1H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (79mg, 256 umol, prepared as described in Jadhav et al, U.S. Pat. No.5,760,028) was treated with the product of Example 34, Step B (223 mg282 umol) as in example 37, Step A to afford the crude product which waspurified by prep HPLC (Vydac C18, 21.2 mm×25 cm, 90%acetonitrile/water/0.1% TFA; 10-60% B over 30 minutes). The productfractions were frozen and lyophilized to afford the desired product as awhite powder (122 mg, 49%). LRMS (ES): 857.3 ([M+H]⁺, 100%). HRMS:Calculated for C₄₃H₅₃N₈O₉: 857.3656; Found: 857.3676.

Step B: Synthesis of methyl(2S)-2-{[(4-{3-[N-(2-aminoethyl)carbamoyl]propoxy}-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl]amino}-3-({1-methyl-3-[3-(2-3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-6-yl)}carbonylamino)propanoate

In a Parr bottle were added 10% Pd/C (50 mg) and methanol (5 mL) undernitrogen. The product of Step A (113 mg, 116 mmol) in methanol (5 mL)was added, along with 20 uL of trifluoroacetic acid. The mixture washydrogenated at 50 psi with shaking for 7.5 hours, filtered throughCelite, the Celite rinsed with methanol, and the combined filtratesconcentrated. The residue was redissolved in 1:1 acetonitrile/water/0.1%TFA, frozen and lyophilized to afford the product as a white powder (98mg, 88%). LRMS (ES): 727.3 ([M+H]⁺, 25%), 364.2 ([M+2H]⁺², 100%). HRMS:Calculated for C₃₅H₅₁N₈O₇S: 727.3601; Found: 727.3613.

Step C: Synthesis of tert-butyl(4S)-4-[N-(2-{4-[4-({[1S)-1-(methoxycarbonyl)-2-({-methyl-3-[3-(2-3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-6-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]-4-[(phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino]butanoate

The product of step B (98 mg, 102 umol) is reacted as in Example 40,Step E cm, 90% acetonitrile/water/0.1%/TFA; 10-70% B over 25 minutes).The product fractions were frozen and lyophilized to afford the desiredproduct as a white powder (103 mg, 96%). LRMS (ES): 1046.5 ([M+H]⁺,100%), 495.9 ([(M−tBu)+2H]⁺², 60%).

Step D: Synthesis of tert-butyl(4S)-4-{(2S)-4-[(tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl]-2-[(phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino]butanoylamino}-4-[N-(2-{4-[4-({[(1S)-1-(methoxycarbonyl)-2-({1-methyl-3-[3-(2-3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-6-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]butanoate

The product of step C (97 mg, 83 umol) was treated as in Example 37,StepB to afford the crude deprotected amine (87 mg). This was thenreacted as in Example 40, Step E and purified by preparative HPLC(Zorbax C8, 21.2 mm×25 cm, 90% acetonitrile/water/0.1% TFA; 20-80% Bover 30 minutes). The product fractions were frozen and lyophilized toafford the desired product as a white powder (77 mg, 76%). LRMS (ES):1231.6 ([M+H]⁺, 90%), 616.4 ([M+2H]⁺², 40%), 588.4 ([(M−tBu)+2H]⁺²,50%), 495.9 ([(M−2tBu)+2H]⁺², 100%).

Step E: Synthesis of tert-butyl(4S)-4-(N-{(1S)-1-[N-(2-{4-[4-({[(1S)-1-(methoxycarbonyl)-2-({1-methyl-3-[3-(2-3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-6-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]-3-[(tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl]propyl)carbamoyl)-4-[2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris{([(tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl]methyl}cyclododecyl)acetylamino]butanoate

The product of step D (71 mg, 53 umol) was treated as in Example 37,Step B to afford the crude deprotected amine (64 mg). This was thenreacted with DOTA(OtBu)₃—OH (29.5 mg, 52 umol) as in Example 40, Step Iand the crude product purified by preparative HPLC (Vydac C18, 21.2mm×25 cm, 90% acetonitrile/0.1% TFA; 20-75% B over 45 minutes). Theproduct fractions were frozen and lyophilized to afford the desiredproduct as a white powder (62 mg, 75%). LRMS (ES): 1651.9 ([M+H]⁺, 5%),826.7 ([M+2H]⁺², 30%), 532.8 ([(M−tBu)+3H]⁺³, 25%), 514.9([(M−2tBu)+3H]⁺³, 100%), 495.4 ([(M−3tBu)+3H]⁺³, 60%).

Step F: Synthesis of(4S)-4-(N-{1-[N-(2-{4-[4-({[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-({1-methyl-3-[3-(2-3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-6-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]-3-carboxypropyl}carbamoyl)-4-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino}butanoicacid

The product of step E (42 mg, 25 umol) was treated as in Example 40,Step J and the crude product purified by preparative HPLC (Zorbax CN,21.2 mm×25 cm, 50% acetonitrile/water/0.1% formic acid; 20-35% B over 60minutes). The product fractions were combined, frozen, and lyophilizedto afford the product as a white solid (11 mg, 48%). LRMS (EI); 1357.6([M+H]⁺, 15%), 679.5 ([M+2H]⁺², 100%), 453.3 ([M+3H]⁺³, 40%).

Example 42 Synthesis of(4S)-4-(N-{(1S)-1-[N-(2-{4-[4-({[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-({1-[2-(2-3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridylamino)ethyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]-3-carboxypropyl}carbamoyl)-4-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino}butanoicacid

Step A: Synthesis of ethyl1-[2-(1,3-dioxoisoindolin-2-yl)ethyl]-1H-indazole-5-carboxylate andethyl 2-[2-(1,3-dioxoisoindolin-2-yl)ethyl]-1H-indazole-5-carboxylate

Ethyl 1H-indazole-5-carboxylate (1.5 g, 7.9 mmol) and 18-crown-6 (45 mg)were added to dry THF (45 mL) in flame-dried glassware under nitrogen.Sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (8.7 mL of 1M solution in THF, 8.7 mmol)was added via syringe, followed by N-(2-bromoethyl)phthalimide (2.5 g,9.8 mmol). The reaction was heated at reflux temperature for 22 hr,cooled, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was partitionedbetween toluene and water, separated, and the aqueous layer extractedwith ethyl acetate. The combined organics were washed with water andbrine, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to afford3.5 g of an oil. This was purified by flash chromatography(toluene—ethyl acetate gradient), collecting two separate products whichwere concentrated to yield the products as oils which solidified onstanding. The 1-substituted indazole eluted first (980 mg), followed bythe 2-substituted analog (600 mg) for a combined yield of 55%. Theirmass spectra were identical. LRMS (ES): 364.1 ([M+H]⁺, 100%), 386.1([M+Na]⁺, 15%)

Step B: Synthesis of ethyl 1-(2-aminoethyl)-1H-indazole-5-carboxylate

Ethyl 1-[2-(1,3-dioxoisoindolin-2-yl)ethyl]-1H-indazole-5-carboxylate(step A, 980 mg, 2.7 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol/THF (1:1, 35 mL)under nitrogen. Hydrazine (365 uL) was added and the reaction stirred 17hours. THF (75 mL) was added and the resulting solids were filtered off.The filtrate was concentrated to an orange solid, which was purified byflash chromatography (dichoromethane/5% methanol/0.5% triethylamine).The product fractions were combined and concentrated to an orange solid(404 mg, 66%). LRMS (ES): 234.1 ([M+H]⁺, 100%)

Step C: Synthesis of ethyl1-{2-[(1-hydroxy-2-pyridyl)amino]ethyl}-1H-indazole-5-carboxylate

Ethyl 1-(2-aminoethyl)-1H-indazole-5-carboxylate (584 mg, 2.5 mmol,prepared as in step B), was added to dry n-butanol along with2-chloropyridine-N-oxide hydrochloride (847 mg, 5.1 mmol) and anhydroussodium bicarbonate (850 mg, 10.1 mmol). The reaction mixture wasvigorously stirred and heated at 100C for 21 hr. Additional aliquots of2-chloropyridine-N-oxide hydrochloride (847 mg, 5.1 mmol) and anhydroussodium bicarbonate (850 mg, 10.1 mmol) were added and heating continuedfor 24 hours. The reaction was cooled and filtered and the filtrateconcentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (5%methanol-dichloromethane) and the product fractions concentrated toafford the product as an orange solid (358 mg, 44%). LRMS (ES): 327.1([M+H]⁺, 100%), 653.3 ([2M+H]⁺, 40%) ¹HNMR (600.1343 MHz, CDCl₃): 8.44(s, 1H), 8.12 (s, 1H), 7.97 (d of t, 2H), 7.56 (bs, 1H), 7.45 (d, 1H),7.06, (m, 1H), 6.45 (m, 1H), 6.35 (t, 1H), 4.68 (t, 2H), 4.37 (q, 2H),3.90 (q, 2H), 1.39 (t, 3H).

Step D: Synthesis of1-{2-[(1-oxy-2-pyridyl)amino]ethyl}-1H-indazole-5-carboxylic acid

The product of step C (349 mg, 1.07 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (35mL) and 1N sodium hydroxide solution (6.0 mL, 6 mmol) added. Thesolution was heated at reflux for 75 min, the volume reduced by half,and water (30 mL) added. 1N hydrochloric acid was added to pH=3 and theremaining ethanol concentrated under vacuum. The resulting solids werefiltered and dried under vacuum to afford the product as an off-whitesolid (163 mg, 51%). LRMS (ES): 299.2 ([M+H]⁺, 100%).

Step E: Synthesis of methyl(2S)-2-[({2,6-dimethyl-4-[3-(N-{2-[(phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino]ethyl}carbamoyl)propoxy]phenyl}sulfonyl)amino]-3-[(1-{2-[(1-oxy(2-pyridyl))amino]ethyl}(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino]propanoate

The product of step D (137 mg, 460 umol) was dissolved in DMF with theproduct of Example 34, Step B (312 mg, 460 umol), and HBTU (209 mg, 552umol) under nitrogen. Diisopropylethylamine (240 uL, 1.4 mmol) was addedand the reaction was stirred for 50 minutes. The solution wasconcentrated and purified by preparative HPLC (Vydac C-18, 5 cm×25 cm,80 mL/min, 90% acetonitrile/water/0.1% trifluoroacetic acid; 20-55% Bover 40 minutes). The product fractions were combined, frozen, andlyophilized to afford the product as a white solid (238 mg, 54%). LRMS(EI); 845.3 ([M+H]⁺, 100%), 1690.6 ([2M+H]⁺, 10%), 711.3 ([(M−Z)+H]⁺,30%).

Step F: Synthesis of(2S)-2-{[(4-{3-[1N-(2-aminoethyl)carbamoyl]propoxy}-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl]amino}-3-({1-[2-(2-3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridylamino)ethyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)propanoicacid

Into a Parr bottle under nitrogen was placed 10% palladium on carbon(100 mg), followed by methanol (10 mL). The product of step E (230 mg,240 umol), dissolved in methanol (30 mL) was added and the reactionhydrogenated at 55 psi for 20 hours. Additional catalyst (50 mg) andtrifluoroacetic acid (60 uL) were added and the hydrogenation continuedfor 34 hours. The reaction was filtered through Celite, rinsed, and thefiltrates concentrated to yield 205 mg of an oil, which still containedsome deprotected N-oxide. This oil was dissolved in water/THF (1:1, 1.5mL) and 3N lithium hydroxide solution (720 uL, 2.1 mmol) added. Thesolution was stirred for 1 hour, acidified to pH=2 with trifluoroaceticacid and concentrated. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC(Vydac C-18, 21.2 mm×25 cm, 90% acetonitrile/water/0.1% trifluoroaceticacid; 5-30% B over 50 minutes). The product fractions were combined,frozen, and lyophilized to afford the product as a white solid (38 mg,26%). LRMS (EI); 685.3 ([M+H]⁺, 100%).

Step G: Synthesis of(2S)-2-{[(4-{3-[N-(2-{(2S)-4-[(tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl]-2-[(phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]propoxy}-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl]amino}-3-({1-[2-(2-3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridylamino)ethyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)propanoicacid

The product of Step F (125 mg, 183 umol) is treated as in Example 40,Step E. The product is obtained as a white solid after lyophilization.

Step H: Synthesis of(2S)-2-({[4-(3-{N-[2-((2S)-2-{(2S)-4-[(tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl]-2-[(phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino]butanoylamino}4-[(tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl]butanoylamino)ethyl]carbamoyl}propoxy)-2,6-dimethylphenyl]sulfonyl}amino)-3-({1-[2-(2-3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridylamino)ethyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)propanoicacid

The product of Step G is treated as in Example 40, Step F. The residueis not purified but treated directly as in Example 40, Step G. Theproduct is obtained as a white solid after lyophilization.

Step I: Synthesis of tert-butyl(4S)-4-(N-{(1S)-1-[N-(2-{4-[4-({[(1S)-1-(methoxycarbonyl)-2-({1-[2-(2-3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridylamino)ethyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]-3-[(tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl]propyl}carbamoyl)-4-[2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris{[(tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl]methyl}cyclododecyl)acetylamino]butanoate

The product of Step H is treated as in Example 40, Step H. The residueis not purified but coupled directly with DOTA(OtBu)3—OH as in Example40, step I. The product is obtained as a white solid afterlyophilization.

Step J: Synthesis of(4S)-4-(N-{(1S)-1-[N-(2-{4-[4-({[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-({1-(2-(2-3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridylamino)ethyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)-3,5-dimethylphenoxy]butanoylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]-3-carboxypropyl}carbamoyl)-4-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino}butanoicacid

The product of step I is treated as in Example 40, Step J and the crudeproduct is purified by preparative HPLC (Zorbax CN, 21.2 mm×25 cm, 50%acetonitrile/water/0.1% formic acid; 20-35% B over 60 minutes). Theproduct fractions are combined, frozen, and lyophilized to afford theproduct as a white solid

Example 43 Synthesis of(2S)-2-{[(2,6-dimethyl-4-{3-[N-(2-{2-[1,4,7,10tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]propoxy}phenyl)sulfonyl]amino}-3-({2-[2-(2-3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridylamino)ethyl](2-hydro-1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)propanoicacid

Step A: Synthesis of ethyl2-(2-aminoethyl)-2-hydro-1H-indazole-5-carboxylate

The slower eluting product of Example 42, Step A (600 mg, 1.65 mmol) wastreated as in Example 42, Step B to afford the product as a single purecompound (164 mg, 43%). LRMS (ES): 234.2 ([M+H]⁺, 100%).

Step B: Synthesis of ethyl2-{2-[(1-hydroxy-2-pyridyl)amino]ethyl}-2-hydro-1H-indazole-5-carboxylate

The product of step A (249 mg, 1.07 mmol) was treated as in Example 42,Step C to afford the product in 80% purity after flash chromatography.This was purified by preparative HPLC (Vydac C18, 21.2 mm×25cm, 90%acetonitrile/0.1% TFA; 10-55% B over 25 minutes). The product fractionswere frozen and lyophilized to afford the desired product as a whitepowder (204 mg, 43%). LRMS (ES): 327.2 ([M+H]⁺, 100%), 653.3 ([2M+H]⁺,40%).

Step C: Synthesis of2-{2-[(1-hydroxy-2-pyridyl)amino]ethyl}-2-hydro-1H-indazole-5-carboxylicacid

The product of step B (202 mg, 461 umol) was treated as in Example 42,Step D to afford the product as a white powder after filtration (138 mg,100%). LRMS (ES): 299.2 ([M+H]⁺, 100%).

Step D: Synthesis of methyl(2S)-2-[({2,6-dimethyl-4-[3-(N-{2-[(phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino]ethyl}carbamoyl)propoxy]phenyl}sulfonyl)amino]-3-[(2-{2-[(1-oxy(2-pyridyl))amino]ethyl}(2-hydro-1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino]propanoate

The product of step C (35mg, 116 umol) was treated as in Example 42,Step E to afford the product as a white powder after lyophilization (64mg, 58%). LRMS (ES): 845.3 ([M+H]⁺, 100%). HRMS: Calculated forC₄₁H₄₉N₈O₁₀S: 845.3292; Found: 845.3264.

Step E: Synthesis of methyl(2S)-2-{[(4-{3-[N-(2-aminoethyl)carbamoyl]propoxy}-2,6-dimethylphenyl)sulfonyl]amino}-3-({2-[2-(2-3,4,5,6-tetahydropyridylamino)ethyl](2-hydro-1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)propanoate

The product of step D (25 mg, 26 umol) was treated as in Example 42,Step F to afford the product as a white powder after lyophilization (11mg, 52%). LRMS (ES): 685.3 ([M+H]⁺, 100%).

Step F: Synthesis of methyl(2S)-2-[({2,6-dimethyl-4-[3-(N-{2-[2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris{[(tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl]methyl}cyclododecyl)acetylamino]ethyl}carbamoyl)propoxy]phenyl}sulfonyl)amino]-3-({2-[2-(2-3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridylamino)ethyl](2-hydro-1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)propanoate

The product of Step E (11 mg, 15 umol) is reacted with DOTA(OtBu)3—OH(10 mg, 17 umol) as in Example 37, Step F, to afford the product as apure compound after purification and lyophilization.

Step G: Synthesis of(2S)-2-{[(2,6-dimethyl-4-{3-[N-(2-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino}ethyl)carbamoyl]propoxy}phenyl)sulfonyl]amino}-3-({2-[2-(2-3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridylamino)ethyl](2-hydro-1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)propanoicacid

The product of Step F (12 mg, 9.7 umol) is deprotected as in Example 40,Step J, to afford the product as a pure compound after preparative HPLCpurification and lyophilization of the product fractions.

Example 44 Synthesis of(4S)-4-{N-[(1S)-1-(N-{2-[({4-[4-({[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-({1-[2-(2-3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridylamino)ethyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)phenyl]phenyl}sulfonyl)amino]ethyl}carbamoyl)-3-carboxypropyl]carbamoyl)-4-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxy-methyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino}butanoicacid

Step A: Synthesis of methyl(2S)-3-amino-2-{[(4-{4-[({2-[(phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino]ethyl}amino)sulfonyl]phenyl}phenyl)sulfonyl]amino}propanoate

Biphenyl-4,4′-disulfonyl chloride (5.3 g, 15 mmol) was reacted withN-(2-aminoethyl)(phenylmethoxy)carboxamide (2.3 g, 10 mmol) and methyl(2S)-2-amino-3-[(tert-butoxy)carbonylamino]propanoate (5.1 g, 20 mmol)sequentially, in the same fashion as Step 1B, to afford 10.2 grams ofthe crude Boc-protected product after concentration of the organicextracts. This was directly dissolved in dichloromethane (100 mL) andtrifluoroacetic acid (100 mL) added under nitrogen. The solution wasstirred for 1 hour, concentrated and dissolved in acetonitrile. Additionof 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid resulted in a solid precipitate, which wasfiltered, and the filtrate was then purified by preparative HPLC (VydacC-18, 5.5 cm×25 cm, 90% acetonitrile/water/0.1% trifluoroacetic acid, 80mL/minute 0-70% B over 40 minutes). The product fractions were combined,frozen, and lyophilized to afford the product as a white solid (3.6 g,50% for two steps). LRMS (ES): 591.1 ([M+H]⁺, 100%). ¹HNMR (600.1343MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.1 (m, 3H), 7.97 (m, 4H), 7.91 (m, 4H), 7.83 (t, 1H),7.30 (m, 5H), 4.98, (s, 2H), 4.25 (m, 1H), 3.35 (s, 3H), 3.15 (dd, 1H),3.06 (m, 2H), 2.95 (dd, 1H), 2.83 (m, 2H).

Step B: Synthesis of methyl(2S)-3-[(1-{2-[(1-oxy(2-pyridyl))amino]ethyl}(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino]-2-{[(4-{4-[({2-[(phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino]ethyl}amino)sulfonyl]phenyl}phenyl}sulfonyl]amino}propanoate

The product of Example 42, Step D (46 mg, 154 umol) was dissolved in dryDMF (2.5 mL) with the product of Step A (114 mg, 162 umol), HBTU (76 mg,200 umol), and diisopropylethylamine (81 uL, 462 umol). The reaction wasstirred for 1 hour, concentrated and the residue purified by preparativeHPLC (Zorbax C-8, 21.2 mm×25 cm, 90% acetonitrile/water/0.1%trifluoroacetic acid; 20-60% B over 40 minutes). The product fractionswere combined, frozen, and lyophilized to afford the product as a whitesolid (102 mg, 67%). LRMS (ES): 871.3 ([M+H]⁺, 100%). HRMS: Calculatedfor C₄₁H₄₃N₈O₁₀S₂: 871.2544; Found: 871.2540.

Step C: Synthesis of methyl(2S)-2-({[4-(4-{[(2-aminoethyl)amino]sulfonyl}phenyl)phenyl]sulfonyl}amino)-3-({1-[2-(2-3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridylamino)ethyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)propanoate

The product of Step B (75 mg, 76 umol) was treated as in Example 41,Step B and purified by preparative HPLC (Zorbax C-8, 21.2 mm×25 cm, 90%acetonitrile/water/0.1% trifluoroacetic acid; 15-25% B over 40 minutes).The product fractions were combined, frozen, and lyophilized to affordthe product as a white solid (56 mg, 86%). LRMS (ES): 725.2 ([M+H]⁺,20%), 363.2 ([M+2H]⁺², 100%).

Step D: Synthesis of tert-butyl(4S)-4-(N-{2-[({4-[4-({[(1S)-1-(methoxycarbonyl)-2-(1-[2-(2-3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridylamino)ethyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)phenyl]phenyl}sulfonyl)amino]ethyl}carbamoyl)-4-[(phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino]butanoate

The product of Step C was reacted as in Example 40, Step E to afford theproduct as a white solid after lyophilization. LRMS

Step E: Synthesis of tert-butyl(4S)-4-{(2S)-4-[(tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl]-2-[(phenytmethoxy)carbonylamino]butanoylamino}-4-(N-{2-[({4-[4-({[(1S)-1-(methoxycarbonyl)-2-({1-[2-(2-3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridylamino)ethyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)phenyl]phenyl}sulfonyl)amino]ethyl}carbamoyl)butanoate

The product of Step D is treated as in Example 40, Step F to afford theproduct as a white solid after lyophilization.

Step F: Synthesis of tert-butyl(4S)-4-{N-[(1S)-1-(N-{2-[({4-[4-({[(1S)-1-(methoxycarbonyl)-2-({1-[2-(2-(2,3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridylamino)ethyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)phenyl]phenyl}sulfonyl)amino]ethyl}carbamoyl)-3-[(tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl]propyl]carbamoyl}-4-[2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris{[(tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl]methyl}cyclododecyl)acetylamino]butanoate

The product of Step E is treated as in Example 40, step G to afford theproduct as a white solid after lyophilization.

Step G: Synthesis of(4S)-4-{N-[(1S)-1-(N-{2-[({4-[4-({[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-({1-[2-(2-3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyridylamino)ethyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)phenyl]phenyl}sulfonyl)amino]ethyl}carbamoyl)-3-carboxypropyl]carbamoyl}-4-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino}butanoicacid

The product of Step F is treated as in Example 40, Step G to afford theproduct as a white solid after lyophilization.

Example 45 Synthesis of(4S)-4-{N-[(1S)-1-(N-{2-[({4-[4-({[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-({1-[3-(3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)phenyl]phenyl}sulfonyl)amino]ethyl}carbamoyl)-3-carboxypropyl]carbamoyl}-4-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino}butanoicacid

Step A: Synthesis of methyl(2S)-2-{[(4-{4-[({2-[(phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino]ethyl}amino)sulfonyl]phenyl}phenyl)sulfonyl]amino}-3-({1-[3-(pyrimidin-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)propanoate

The product of Example 40, Step B (58 mg, 195 umol) was reacted with theproduct of Example 44, Step A (144 mg, 205 umol) as in Example 44, StepB and the residue purified by preparative HPLC (Vydac C-18, 21.2 mm×25cm, 90% acetonitrile/water/0.1% trifluoroacetic acid; 10-70% B over 30minutes). The product fractions were combined, frozen, and lyophilizedto afford the product as a white solid (102 mg, 54%). LRMS (ES): 870.3([M+H]⁺, 100%). ¹HNMR (600.1343 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8.52 (d, 1H), 8.51 (s,1H), 8.29 (d, 1H), 8.17, (d, 1H), 7.82 (m, 9H), 7.74 (d, 1H), 7.64 (d,1H), 7.49 (b, 1H), 7.31, (m, 6H), 6.61 (t, 1H), 4.98, (s, 2H), 4.46 (t,2H), 4.19 (dd, 1H), 3.55 (m, 1H), 3.42 (m, 1H), 3.41 (s, 3H), 3.26 (t,2H), 3.06 (t, 2H), 2.83 (m, 2H), 2.09 (m, 2H).

Step B: Synthesis of tert-butyl(4S)-4-(N-{2-[({4-[4-({[(1S)-1-(methoxycarbonyl)-2-({1-[3-(3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)phenyl]phenyl}sulfonyl)amino]ethyl}carbamoyl)-4-[(phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino]butanoate

The product of Step A (100 mg, 102 umol) was treated as in Example 41,Step B and the resulting solid (79 mg) directly reacted as in Example40, Step E to afford the crude product as an oil, which was purified bypreparative HPLC (Vydac C-18, 21.2 mm×25 cm, 90% acetonitrile/water/0.1%trifluoroacetic acid; 10-70% B over 40 minutes). The product fractionswere combined, frozen, and lyophilized to afford the product as a whitesolid (98 mg, 80%). LRMS (ES): 1059.3 ([M+H]⁺, 100%).

Step C: Synthesis of tert-butyl(4S)-4-{(2S)-4-[(tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl]-2-[(phenylmethoxy)carbonylamino]butanoylamino}-4-(N-{2-[({4-[4-({[(1S)-1-(methoxycarbonyl)-2-({1-[3-(3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)phenyl]phenyl}sulfonyl)amino]ethyl}carbamoyl)butanoate

The product of Step B (96 mg, 82 umol) was treated as in Example 41,Step D to afford the product as a white solid (48 mg, 42%) afterlyophilization. LRMS (ES): 1244.4 ([M+H]⁺, 100%), 566.8 ([M−2tBu)+2H]⁺²,45%).

Step D: Synthesis of tert-butyl(4S)-4-{N-[(1S)-1-(N-{2-[({4-[4-({[(1S)-1-(methoxycarbonyl)-2-({1-[3-(3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)phenyl]phenyl}sulfonyl)amino]ethyl}carbamoyl)-3-[(tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl]propyl]carbamoyl}-4-[2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris{[(tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl]methyl}cyclododecyl)acetylamino]butanoate

The product of Step C (47 mg, 35 umol) was treated as in Example 41,Step E to afford the product as a white solid (36 mg, 62%) afterlyophilization. LRMS (ES): 1664.6 ([M+H]⁺, 5%), 833.2 ([(M+2H]⁺², 60%),518.4 ([(M−2tBu)+3H]⁺³, 100%).

Step E: Synthesis of(4S)-4-{N-[(1S)-1-(N-{2-[({4-[4-({[(1S)-1-carboxy-2-({1-[3-(3,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidin-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)phenyl]phenyl}sulfonyl)amino]ethyl}carbamoyl)-3-carboxypropyl]carbamoyl}-4-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino}butanoicacid

The product of Step D (29 mg, 15 umol) was treated as in Example 40,Step J to afford the crude product which was purified by preparativeHPLC (Vydac C-18, 21.2 mm×25 cm, 90% acetonitrile/water/0.1%trifluoroacetic acid; 5-35% B over 35 minutes). The product fractionswere combined, frozen, and lyophilized to afford the product as a whitesolid (11 mg, 46%) after lyophilization. LRMS (ES): 1370.4 ([M+H]⁺,10%), 685.8 ([(M+2H]⁺², 90%), 457.6 ([M+3H]⁺³, 100%).

Example 46 Synthesis of(2S)-3-({3-[(imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl]-1-methyl(1H-indazol-6-yl)}carbonylamino)-2-({[4-(4-{[(2-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino}ethyl)amino]sulfonyl}phenyl)phenyl]sulfonyl}amino)propanoicacid

Step A: Synthesis of methyl 3-formyl-1-methyl-1H-indazole-6-carboxylate

In a dry flask under nitrogen is added dry DMF (1.6 mL) and the solutioncooled to −5C in an ice/ethanol bath. Phosphorous oxychloride (530 uL,5.7 mmol) is added via syringe and the solution is allowed to stir for30 minutes in the bath. Methyl 1-methyl-1H-indazole-6-carboxylate, (500mg, 2.84 mmol, prepared as in Jadhav et al, U.S. Pat. No. 5,760,028)dissolved in DMF (3 mL) is added slowly to the cold solution. Thereaction is then warmed to 35C, stirred for four hours, and then pouredonto crushed ice. The resulting slurry is neutralized with 1N NaOH topH=7, heated rapidly to boiling for 1 minute, cooled quickly to roomtemperature, and the solution extracted with ethyl acetate. The combinedorganics are washed with water and brine, dried, filtered andconcentrated. The resulting oil is purified by flash chromatography toafford the product.

Step B: Synthesis of methyl1-methyl-3-({[1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazol-2-yl]amino}methyl)-1H-indazole-6-carboxylate

The product of Step A (204 mg, 1 mmol) is dissolved in toluene (10 mL)with N-trityl-2-aminoimidazole (357 mg, 1.1 mmol) and heated to refluxwith a Dean-Stark trap. Four aliquots of toluene (3 mL each) are removedvia distillation at 1.5 hour intervals, being replaced by dry tolueneeach time, and then the solution is left to reflux for 18 hours. Thereaction is cooled to room temperature and sodium triacetoxyborohydride(1 gram, 5 mmol) is added in one portion. The reaction is stirred atroom temperature for 24 hours, poured into water, and the layersseparated. The aqueous layer is extracted with ethyl acetate and thecombined organic layers are washed with saturated bicarbonate, water,and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, concentrated, and purified byflash chromatography to afford the product.

Step C: Synthesis of1-({[1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazol-2-yl]amino}methyl)-1H-indazole-5-carboxylicacid

The product of Step B (250 mg, 474 umol) is added to THF/water (1:1, 15mL) along with lithium hydroxide (3N, 0.8 mL, 2.4 mmol) and the solutionstirred, following by TLC until the starting material has disappeared,when the THF is removed under vacuum. The reaction is acidified to pH=2with 1N HCl and the resulting solids are filtered, washed with water,and dried under vacuum to afford the product.

Step D: Synthesis of

The product of Step C (190 mg, 370 umol) is reacted with the product ofExample 44, Step A (285 mg, 407 umol) as in Example 44, Step B and theresidue is purified by preparative HPLC (Vydac C-18, 21.2 mm×25 cm, 90%acetonitrile/water/0.1% trifluoroacetic acid; 10-70% B over 30 minutes).The product fractions are combined, frozen, and lyophilized to affordthe product.

Step E: Synthesis of methyl(2S)-2-({[4-(4-{[(2-aminoethyl)amino]sulfonyl}phenyl)phenyl]sulfonyl}amino)-3-{[1-methyl-3-({[1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazol-2-yl]amino}methyl)(1H-indazol-6-yl)]carbonylamino}propanoate

The product of Step D (100 mg) in methanol (10 mL) is added to a slurryof 10% palladium on carbon (50 mg) in methanol (8 mL) in a Parr bottleunder nitrogen. The solution is hydrogenated at 50 psi for 1.5 hours,filtered through Celite, washed with methanol, and the combinedfiltrates concentrated. The resulting oil is not purified but carrieddirectly into the next step.

Step F: Synthesis of methyl(2S)-3-{[1-methyl-3-({[1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazol-2-yl]amino}methyl)(1H-indazol-6-yl)]carbonylamino}-2-{[(4-{(4-[({2-[2-(1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris{[(tert-butyl)oxycarbonyl]methyl}cyclododecyl)acetylamino]ethyl}amino)sulfonyl]phenyl}phenyl)sulfonyl]amino}propanoate

The product of Step E (73 mg, 77 umol) is reacted with DOTA(OtBu)3—OH(49 mg, 85 umol) as in Example 37, Step F, to afford the product as apure compound after purification and lyophilization.

Step G: Synthesis of(2S)-3-({3-[(imidazol-2-ylamino)methyl]-1-methyl(1H-indazol-6-yl)}carbonylamino)-2-({[4-(4-{[(2-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]acetylamino}ethyl)amino]sulfonyl}phenyl)phenyl]sulfonyl}amino)propanoicacid

The product of Step F (73 mg, 77 umol) is deprotected as in Example 40,Step J, to afford the product as a pure compound after preparative HPLCpurification and lyophilization of the product ractions.

Example 47 Synthesis of3-[(7-{3-[(6-{[(1E)-1-aza-2-(2-sulfophenyl)vinyl]amino}(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino]propoxy}-1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino](2S)-2-{[(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl]-amino}propanoicacid

Part A. Preparation of ethyl7-{3-[(tert-butoxy)-carbonylamino]propoxy}-1-benzyl-1H-indazole-5-carboxylate

A solution of ethyl 7-hydroxy-1-benzyl-1H-indazole-5-carboxylate (P.Baraldi et. al, Il. Farmaco, 52(12), 717 (1997)) in ethanol is treatedwith sodium ethoxide, followed by commercially availableboc-3-aminopropylbromide, and refluxed for 2-5 hours. The volatiles areremoved and the crude residue is extracted with ethyl acetate. The cruderesidue is obtained after removal of ethyl acetate and is purified bychromatography to give the title compound.

Part B. Preparation of7-{3-[(tert-butoxy)carbonylamino]-propoxy}-1-(3-{[1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazol-2-yl]amino}-propyl)-1H-indazole-5-carboxylicacid

Ethyl7-{3-[(tert-butoxy)carbonylamino]propoxy}-1-benzyl-1H-indazole-5-carboxylateis subjected to hydrogenolysis to give the debenzylated derivative.Using the procedure described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,760,028, Example 1050e,parts D, E, J, and K ethyl7-{3-[(tert-butoxy)carbonylamino]propoxy}-1H-indazole-5-carboxylate isconverted to the title compound in four steps.

Part C. Preparation of(2S)-3-({7-(3-aminopropoxy)-1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)-2-{[(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl]amino}propanoicacid

A solution of7-{3-[(tert-butoxy)carbonylamino]-propoxy}-1-(3-{[1-(triphenylmethyl)imidazol-2-yl]amino}-propyl)-1H-indazole-5-carboxylicacid is treated with Hunig's base and HBTU, then is stirred for about 10min. The reaction mixture is treated with methyl3-amino-2(S)(2,4,6-trimethyl-benzenesulfonyl)aminopropionate. Theproduct is then isolated via chromatography.

The methyl ester is saponified using LiOH in THF, and the trityl and bocprotecting groups are removed by treatment with trifluoroacetic acid togive the title compound. It is purified by reversed phase preparativeHPLC.

Part D. Preparation of3-[(7-{3-[(6-{[(1E)-1-aza-2-(2-sulfophenyl)vinyl]amino}(3-pyridyl))carbonylamino]propoxy}-1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino](2S)-2-{[(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl]amino}-propanoicacid

(2S)-3-({7-(3-Aminopropoxy)-1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)-propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)-2-{[(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl]amino}propanoicacid is dissolved in N,N-dimethylforrnamide. Triethylamine (3 eq)isadded, and the reaction is stirred for 5 min.2-[[[5-[[(2,5-Dioxo-1-pyrrolidinyl)oxy]carbonyl]-2-pyridinyl]hydrazono]-methyl]-benzenesulfonicacid, monosodium salt (1.1 eq.) is added, and the reaction is stirredovernight. The reaction mixture is concentrated under high vacuum andthe crude is purified by reversed phase preparative HPLC to give thetitle compound.

Example 48 Synthesis of3-{[1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl]-7-(3-{2-[1,4,7,10-tetraaza-4,7,10-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclododecyl]-acetylamino}propoxy)(1H-indazol-5-yl)]carbonylamino}-2-{[(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl]amino}propanoicacid

To asolution oftris(t-butyl)-1,4,7,10-tetra-azacyclododecane-1,4,7,10-tetraacetic acid(1 eq) and Hunig's base (3 eq.) in DMF is added HBTU (0.8 eq) and themixture is stirred for 5 min. To this is added a solution of(2S)-3-({7-(3-Aminopropoxy)-1-[3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl](1H-indazol-5-yl)}carbonylamino)-2-{[(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)sulfonyl]-amino}propanoicacid (0.75 eq) in DMF and the reaction mixture is allowed to stir undernitrogen at room temperature for 4 h. The solvent is removed in vacuoand the residue is purified by preparative RP-HPLC to obtain theconjugate. A solution of the conjugate in TFA is stirred at roomtemperature under nitrogen for 5 h. The solution is concentrated invacuo and the residue is purified by preparative RP-BPLC to obtain thetitle compound as a lyophilized solid.

Examples 49-55 Synthesis of In-111 Complex of the Conjugate of Example34

To a lead shielded and crimped 1 cc autosampler vial was added 40-50 μgof the conjugate of Example 34 dissolved in 100 μL ammonium citratebuffer (0.4 M, pH 4.7) followed by the addition of 2 mCi, (5 μL) In-111in 0.05 N HCl (specific activity: 25 μg/mCi). The reaction mixture washeated at 90-100° C. for 30 min and analyzed by HPLC. Yield: 97.3%; Ret.Time: 8.1 min.

HPLC Method Column: Zorbax Rx C18, 25 cm × 4.6 mm Column Temperature:Ambient Flow: 1.0 ml/min Solvent A: 25 mM sodium phosphate buffer at pH6 Solvent B: Acetonitrile Detector: Sodium iodide (NaI) radiometricprobe, and UV at 220 nm wavelength. Gradient t (min)  0 25 26 35 36 45 %B 10 20 60 60 10 10

Example 50 Synthesis of In-111 Complex of the Conjugate of Example 35

To a lead shielded and crimped 2 cc autosampler vial was added 100 μg ofthe conjugate of Example 35 dissolved in 200 μL ammonium citrate buffer(0.4 M, pH 4.8) followed by the addition of 2.5 mCi, (7.5 μL) In-111(NEN) in 0.05 N HCl (specific activity: 40 μg/mCi). The reaction mixturewas heated at 100° C. for 30 min and analyzed by HPLC. Yield: 74.7%,Ret. Time: 13.2 min.

HPLC Method Column: Zorbax Rx C18, 25 cm × 4.6 mm Column Temperature:Ambient Flow: 1.0 ml/min Solvent A: 25 mM sodium phosphate buffer at pH6 Solvent B: Acetonitrile Detector: Sodium iodide (NaI) radiometricprobe, and UV at 220 nm wavelength. Gradient t (min) 0 25 26 35 36 45 %B 14 16 60 60 14 14

Example 51 Synthesis of In-111 Complex of the Conjugate of Example 36

To a lead shielded and crimped 2 cc autosampler vial was added 70 μg ofthe conjugate of Example 36 dissolved in 140 μL ammonium acetate buffer(0.5 M, pH 4.7) followed by the addition of 1 mg of gentisic acid(sodium salt) dissolved in 10 μL of H₂O, and 1.7 mCi, (9 μL) In-111(NEN) in 0.05 N HCl (specific activity: 41 μg/mCi). The reaction mixturewas heated at 100° C. for 20 min and analyzed by HPLC. Yield: 87%, Ret.Time: 17-18 min.

HPLC Method Column: Zorbax Rx C18, 25 cm × 4.6 mm Column Temperature:Ambient Flow: 1.0 ml/min Solvent A: 10 mM ammonium acetate Solvent B:Acetonitrile Detector: IN-US β-ram, and UV at 220 nm wavelength.Gradient t (min) 0 25 26 35 36 45 % B 7 7 60 60 7 7

Example 52 Synthesis of In-111 Complex of the Conjugate of Example 37

To a shielded and crimped 2 cc autosampler vial was added 40-60 μg ofthe conjugate of Example 37 dissolved in 80-120 μl 0.5 M ammoniumacetate buffer (pH 4.8) followed by the addition of 1 mg gentisic acidsodium salt and 1-1.3 mCi (6 μl) In-111 in 0.05M HCl. The reactionmixture was heated at 100° C. for 15 minutes and analyzed by HPLC.Yield: 75.3%; Ret. Time: 16.8 min.

HPLC Method Column: Zorbax Rx C18, 25 cm × 4.6 mm Column Temperature:Ambient Flow: 1.0 ml/min Solvent A: 10 mM ammonium acetate Solvent B:Acetonitrile Detector: IN-US β-ram, and UV at 220 nm wavelength.Gradient t (min) 0 25 26 35 36 45 % B 10 13 60 60 10 10

Example 53 Synthesis of In-111 Complex of the Conjugate of Example 38

To a lead shielded and crimped 1 cc autosampler vial was added 40-50 μgof the conjugate of Example 38 dissolved in 100 μL ammonium citratebuffer (0.4 M, pH 4.7) followed by the addition of 2 mCi, (5 μL) In-111in 0.05 N HCl (specific activity: 25 μg/mCi). The reaction mixture washeated at 90-100° C. for 30 min and analyzed by HPLC. Each of the twodiasteromers of the conjugate of Example 38 forms an In-111 complex.Yield: 92.5 and 95.6%; Ret. Time: 13 and 14.7 min.

HPLC Method Column: Zorbax Rx C18, 25 cm × 4.6 mm Column Temperature:Ambient Flow: 1.0 ml/min Solvent A: 25 mM sodium phosphate buffer at pH6 Solvent B: Acetonitrile Detector: Sodium iodide (NaI) radiometricprobe, and UV at 220 nm wavelength. Gradient t (min) 0 25 26 35 36 45 %B 9 9 60 60 9 9

Example 54 Synthesis of In-111 Complex of the Conjugate of Example 40

To a shielded and crimped 2 cc autosampler vial was added 40-60 μg ofthe conjugate of Example 40 dissolved in 80-120 μl 0.5 M ammoniumacetate buffer (pH 4.8) followed by the addition of 1 mg gentisic acidsodium salt and 1-1.3 mCi (6 μl) In-111 in 0.05M HCl. The reactionmixture was heated at 100° C. for 15 minutes and analyzed by HPLC.Yield: 82%; Ret. Time: 11 min.

HPLC Method Column: Zorbax Rx C18, 25 cm × 4.6 mm Column Temperature:Ambient Flow: 1.0 ml/min Solvent A: 10 mM ammonium acetate Solvent B:Acetonitrile Detector: IN-US β-ram, and UV at 220 nm wavelength.Gradient t (min) 0 25 26 35 36 45 % B 9 10 60 60 9 9

Example 55 Synthesis of In-111 Complex of the Conjugate of Example 41

To a shielded and crimped 2 cc autosampler vial was added 40-60 μg ofthe conjugate of Example 41 dissolved in 80-120 μl 0.5 M ammoniumacetate buffer (pH 4.8) followed by the addition of 1 mg gentisic acidsodium salt and 1-1.3 mCi (6 μl) In-111 in 0.05M HCl. The reactionmixture was heated at 100° C. for 15 minutes and analyzed by HPLC.Yield: 71.2%; Ret. Time: 12.2 min.

HPLC Method Column: Zorbax Rx C18, 25 cm × 4.6 mm Column Temperature:Ambient Flow: 1.0 ml/min Solvent A: 10 mM ammonium acetate Solvent B:Acetonitrile Detector: IN-US β-ram, and UV at 220 nm wavelength.Gradient t (min) 0 25 26 35 36 45 % B 10 10 60 60 10 10

Examples 56-58 Synthesis of Y-90 Complexes of the Conjugates of Examples34, 36, and 38

To a clean sealed 5 mL vial was added 0.5-1.0 mL of the appropriateconjugate solution (200 μg/mL in 0.5 M ammonium acetate buffer, pH7.0-8.0), followed by 0.05 mL of sodium gentisate (10 mg/mL in 0.5 Mammonium acetate buffer, pH 7.0-8.0) solution, and 10-40 μL of ⁹⁰YCl₃ in0.05 N HCl. The reaction mixture was heated at 100° C. for 5-10 min.After cooling to room temperature, a sample of the resulting solutionwas analyzed by HPLC and by ITLC.

Complex Conjugate Ret. Time HPLC Ex # Ex. # (min) % Yield Method 56 3414.0 90 C 57 36 15.5 70 E 58* 38  9.5, 10.0 89, 68 B *Example 58 is amixture of two diasteromers

HPLC Method B: The HPLC method using a reverse phase C₁₈ Zorbax column(4.6 mm×25 cm, 80 Å pore size) at a flow rate of 1.0 mL/min with agradient mobile phase from 90% A (25 mM pH 6.0 phosphate buffer) and 10%B (acetonitrile) to 80% A and 20% B at 20 min.

HPLC Method C: The HPLC method using a reverse phase C₁₈ Zorbax column(4.6 mm×25 cm, 80 Å pore size) at a flow rate of 1.0 mL/min with agradient mobile phase from 92% A (25 mM pH 6.0 phosphate buffer) and 8%B (acetonitrile) to 85% A and 15% B at 20 min.

HPLC Method E: The HPLC method using a reverse phase C₁₈ Zorbax column(4.6 mm×25 cm, 80 Å pore size) at a flow rate of 1.0 mL/min with agradient mobile phase from 90% A (25 mM ammonium acetate buffer, pH=6.8)and 10% B (acetonitrile) to 85% A and 15% B at 20 min.

Utility

The pharmaceuticals of the present invention are useful for imagingangiogenic tumor vasculature, therapeutic cardiovascular angiogenesis,and cardiac pathologies associated with the expression of vitronectinreceptors in a patient or for treating cancer in a patient. Theradiopharmaceuticals of the present invention comprised of a gamma rayor positron emitting isotope are useful for imaging of pathologicalprocesses involving angiogenic neovasculature, including cancer,diabetic retinopathy, macular degeneration, restenosis of blood vesselsafter angioplasty, and wound healing, as well as atherosclerotic plaque,myocardial reperfusion injury, and myocardial ischemia, stunning orinfarction. The radiopharmaceuticals of the present invention comprisedof a beta, alpha or Auger electron emitting isotope are useful fortreatment of pathological processes involving angiogenic neovasculature,by delivering a cytotoxic dose of radiation to the locus of theangiogenic neovasculature. The treatment of cancer is affected by thesystemic administration of the radiophamaceuticals resulting in acytotoxic radiation dose to tumors.

The compounds of the present invention comprised of one or moreparamagnetic metal ions selected from gadolinium, dysprosium, iron, andmanganese, are useful as contrast agents for magnetic resonance imaging(MRI) of pathological processes involving angiogenic neovasculature, aswell as atherosclerotic plaque, myocardial reperfusion injury, andmyocardial ischemia, stunning or infarction.

The compounds of the present invention comprised of one or more heavyatoms with atomic number of 20 or greater are useful as X-ray contrastagents for X-ray imaging of pathological processes involving angiogenicneovasculature, as well as atherosclerotic plaque, myocardialreperfusion injury, and myocardial ischemia, stunning or infarction.

The compounds of the present invention comprised of an echogenic gascontaining surfactant microsphere are useful as ultrasound contrastagents for sonography of pathological processes involving angiogenicneovasculature, as well as atherosclerotic plaque, myocardialreperfusion injury, and myocardial ischemia, stunning or infarction.

Representative compounds of the present invention were tested in thefollowing in vitro assays and in vivo models and were found to beactive.

Immobilized Human Placental α_(ν)β₃ Receptor Assay

The assay conditions were developed and validated using [I-125]vitronectin. Assay validation included Scatchard format analysis (n=3)where receptor number (Bmax) and Kd (affinity) were determined. Assayformat is such that compounds are preliminarily screened at 10 and 100nM final concentrations prior to IC50 determination. Three standards(vitronectin, anti-α_(ν)β₃ antibody, LM609, and anti-avB5, PIF₆) andfive reference peptides have been evaluated for IC50 determination.Briefly, the method involves immobilizing previously isolated receptorsin 96 well plates and incubating overnight. The receptors were isolatedfrom normal, fresh, non-infectious (HIV, hepatitis B and C, syphilis,and HTLV free) human placenta. The tissue was lysed and tissue debrisremoved via centrifugation. The lysate was filtered. The receptors wereisolated by affinity chromatography using the immobilized α_(ν)β₃antibody. The plates are then washed 3× with wash buffer. Blockingbuffer is added and plates incubated for 120 minutes at roomtemperature. During this time compounds to be tested and [I-125]vitronectin are premixed in a reservoir plate. Blocking buffer isremoved and compound mixture pipetted. Competition is carried out for 60minutes at room temperature. Unbound material is then removed and wellsare separated and counted via gamma scintillation.

Oncomouse® Imaging

The study involves the use of the c-Neu Oncomouse® and PVB micesimultaneously as controls. The mice are anesthetized with sodiumpentobarbital and injected with approximately 0.5 mCi ofradiopharmaceutical. Prior to injection, the tumor locations on eachOncomouse® are recorded and tumor size measured using calipers. Theanimals are positioned on the camera head so as to image the anterior orposterior of the animals. 5 Minute dynamic images are acquired seriallyover 2 hours using a 256×256 matrix and a zoom of 2×. Upon completion ofthe study, the images are evaluated by circumscribing the tumor as thetarget region of interest (ROI) and a background site in the neck areabelow the carotid salivary glands.

This model can also be used to assess the effectiveness of theradiopharmaceuticals of the present invention comprised of a beta, alphaor Auger electron emitting isotope. The radiopharmaceuticals areadministered in appropriate amounts and the uptake in the tumors can bequantified either non-invasively by imaging for those isotopes with acoincident imageable gamma emission, or by excision of the tumors andcounting the amount of radioactivity present by standard techniques. Thetherapeutic effect of the radiopharmaceuticals can be assessed bymonitoring the rate of growth of the tumors in control mice versus thosein the mice administered the radiopharmaceuticals of the presentinvention.

This model can also be used to assess the compounds of the presentinvention comprised of paramagnetic metals as MRI contrast agents. Afteradministration of the appropriate amount of the paramagnetic compounds,the whole animal can be placed in a commercially available magneticresonance imager to image the tumors. The effectiveness of the contrastagents can be readily seen by comparison to the images obtain fromanimals that are not administered a contrast agent.

This model can also be used to assess the compounds of the presentinvention comprised of heavy atoms as X-ray contrast agents. Afteradministration of the appropriate amount of the X-ray absorbingcompounds, the whole animal can be placed in a commercially availableX-ray imager to image the tumors. The effectiveness of the contrastagents can be readily seen by comparison to the images obtain fromanimals that are not administered a contrast agent.

This model can also be used to assess the compounds of the presentinvention comprised of an echogenic gas containing surfactantmicrosphere as ultrasound contrast agents. After administration of theappropriate amount of the echogenic compounds, the tumors in the animalcan be imaging using an ultrasound probe held proximate to the tumors.The effectiveness of the contrast agents can be readily seen bycomparison to the images obtain from animals that are not administered acontrast agent.

Rabbit Matrigel Model

This model was adapted from a matrigel model intended for the study ofangiogenesis in mice. Matrigel (Becton & Dickinson, USA) is a basementmembrane rich in laminin, collagen IV, entactin, HSPG and other growthfactors. When combined with growth factors such as bFGF [500 ng/ml] orVEGF [2 μg/ml] and injected subcutaneously into the mid-abdominal regionof the mice, it solidifies into a gel and stimulates angiogenesis at thesite of injection within 4-8 days. In the rabbit model, New ZealandWhite rabbits (2.5-3.0 kg) are injected with 2.0 ml of matrigel, plus 1μg bFGF and 4 μg VEGF. The radiopharmaceutical is then injected 7 dayslater and the images obtained.

This model can also be used to assess the effectiveness of theradiopharmaceuticals of the present invention comprised of a beta, alphaor Auger electron emitting isotope. The radiopharmaceuticals areadministered in appropriate amounts and the uptake at the angiogenicsites can be quantified either non-invasively by imaging for thoseisotopes with a coincident imageable gamma emission, or by excision ofthe angiogenic sites and counting the amount of radioactivity present bystandard techniques. The therapeutic effect of the radiopharmaceuticalscan be assessed by monitoring the rate of growth of the angiogenic sitesin control rabbits versus those in the rabbits administered theradiopharmaceuticals of the present invention.

This model can also be used to assess the compounds of the presentinvention comprised of paramagnetic metals as MRI contrast agents. Afteradministration of the appropriate amount of the paramagnetic compounds,the whole animal can be placed in a commercially available magneticresonance imager to image the angiogenic sites. The effectiveness of thecontrast agents can be readily seen by comparison to the images obtainfrom animals that are not administered a contrast agent.

This model can also be used to assess the compounds of the presentinvention comprised of heavy atoms as X-ray contrast agents. Afteradministration of the appropriate amount of the X-ray absorbingcompounds, the whole animal can be placed in a commercially availableX-ray imager to image the angiogenic sites. The effectiveness of thecontrast agents can be readily seen by comparison to the images obtainfrom animals that are not administered a contrast agent.

This model can also be used to assess the compounds of the presentinvention comprised of an echogenic gas containing surfactantmicrosphere as ultrasound contrast agents. After administration of theappropriate amount of the echogenic compounds, the angiogenic sites inthe animal can be imaging using an ultrasound probe held proximate tothe tumors. The effectiveness of the contrast agents can be readily seenby comparison to the images obtain from animals that are notadministered a contrast agent.

Canine Spontaneous Tumor Model

Adult dogs with spontaneous mammary tumors were sedated with xylazine(20 mg/kg)/atropine (1 ml/kg). Upon sedation the animals were intubatedusing ketamine (5 mg/kg)/diazepam (0.25 mg/kg) for full anethesia.Chemical restraint was continued with ketamine (3 mg/kg)/xylazine (6mg/kg) titrating as necessary. If required the animals were ventilatedwith room air via an endotrachael tube (12 strokes/min, 25 ml/kg) duringthe study. Peripheral veins were catheterized using 20G I.V. catheters,one to serve as an infusion port for compound while the other forexfusion of blood samples. Heart rate and EKG were monitored using acardiotachometer (Biotech, Grass Quincy, MA) triggered from a lead IIelectrocardiogram generated by limb leads. Blood samples are generallytaken at ˜10 minutes (control), end of infusion, (1 minute), 15 min, 30min, 60 min, 90 min, and 120 min for whole blood cell number andcounting. Radiopharmaceutical dose was 300 μCi/kg adminitered as an i.v.bolus with saline flush. Parameters were monitored continuously on apolygraph recorder (Model 7E Grass) at a paper speed of 10 mm/min or 10mm/sec.

Imaging of the laterals were for 2 hours with a 256×256 matrix, no zoom,5 minute dynamic images. A known source is placed in the image field(20-90 μCi) to evaluate region of interest (ROI) uptake. Images werealso acquired 24 hours post injection to determine retention of thecompound in the tumor. The uptake is determined by taking the fractionof the total counts in an inscribed area for ROI/source and multiplyingthe known μCi. The result is μCi for the ROI.

This model can also be used to assess the effectiveness of theradiopharmaceuticals of the present invention comprised of a beta, alphaor Auger electron emitting isotope. The radiopharmaceuticals areadministered in appropriate amounts and the uptake in the tumors can bequantified either non-invasively by imaging for those isotopes with acoincident imageable gamma emission, or by excision of the tumors andcounting the amount of radioactivity present by standard techniques. Thetherapeutic effect of the radiopbarmaceuticals can be assessed bymonitoring the size of the tumors over time. This model can also be usedto assess the compounds of the present invention comprised ofparamagnetic metals as MRI contrast agents. After administration of theappropriate amount of the paramagnetic compounds, the whole animal canbe placed in a commercially available magnetic resonance imager to imagethe tumors. The effectiveness of the contrast agents can be readily seenby comparison to the images obtain from animals that are notadministered a contrast agent.

This model can also be used to assess the compounds of the presentinvention comprised of heavy atoms as X-ray contrast agents. Afteradministration of the appropriate amount of the X-ray absorbingcompounds, the whole animal can be placed in a commercially availableX-ray imager to image the tumors. The effectiveness of the contrastagents can be readily seen by comparison to the images obtain fromanimals that are not administered a contrast agent.

This model can also be used to assess the compounds of the presentinvention comprised of an echogenic gas containing surfactantmicrosphere as ultrasound contrast agents. After administration of theappropriate amount of the echogenic compounds, the tumors in the animalcan be imaging using an ultrasound probe held proximate to the tumors.The effectiveness of the contrast agents can be readily seen bycomparison to the images obtain from animals that are not administered acontrast agent.

Cardiovascular disease models that can be used to assess the diagnosticradiopharmaceuticals, magnetic resonance, X-ray and ultrasound contrastagents of the present invention are reviewed in J. Nucl. Cardiol., 1998,5, 167-83. There are several well established rabbit models ofatherosclerosis; one model produces predominantly proliferating smoothmuscle cells by balloon deendothelialization of infradiaphragmaticabdominal aorta to simulate restenotic lesions; another model thatproduces simulated advanced human atherosclerotic plaque by balloondeendothelialization followed by a high cholesterol diet.

A model of congestive heart failure is described in Am. J. Physiol.,1998, 274, H1516-23. In general, Yorkshire pigs are randomly assigned toundergo 3 wks of rapid atrial pacing at 240 beats/min. or to be shamcontrols. The pigs are chronically instrumented to measure leftventricular function in the conscious state. The pigs are anesthetized.A shielded stimulating electrode is sutured onto the left atrium,connected to a modified programmable pace maker and buried in asubcutaneous pocket. The pericardium is closed loosely, the thoracotomyis closed, and the pleural space is evacuated of air. After a recoveryperiod of 7-10 days, the pacemaker is activated in the animals selectedto undergo chronic rapid pacing. The animals are sedated, the pacemakeris deactivated (pacing groups only. After a 30 min stabilization period,indexes of LV function and geometry are determined (by echocardiographyas a control) by injecting the radiolabeled compound. Forbiodistribution, the animals are anesthetized, the heart extirpate andthe LV apex and midventricular regions are evaluated.

A rat model of reversible coronary occlusion and reperfusion isdescribed in McNulty et al., J. Am. Physiol., 1996, H2283-9.

Obviously, numerous modifications and variations of the presentinvention are possible in light of the above teachings. It is thereforeto be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, theinvention may be practiced otherwise that as specifically describedherein.

What is claimed is described below:
 1. A compound of the formula:(Q)_(d)—L_(n)—S_(f) wherein, Q is independently a compound of Formulae(Ia) or (Ib):

 or stereoisomeric forms thereof, or mixtures of stereoisomeric formsthereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug forms thereofwherein: X^(1d) is CH, C—W^(d)—X^(d)—Y^(d), or C—L_(n); X^(2d) is CH, orC—W^(d)—X^(d)—Y^(d); X^(3d) is CR^(11d), or C—W^(d) X^(d)—Y^(d); X^(4d)is CR^(11d);  provided that when R^(1d) is R^(10de) then one of X^(1d)and X^(2d) is C—W^(d)—X^(d)—Y^(d), and when R^(10d) is R^(10de) thenX^(3d) is C—W^(d)—X^(d)—Y^(d); R^(1d) is selected from: R^(1de), C₁-C₆alkyl substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), C₃-C₆ alkenylsubstituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), C₃-C₇ cycloalkylsubstituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkylsubstituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), aryl substituted with 0-1R^(15d) or 0-2 R^(11d) or 0-1 R^(21d), and aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-substitutedwith 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-2 R^(11d) or 0-1 R^(21d); R^(1de) is selectedfrom:

A^(d) and B^(d) are independently —CH₂—, —O—, —N(R^(2d))—, or —C(═O)—;A^(1d) and B^(1d) are independently —CH₂— or —N(R^(3d))—; D^(d) is—N(R^(2d))—, —O—, —S—, —C(═O)— or —SO₂—; E^(d)—F^(d) is—C(R^(4d))═C(R^(5d))—, —N═C(R^(4d))—, —C(R^(4d))═N—, or—C(R^(4d))₂C(R^(5d))₂—; J^(d), K^(d), L^(d) and M^(d) are independentlyselected from: —C(R^(4d))—, —C(R^(5d))— and —N—, provided that at leastone of J^(d), K^(d), L^(d) and M^(d) is not —N—; R^(2d) is selectedfrom: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, (C₁-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl, (C₁-C₆ alkoxy)carbonyl;(C₁-C₆ alkyl)aminocarbonyl, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl,heteroarylcarbonyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, (C₁-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl-,arylcarbonyl, C₁-C₆ alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, aryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)sulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)sulfonyl,aryloxycarbonyl, and aryl(C₁-C₆ alkoxy)carbonyl, wherein said arylgroups are substituted with 0-2 substituents selected from the groupconsisting of C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, halo, CF₃, and nitro; R^(3d) isselected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl,aryl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, and heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-; R^(4d) andR^(5d) are independently selected from: H, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, NR^(2d)R^(3d),halogen, NO₂, CN, CF₃, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl,C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, (C₁-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl,(C₁-C₆ alkoxy)carbonyl, arylcarbonyl, or alternatively, whensubstituents on adjacent atoms, R^(4d) and R^(5d) can be taken togetherwith the carbon atoms to which they are attached to form a 5-7 memberedcarbocyclic or 5-7 membered heterocyclic aromatic or non-aromatic ringsystem, said carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring being optionallysubstituted with 0-2 groups selected from: C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxy,halo, cyano, amino, CF₃, and NO₂; U^(d) is selected from: —(CH₂)_(n)^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)(CR^(7d)═CR^(8d))(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n)^(d)(C═C)(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(t) ^(d)Q(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n)^(d)O(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)N(R^(6d))(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—,—(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)C(═O)(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n)^(d)(C═O)N(R^(6d))(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)— —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)N(R^(6d))(C═O)(CH₂)_(m)^(d)—, and —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)S(O)_(p) ^(d)(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—; wherein one ormore of the methylene groups in U^(d) is optionally substituted withR^(7d); Q^(d) is selected from 1,2-cycloalkylene, 1,2-phenylene,1,3-phenylene, 1,4-phenylene, 2,3-pyridinylene, 3,4-pyridinylene,2,4-pyridinylene, and 3,4-pyridazinylene; R^(6d) is selected from: H,C₁-C₄ alkyl, or benzyl; R^(7d) and R^(8d) are independently selectedfrom: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl,aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, and heteroaryl(C₀-C₆ alkyl)-; R^(10d) is selectedfrom: H, R^(1de), C₁-C₄ alkoxy substituted with 0-1 R^(21d), N(R^(6d))₂,halogen, NO₂, CN, CF₃, CO₂R^(17d), C(═O)R^(17d), CONR^(17d)R^(20d),—SO₂R^(17d), —SO₂NR^(17d)R^(20d), C₁-C₆ alkyl substituted with 0-1R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), C₃-C₆ alkenyl substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or0-1 R^(21d), C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-1R^(21d), C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl substituted with 0-1 R^(15 d) or 0-1R^(21d), aryl substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-2 R^(11d) or 0-1R^(21d), and aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-2R^(11d) or 0-1 R^(21d); R^(10de) is selected from: H, C₁-C₄ alkoxysubstituted with 0-1 R^(21d), N(R^(6d))₂, halogen, NO₂, CN, CF₃,CO₂R^(17d), C(═O)R^(17d), CONR^(17d)R^(20d), SO₂R^(17d),—SO₂NR^(17d)R^(20d), C₁-C₆ alkyl substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-1R^(21d), C₃-C₆ alkenyl substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d),C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), C₄-C₁₁cycloalkylalkyl substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-1 R^(21d), arylsubstituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-2 R^(11d) or 0-1 R^(21d), andaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- substituted with 0-1 R^(15d) or 0-2 R^(11d) or 0-1R^(21d); R^(11d) is selected from H, halogen, CF₃, CN, NO₂, hydroxy,NR^(2d)R^(3d), C₁-C₄ alkyl substituted with 0-1 R^(21d), C₁-C₄ alkoxysubstituted with 0-1 R^(21d), aryl substituted with 0-1 R^(21d),aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- substituted with 0-1 R^(21d), (C₁-C₄ alkoxy)carbonylsubstituted with 0-1 R^(21d), (C₁-C₄ alkyl)carbonyl substituted with 0-1R^(21d), C₁-C₄ alkylsulfonyl substituted with 0-1 R^(21d), and C₁-C₄alkylaminosulfonyl substituted with 0-1 R^(21d); W^(d) is selected from:—(C(R^(12d))₂)_(q) ^(d)C(═O)N(R^(13d))—, and—C(═O)—N(R^(13d))—(C(R^(12d))₂)_(q) ^(d)—; X^(d) is—C(R^(12d))(R^(14d))—C(R^(12d))(R^(15d))—; or alternatively, W^(d) andX^(d) can be taken together to be

R^(12d) is selected from H, halogen, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₂-C₆ alkenyl, C₂-C₆alkynyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₀ cycloalkylalkyl, (C₁-C₄alkyl)carbonyl, aryl, and aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-; R^(13d) is selected fromH, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkylmethyl, and aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-; R^(14d)is selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkylthio(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, aryl(C₁-C₁₀alkylthioalkyl)-, aryl(C₁-C₁₀ alkoxyalkyl)-, C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, C₁-C₁₀alkoxyalkyl, C₁-C₆ hydroxyalkyl, C₂-C₁₀ alkenyl, C₂-C₁₀ alkynyl, C₃-C₁₀cycloalkyl, C₃-C₁₀ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, heteroaryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)-, aryl, heteroaryl, CO₂R^(17d), C(═O)R^(17d), andCONR^(17d)R^(20d), provided that any of the above alkyl, cycloalkyl,aryl or heteroaryl groups may be substituted independently with 0-1R^(16d) or 0-2 R^(11d); R^(15d) is selected from: H, R^(16d), C₁-C₁₀alkyl, C₁-C₁₀ alkoxyalkyl, C₁-C₁₀ alkylaminoalkyl, C₁-C₁₀dialkylaminoalkyl, (C₁-C₁₀ alkyl)carbonyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl,C₁-C₁₀ alkenyl, C₁-C₁₀ alkynyl, C₃-C₁₀ cycloalkyl, C₃-C₁₀cycloalkylalkyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, aryl,heteroaryl, CO₂R^(17d), C(═O)R^(17d), CONR^(17d)R^(20d), SO₂R^(17d), andSO₂NR^(17d)R^(20d), provided that any of the above alkyl, cycloalkyl,aryl or heteroaryl groups may be substituted independently with 0-2R^(11d); Y^(d) is selected from: —COR^(19d), —SO₃H, —PO₃H, tetrazolyl,—CONHNHSO₂CF₃, —CONHSO₂R^(17d), —CONHSO₂NHR^(17d), —NHCOCF₃,—NHCONHSO₂R^(17d), —NHSO₂R^(17d), —OPO₃H₂, —OSO₃H, —PO₃H₂, —SO₃H,—SO₂NHCOR^(17d), —SO₂NHCO₂R^(17d),

R^(16d) is selected from: —N(R^(20d))—C(═O)—O—R^(17d),—N(R^(20d))—C(═O)—R^(17d), —N(R^(20d))—C(═O)—NH—R^(17d),—N(R^(20d))SO₂—R^(17d), and —N(R^(20d))SO₂—NR^(20d)R^(17d); R^(17d) isselected from: C₁-C₁₀ alkyl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), (C₁-C₆alkyl)aryl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), heteroaryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)- optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), (C₁-C₆alkyl)heteroaryl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),biaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)- optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n),heteroaryl optionally substituted with a bond to L_(n), aryl optionallysubstituted with a bond to L_(n), biaryl optionally substituted with abond to L_(n), and a bond to L_(n), wherein said aryl, biaryl orheteroaryl groups are also optionally substituted with 0-3 substituentsselected from the group: C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl,halo, cyano, amino, CF₃, and NO₂; R^(18d) is selected from: —H,—C(═O)—O—R^(17d), —C(═O)—R^(17d), —C(═O)—NH—R^(17d), —SO₂—R^(17d), and—SO₂—NR^(20d)R^(17d); R^(19d) is selected from: hydroxy, C₁-C₁₀alkyloxy, C₃-C₁₁ cycloalkyloxy, aryloxy, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkoxy)-, C₃-C₁₀alkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₃-C₁₀ alkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₂-C₁₀alkoxycarbonylalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀ cycloalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀cycloalkoxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀ cycloalkoxycarbonylalkyloxy,C₇-C₁₁ aryloxycarbonylalkyloxy, C₈-C₁₂ aryloxycarbonyloxyalkyloxy,C₈-C₁₂ arylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy, C₅-C₁₀ alkoxyalkylcarbonyloxyalkyloxy,C₅-C₁₀ (5-alkyl-1,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)methyloxy, C₁₀-C₁₄(5-aryl-1,3-dioxa-cyclopenten-2-one-yl)methyloxy, and(R^(11d))(R^(12d))N—(C₁-C₁₀ alkoxy)-; R^(20d) is selected from: H, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C₁-C₆alkyl)-, and heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-; R^(21d) is selected from: COOHand NR^(6d) ₂; m^(d) is 0-4; n^(d) is 0-4; t^(d) is 0-4; p^(d) is 0-2;q^(d) is 0-2; and r^(d) is 0-2;  with the following provisos: (1) t^(d),n^(d), m^(d) and q^(d) are chosen such that the number of atomsconnecting R^(1d) and Y^(d) is in the range of 10-14; and (2) n^(d) andm^(d) are chosen such that the value of n^(d) and m^(d) is greater thanone unless U^(d) is —(CH₂)_(t) ^(d)Q^(d)(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—;  or Q is apeptide selected from the group:

R¹ is L-valine, D-valine or L-lysine optionally substituted on the □amino group with a bond to L_(n); R² is L-phenylalanine,D-phenylalanine, D-1-naphthylalanine, 2-aminothiazole-4-acetic acid ortyrosine, the tyrosine optionally substituted on the hydroxy group witha bond to L_(n); R³ is D-valine; R⁴ is D-tyrosine substituted on thehydroxy group with a bond to L_(n); provided that one of R¹ and R² ineach Q is substituted with a bond to L_(n), and further provided thatwhen R² is 2-aminothiazole-4-acetic acid, K is N-methylarginine;provided that at least one Q is a compound of Formula Ia or Ib; d isselected from 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10; L_(n) is a linkinggroup having the formula:((W)_(h)—(CR⁶R⁷)_(g))_(x)—(Z)_(k)—((CR^(6a)R^(7a))_(g′)—(W)_(h′))_(x′);W is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: O, S, NH,NHC(═O), C(═O)NH, NR⁸C(═O), C(═O)N R⁸, C(═O), C(═O)O, OC(═O), NHC(═S)NH,NEC(═O)NH, SO₂, SO₂NH, (OCH₂CH₂)₂₀₋₂₀₀, (CH₂CH₂O)₂₀₋₂₀₀,(OCH₂CH₂CH₂)₂₀₋₂₀₀, (CH₂CH₂CH₂O)₂₀₋₂₀₀, and (aa)_(t′); aa isindependently at each occurrence an amino acid; Z is selected from thegroup: aryl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl substituted with0-3 R¹⁰, and a 5-10 membered heterocyclic ring system having 1-4heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, and O and substituted with0-3 R¹⁰; R⁶, R^(6a), R⁷, R^(7a), and R⁸ are independently selected ateach occurrence from the group: H, ═O, COOH, SO₃H, PO₃H, C₁-C₅ alkylsubstituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, aryl substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, benzylsubstituted with 0-3 R¹⁰, and C₁-C₅ alkoxy substituted with 0-3 R¹⁰,NHC(═O)R¹¹, C(═O)NHR¹¹, NHC(═O)NHR¹¹, NHR¹¹, R¹¹, and a bond to S_(f);R¹⁰ is independently selected at each occurrence from the group: a bondto S_(f), COOR¹¹, C(═O)NHR¹¹, NHC(═O)R¹¹, OH, NHR¹¹, SO₃H, PO₃H,—OPO₃H₂, —OSO₃H, aryl substituted with 0-3 R¹¹, C₁₋₅ alkyl substitutedwith 0-1 R¹², C₁₋₅ alkoxy substituted with 0-1 R¹², and a 5-10 memberedheterocyclic ring system having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selectedfrom N, S, and O and substituted with 0-3 R¹¹; R¹¹ is independentlyselected at each occurrence from the group: H, alkyl substituted with0-1 R¹², aryl substituted with 0-1 R¹², a 5-10 membered heterocyclicring system having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, andO and substituted with 0-1 R¹², C₃₋₁₀ cycloalkyl substituted with 0-1R¹², and a bond to S_(f); R¹² is abond to S_(f); k is selected from 0,1, and 2; h is selected from 0, 1, and 2; h′ is selected from 0, 1, and2; g is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10; g′ isselected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10; t′ is selected from0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10; x is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4,and 5; x′ is selected from 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; S_(f) is a surfactantwhich is a lipid or a compound of the formula:

A⁹ is selected from the group: OH and OR²⁷; A¹⁰ is OR²⁷; R²⁷ isC(═O)C₁₋₂₀ alkyl; E¹ is C₁₋₁₀ alkylene substituted with 1-3 R²⁸; R²⁸ isindependently selected at each occurrence from the group: R³⁰,—PO₃H—R³⁰, ═O, —CO₂R²⁹, —C(═O)R²⁹, —C(═O)N(R²⁹)₂, —CH₂OR²⁹, —OR²⁹,—N(R²⁹)₂, C₁-C₅ alkyl, and C₂-C₄ alkenyl; R²⁹ is independently selectedat each occurrence from the group: R³⁰, H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, phenyl, benzyl,and trifluoromethyl; R³⁰ is a bond to L_(n); or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt thereof.
 2. A compound according to claim 1, wherein thecompound is of the formula: Q—L_(n)—S_(f) wherein: Q is a compound ofFormula (Ia) or (Ib):

R^(10de) is selected from:

A^(d) and B^(d) are independently —CH₂—, —O—, —N(R^(2d))—, or —C(═O)—;A^(1d) and B^(1d) are independently —CH₂— or —N(R^(3d))—; D^(d) is—N(R^(2d))—, —O—, —S—, —C(═O)— or —SO₂—; E^(d)—F^(d) is—C(R^(4d))═C(R^(5d))—, —N═C(R^(4d))—, —C(R^(4d))═N—, or—C(R^(4d))₂C(R^(5d))₂; J^(d), K^(d), L^(d) and M^(d) are independentlyselected from: —C(R^(4d))—, —C(R^(5d))— and —N—, provided that at leastone of J^(d), K^(d), L^(d) and M^(d) is not —N—; R^(2d) is selectedfrom: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, (C₁-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl, (C₁-C₆ alkoxy)carbonyl,C₁-C₆ alkylaminocarbonyl, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl,heteroarylcarbonyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, (C₁-C₆ alkyl)carbonyl,arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)sulfonyl,heteroarylsulfonyl, heteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)sulfonyl, aryloxycarbonyl,and aryl(C₁-C₆ alkoxy)carbonyl, wherein said aryl groups are substitutedwith 0-2 substituents selected from the group: C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄alkoxy, halo, CF₃, and nitro; R^(3d) is selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl,C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, andheteroaryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-; R^(4d) and R^(5d) are independently selectedfrom: H, C₁-C₄ alkoxy, NR^(2d)R^(3d), halogen, NO₂, CN, CF₃, C₁-C₆alkyl, C₃-C₆ alkenyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁ cycloalkylalkyl, aryl,aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, C₂-C₇ alkylcarbonyl, and arylcarbonyl oralternatively, when substituents on adjacent atoms, R^(4d) and R^(5d)can be taken together with the carbon atoms to which they are attachedto form a 5-7 membered carbocyclic or 5-7 membered heterocyclic aromaticor non-aromatic ring system, said carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring beingoptionally substituted with 0-2 groups selected from: C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₄alkoxy, halo, cyano, amino, CF₃, and NO₂; U^(d) is selected from:—(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)(CR^(7d)═CR^(8d))(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—,—(CH₂)_(t) ^(d)Q^(d)(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—; —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)O(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—,—(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)N(R^(6d))(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—, —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)C(═O)(CH₂)_(m)^(d)—, and —(CH₂)_(n) ^(d)S(O)_(p) ^(d)(CH₂)_(m) ^(d)—; wherein one ormore of the methylene groups in U^(d) is optionally substituted withR^(7d); Q^(d) is selected from 1,2-phenylene, 1,3-phenylene,2,3-pyridinylene, 3,4-pyridinylene, and 2,4-pyridinylene; R^(6d) isselected from: H, C₁-C₄ alkyl, and benzyl; R^(7d) and R^(8d) areindependently selected from: H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₃-C₇ cycloalkyl, C₄-C₁₁cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, aryl(C₁-C₆ alkyl)-, and heteroaryl(C₀-C₆ alkyl)-;W^(d) is —C(═O)—N(R^(13d))—(C(R^(12d))₂)_(q) ^(d)—; X^(d) is—C(R^(12d))(R^(14d))—C(R^(12d))(R^(15d))—; alternatively, W^(d) andX^(d) can be taken together to be

R^(12d) is H or C₁-C₆ alkyl; Y^(d) is selected from: —COR^(19d), —SO₃H,

Z is selected from the group: aryl substituted with 0-1 R¹⁰, C₃₋₁₀cycloalkyl substituted with 0-1 R¹⁰, and a 5-10 membered heterocyclicring system having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from N, S, andO and substituted with 0-1 R¹⁰; R⁶, R^(6a), R⁷, R^(7a), and R⁸ areindependently selected at each occurrence from the group: H, ═O, COOH,SO₃H, C₁-C₅ alkyl substituted with 0-1 R¹⁰, aryl substituted with 0-1R¹⁰, benzyl substituted with 0-1 R¹⁰, and C₁-C₅ alkoxy substituted with0-1 R¹⁰, NHC(═O)R¹¹, C(═O)NHR¹¹, NHC(═O)NHR¹¹, NHR¹¹, R¹¹, and a bond toS_(f); k is 0 or 1; S_(f) is a surfactant which is a lipid or a compoundof the formula:

A⁹ is OR²⁷; A¹⁰ is OR²⁷; R²⁷ is C(═O)C₁₋₅ alkyl; E¹ is C₁₋₄ alkylenesubstituted with 1-3 R²⁸; R²⁸ is independently selected at eachoccurrence from the group: R³⁰, —PO₃H—R³⁰, ═O, —CO₂R²⁹, —C(═O)R²⁹,—CH₂OR²⁹, —OR²⁹, and C₁-C₅ alkyl; R²⁹ is independently selected at eachoccurrence from the group: R³⁰, H, C₁-C₆ alkyl, phenyl, and benzyl; R³⁰is a bond to L_(n); or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 3. Acompound according to claim 2, wherein the present invention provides acompound selected from the group:DPPE-2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonylamino)propanoicacid-dodecanoate conjugate;ω-amino-PEG₃₄₀₀-2-(6-aminohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid; andω-amino-PEG₃₄₀₀-Glu-(2-(6-amindohexanoylamino)-3-((1-(3-(imidazol-2-ylamino)-propyl)(1H-indazol-5-yl))carbonyl-amino)propanoicacid)₂.